Troubleshooting Guide

Endurant XD Automated
Transmission
TRTS0960 EN-US
May 2023
EXD-xxF118D
EXDP-xxF118D
TRTS0960 Table of Contents |

General Information Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d)

Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Fault Code 157: XBR System State . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Transmission Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode . . . . . . . .149
Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions 4 Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2 . . . . . . . . . . .152
Product Diagnostic (PD) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Driver Questionnaire Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure . . . . . . .157
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure . . . . . . . .160
Diagnostic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Application Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure . . .17 Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2 . . . . . . . . . .167
Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator
Diagnostic Adapter Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA) . . . . . .25 Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator
Pedal Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch .176
Electrical Pretest Procedures Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure . . . . . . . . . .178
Power-Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Fault Code 169: Service Brake Circuit 1 . . . . . . . . . . .182
Power-Up Sequence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Fault Code 171: Engine Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187
Fault Isolation Procedures Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed . . . . . . . . .190
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Fault Code 173: Engine Requested Speed . . . . . . . . .193
Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit . . . . . .195
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque . . . . . . . .197
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A) . . . . . . .57 Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message . . . .199
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B) . . . . .70 Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification .202
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control .204
Fault Code 122: Primary ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque . . .207
Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque . . . . . . . . .209
Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status . . . . . .99 Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit . . .211
Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status . .101 Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit . . . . . .213
Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) . . . . . .105 Controlling Device for Engine Control . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Fault Code 136: Transmission Primary Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed . . . . . .217
Shift Up Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed . . . . .219
Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed . . . . .221
Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed . . . .223
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) . . . .119 Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch from a
Fault Code 147: Transmission Secondary Vehicle Electronic Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227
Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations . . . .130 Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231
Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active . . . . . . . .132 Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory . . . . . . . . . .234
Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active . . . . . . . .134 Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure
Fault Code 152: ABS Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 (Fluid Pressure Sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch . . . . . . . . . .138 Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature
Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 (Fluid Temperature Sensor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. i
 | Table of Contents TRTS0960

Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d) Fault Isolation Procedures (Cont’d)

Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Pressure Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
(LCA) Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Fault Code 255: Rail A Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Fault Code 902: Split Shaft PTO Request . . . . . . . . . 533
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Fault Code 912: Split Shaft PTO Engage . . . . . . . . . . 549
Fault Code 350: Input Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Fault Code 375: Output Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Fault Code 922: Split Shaft PTO Confirm . . . . . . . . . 564
Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
(C4) – Coarse Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2
Fault Code 962: Force Hold Neutral Output . . . . . . . . 577
(C3) – Fine Vent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Fault Code 963: Force Hold Neutral Input . . . . . . . . . 582
Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1
(C5) – Coarse Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Fault Code 970: Neutral Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 Fault Code 975: Reverse Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
(C6) – Fine Fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Fault Code 977: Alternate Shift Schedule Selector . . 596
Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) . . . . . . . 371 Fault Code 980: Auxiliary Trans Constant
Fault Code 576: Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3) . . . . . . . . 379 Supply Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Fault Code 577: Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2) . . . . . . . . . 386 Fault Code 981: Auxiliary Trans High
Range Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) . . . . . . . . 392
Fault Code 982: Auxiliary Trans Neutral
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) . . . . . . . . . 400
Range Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) . . . . . . . . 407
Fault Code 983: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch . . . . . 615
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) . . . . . . . . . 414
Fault Code 984: Auxiliary Trans Selected Gear . . . . . 620
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) . . . . . . . . 421
Fault Code 985: Two Speed Axle Message . . . . . . . . 622
Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) . . . . . . . . . 428
Fault Code 986: Two Speed Axle Switch . . . . . . . . . . 624
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) . . . . . . . . 435
Fault Code 987: Rock Free Mode Switch . . . . . . . . . . 628
Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) . . . . . . . . . . 442
Fault Code 988: Rock Free Mode Message . . . . . . . . 632
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Fault Code 990: DPF Thermal Management Active . . 634
Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status . . . . . . . 454
Fault Code 991: SCR Thermal Management Active . . 636
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator . . . . . 462
Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range . . . . . 465
Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear . . . . . . 467
Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear . . . . 469
Fault Code 730: Rail A Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Fault Code 785: Rail A Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501

ii © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Table of Contents |

Symptom Isolation Procedures Input / Output Calibrations (Cont‘d)

Start Enable Relay Contact Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .638 Input / Output Calibration Package 44 . . . . . . . . . . . .709
Brake Switch Functionality Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .648 Input / Output Calibration Package 45 . . . . . . . . . . . .710
Transmission Shift Complaint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .651 Input / Output Calibration Package 46 . . . . . . . . . . . .711
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 Input / Output Calibration Package 47 . . . . . . . . . . . .712
Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .664 Input / Output Calibration Package 48 . . . . . . . . . . . .713
Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 Connector Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714
Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector . . . . .714
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector . . . . . .716
Input / Output Calibrations 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector . . . . . . . .716
Input / Output Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector . . . . . . .717
Input / Output Calibration Package 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .674
Input / Output Calibration Package 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . .675 Appendix
Input / Output Calibration Package 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . .676 Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator
Input / Output Calibration Package 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .677 (LCA) Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718
Input / Output Calibration Package 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .678 Product Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720
Input / Output Calibration Package 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .679 Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .720
Input / Output Calibration Package 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .680 Transmission Power Take Off Operation . . . . . . .721
Input / Output Calibration Package 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .681 Stationary PTO Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721
Input / Output Calibration Package 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 Mobile PTO Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721
Input / Output Calibration Package 10 . . . . . . . . . . . .683 Force Hold / Force Neutral Operation . . . . . . . . . .722
Input / Output Calibration Package 11 . . . . . . . . . . . .684 Secondary Configuration Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .722
Input / Output Calibration Package 12 . . . . . . . . . . . .685 Auxiliary Transmission Operation . . . . . . . . . . . .723
Input / Output Calibration Package 13 . . . . . . . . . . . .686 Two-Speed Axle Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .724
Input / Output Calibration Package 14 & 15 . . . . . . .687 Rock Free Mode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .724
Input / Output Calibration Package 16 . . . . . . . . . . . .688 Paving Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725
Input / Output Calibration Package 17 . . . . . . . . . . . .689 TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure
Input / Output Calibration Package 18 . . . . . . . . . . . .690 and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages
Endurant Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726
Input / Output Calibration Package 19 . . . . . . . . . . . .691
Issue Description: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726
Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25 . . . . . . .692
Containment/Corrective Action: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726
Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 . . . . . . .693
Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements . . . .729
Input / Output Calibration Package 24 & 27 . . . . . . .694
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730
Input / Output Calibration Package 29 . . . . . . . . . . . .695
Vehicle and Body Harness Connections . . . . . . .730
Input / Output Calibration Package 30 . . . . . . . . . . . .696
Change Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731
Input / Output Calibration Package 31 . . . . . . . . . . . .697
Input / Output Calibration Package 32 . . . . . . . . . . . .698
Input / Output Calibration Package 33 . . . . . . . . . . . .699
Input / Output Calibration Package 34 . . . . . . . . . . . .700
Input / Output Calibration Package 35 . . . . . . . . . . . .701
Input / Output Calibration Package 36 . . . . . . . . . . . .702
Input / Output Calibration Package 38 . . . . . . . . . . . .703
Input / Output Calibration Package 39 . . . . . . . . . . . .704
Input / Output Calibration Package 40 . . . . . . . . . . . .705
Input / Output Calibration Package 41 . . . . . . . . . . . .706
Input / Output Calibration Package 42 . . . . . . . . . . . .707
Input / Output Calibration Package 43 . . . . . . . . . . . .708

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. iii
 Warnings and Cautions | General Information TRTS0960

Warnings and Cautions

DANGER: Indicates you will be Severely Injured or Killed if When parking or working on a vehicle, or leav-
! you do not follow the indicated procedure ing the vehicle cab with engine running:
! WARNING: Indicates an Immediate Hazard, which could 1. Safely come to a complete stop.
result in Severe Personal Injury or death if you do not fol-
low the indicated procedure. 2. Continue to depress and hold the service brake.

! CAUTION: Indicates vehicle or property damage could 3. Select Neutral on the Transmission Driver Interface
occur if you do not follow the indicated procedure. Device.

NOTICE: Indicates vehicle component or property damage 4. Confirm Neutral was achieved; indicated by a solid
could occur if you do not follow the indicated procedure. “N” (neutral) in the vehicle display.
5. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
Note: Indicates additional detail that will aid in the diagnosis
or repair of a component or system. WARNING: Apply vehicle parking brake and follow vehicle
! manufacturer parking instructions. Failure to follow these
Before starting a vehicle: instructions could cause unintended movement and may
result in major vehicle component damage, property dam-
• Refer to the vehicle's OEM operator's manual prior age, severe injury or death.
to operating the vehicle.

! WARNING: Failure to follow OEM instructions could Vehicle Towing:

result in vehicle component damage, property damage, When towing a vehicle equipped with the Endurant XD
personal injury or death. Transmission do not allow the output shaft of the transmis-
sion to rotate. If the vehicle is towed with the drive wheels
• Confirm vehicle parking brake is set.
still in contact with the road surface, the vehicle axle shafts
• Confirm Neutral is selected on the Transmission or driveline must be removed or disconnected prior to tow-
Driver Interface Device. ing vehicle.
• Confirm the vehicle air system achieves normal ! CAUTION: Failure to follow the Vehicle Towing procedure
operating range prior to operating the transmis- could result in transmission damage and voids the trans-
sion. mission warranty
! CAUTION: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle air system
operation. For vehicles equipped with an air brake sys- Preferred
tem, do not release the parking brake or attempt to
select a gear until the vehicle's air system achieves
normal operating pressure. Failure to allow the system
to achieve normal operating pressure could result in
vehicle component damage, property damage or per-
sonal injury.

Must remove vehicle axle shafts or driveline prior to towing

1 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Required Tools

Required Tools

Diagnostic Tools Volt/Ohm Meter

• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
Adapter - RR1029TR
• 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR PC-Based Service Tool
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool - RR1088TR
• ServiceRanger
• MTM Alignment Tool - RR1086TR-1
• Approved Communication Adapter
• 0-200 psi (0-1379 kPa) air pressure gauge
• 9-Pin Deutsch Diagnostic Adapter
Available at www.klineind.com or contact K-Line at
1-800-824-5546

Service Publications
Publication Title

TRSM0960 Endurant XD Automated Transmission Service Manual

TRDR0960 Endurant XD Automated Transmission Driver Instructions

TCMT0072 ServiceRanger™ User’s Guide

TCMT0073 ServiceRanger™ Quick Start Guide

TCMT0020 Eaton Approved Lubricant Suppliers

TCMT0021 Roadranger Lubricant Products Manual

TRIG0960 Installation Guide

TRIG2620 PTO Installation Guide

ECWY3000 Eaton Cummins Warranty Manual

For additional information, go to www.eatoncummins.com/us/en-us.html or contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission

Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instructions.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2
Transmission Models | General Information TRTS0960

Transmission Models

EXD-xxF118D
EXDP-xxF118D

3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions

Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions

Overview Display Descriptions

The Endurant XD Transmission utilizes the OEM display to
indicate the current state of the transmission. Two trans-
mission service lamps, amber and red, may also be illumi- Solid “N” in Display
nated to indicate an issue exists with the transmission
system. The service lamps and display are controlled by the
Transmission Control Module (TCM) with a message over
the vehicles J1939 Data Link. Indicates that the transmission is currently in Neutral.

Transmission Service Lamps Flashing “F” in Display

The amber transmission service lamp indicates a least
severe issue exists. In the event the amber lamp is illumi-
nated the transmission may experience a degraded mode
and requires service as soon as possible. The amber and
red transmission service lamps together indicate a most
severe issue exists. In the event both the amber and red Indicates that the transmission has detected an Active
lamps are illuminated the transmission may experience a fault code. This fault code can be accessed with diagnostic
degraded mode and requires immediate service. software. Go to the Diagnostic Procedure on page 10.

• Under normal conditions, the transmission service

lamps are on momentarily at key-on as part of the Double Stars “* *” in Display
TCM self-test.
• A solid transmission service lamp indicates a fault
code is currently active. However, not all fault
codes will turn on the service lamp. Indicates that the gear display is receiving no communica-
tion over the data link. The display may communicate over
the J1939 data link depending on the specific display type.
If no problem is found, troubleshoot the display connection
to the J1939 data link per OEM guidelines.

Double Dashes “- -” in Display

Indicates that the gear display has lost communication with

the TCM over the data link. The gear display may communi-
cate over the J1939 data link depending on the specific dis-
play type. If no problem is found, troubleshoot the display
connection to the J1939 data link per OEM guidelines.

Blank Gear Display

Indicates the display has lost communication over the data

link.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 4
TRTS0960 General Information | Transmission Service Lamps and Display Descriptions

“PD” in Display

Indicates that the transmission is in Product Diagnostic

(PD) Test. Refer to Product Diagnostic (PD) Test on page 6.

“CA” in Display

Indicates that a clutch abuse event is occurring.

“ST” in Display

Indicates a driver triggered snapshot was requested and

recorded. Snapshot is a diagnostic tool used to capture
specific data at the time an event is occurring. This data
should be collected and reviewed at the direction of Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies.

“CC” in Display

Indicates that a clutch calibration is required or in process.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 5
TRTS0960 General Information | Product Diagnostic (PD) Test

Product Diagnostic (PD) Test

PD Test is used to diagnose Inactive fault codes that may Troubleshooting Using PD Test
have set during normal operation. PD Test is a “Wiggle
Test” used to identify intermittent Open or Short circuit con- • Once the PD Test is activated, wiggle the wiring
ditions in a connector, component, or wire in a circuit. PD harness and connector bodies appropriate for the
Test increases the fault sensing capability of the Transmis- intermittent fault condition.
sion Control Module (TCM) making it more likely to detect
• During the PD Test fault isolation procedure “PD”
any intermittent electrical or wiring issues as a result of
will remain in display until an Active fault code has
loose or degraded connections.
been set.
When troubleshooting an Inactive fault code, use the Fault • If an Active fault code is set, the display will flash
Isolation Procedures to guide you to the wiring and connec- “F” and “PD”. A warning tone will sound when the
tors associated with that fault. Once PD Test is activated, fault code is Active. “F” and “PD” will continue to
flex the wiring harness and connectors to attempt to recre- be shown in the display until the key is turned off
ate the fault. and the TCM has performed a complete power
down.
This procedure may be used prior to performing any trou-
bleshooting or as directed by a Fault Isolation Procedure. • Fault codes that occur in PD Test will not be stored
PD Test may be used to troubleshoot intermittent electrical in the TCM as Inactive fault codes.
fault issues when there are no Active fault codes present.

Note: The vehicle will not start in PD Test. You must turn Identifying a Problem in PD Test
vehicle key off, and allow the transmission to fully power
down to exit PD Test before the vehicle will start. • Identify any areas of wear or damage to wiring har-
nesses or connectors.

PD Test Inactive Fault Codes • If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of vehicle harness and/or
PD Test supports specific Inactive fault codes and their
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
associated FMIs. To verify PD Test supports the fault code
and FMI set, reference the Fault Code Isolation Procedure • Refer to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Index on page 13. on page 13 for the troubleshooting procedures for
a specific fault code.

Entering PD Test
Note: Vehicle must have no Active fault codes.
Note: Vehicle must be stationary, engine off with vehicle
parking brake set.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Service Routines”.
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
on-screen prompts.
Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD Test is
active.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 6
Driver Questionnaire Overview | General Information TRTS0960

Driver Questionnaire Overview

Overview The questionnaire should be completed by a driver that

experienced the specific vehicle symptoms pertaining to
The Driver Questionnaire is used to document vehicle
this repair. The Driver Questionnaire can be printed from
symptoms that may be critical to the diagnosis or repair of
this Troubleshooting Guide.
the transmission system.
Note: A first hand account of the symptoms may offer spe-
cific details that are critical to the repair.

Driver Questionnaire
Fleet: Fleet Unit # Date:

Dealer: RO # Email to [email protected]

1. Describe what happened (report any observations not captured below):

2. If problem happens when first turning the key on skip to question #8.
3. Does engine RPM rev up and down a few times in an effort to make a shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
If Yes:
a. What gears is the transmission trying to shift? Circle any that apply or describe.

1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9 9-10 10-11 11-12 13-14 14-15 15-16 17-18
b. Does the transmission eventually make the shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
c. Does the transmission shift back into the gear it is trying to shift out of? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
If No:
a. What gears does the transmission get stuck in? Circle one or more below.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
b. Are you able to go to Manual mode and make the transmission shift? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
4. Do you have to stop the truck when the problem happens? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
5. Does the transmission find neutral? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
6. Do you have to shut the truck off in gear? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
7. Does the transmission find neutral after turning the key back on? Yes No Don’t NA
Know

7 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Driver Questionnaire Overview | General Information TRTS0960

8. Does the engine start with the key? Yes No Don’t NA

Know
9. What is in the display when the problem happens? Circle one or more below.

“-” Single dash “- -” Double dash Flashing gear number Solid gear number flashing “F” Flashing “CA”

Blank display
10. Does the transmission service, check engine or anti-lock brake light come on Trans Check ABS None
when the problem happens? Service Engine
Red /
Amber
11. If there is a transmission service light, did you experience a degraded Yes No Don’t NA
operating mode? Know
12. Is your vehicle air pressure above 90 PSI? Yes No Don’t NA
Know
13. Does the problem happen when the transmission is cold, hot or both? Cold Hot Both NA
14. Does the problem happen when operating in wet weather, dry weather or Wet Dry Both NA
both?
15. How many times a day, week or month does the problem happen? Day Week Month NA
Number of times _________
16. How long has the truck had the problem? First Time Past 2 Past Several
weeks Month Months
17. How long have you been driving this truck? Days Weeks Months Years
18. List any known problems the truck has had in the past: Circle one or more below or describe known problem.

OEM electrical ABS (truck) ABS (trailer) Accident Flood damage Lightning strike
19. How long has it been since any known problems listed above happened? First Time Past 2 Past Several
weeks Month Months

8 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index | General Information TRTS0960

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index

Electrical Pretest Procedures Symptom Page #

Power-up Sequence Test Transmission fails to power up at ignition page 27

Isolation Procedures Symptom Page #

Start Enable Relay Contact Test Engine cranking issues without any fault codes page 638

Brake Switch Functionality Test Transmission does not engage a gear from Neutral (N) page 648

Transmission Shift Complaint Test Shift complaint exists without any fault codes page 651

J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test No J1939 communication page 655

9 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Diagnostic Procedure

Diagnostic Procedure
Purpose: Document the vehicle symptom and Purpose: Clear Inactive Transmission Fault
A check for Active or Inactive fault codes. B Code(s).

1. Document the vehicle symptoms by completing the 1. Key on with engine off.
Driver Questionnaire on page 7.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
2. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
3. Go To Fault Codes.
3. Key on with engine off.
• Select "Clear Eaton Faults" and follow
4. Connect ServiceRanger. on-screen prompts. Go to Step C.
5. Select “Service Activity Report”.
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”.
Note: Fault code and transmission information is
downloaded into the report.
7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
Purpose: Verify the engine cranks.
Note: Internet connection is required. C
8. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps. 1. Key on with engine running.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con- • If the engine cranks and runs, go to Step D.
tact OEM for further diagnostic instructions.
• If the display indicates “F” during the engine
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Active, go to crank or while the engine is running, retrieve
Step G. fault code(s) with ServiceRanger. Go to Step
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Inactive, go G.
to Step B. • If the engine does not crank and the display
• If a transmission fault code is not set, go to indicates “N”, go to Start Enable Relay Contact
Step C. Test on page 638.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect to the Note: If the engine was shut off with the trans-
Transmission Control Module (TCM), go to the mission in gear, confirm the vehicle parking
Power-Up Sequence on page 27 brake is set and service brake is depressed
when attempting to start the engine.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 10
TRTS0960 General Information | Diagnostic Procedure

Purpose: Verify the transmission engages a gear Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
D from Neutral. F
1. Key on with engine running. 1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Depress and hold the Service Brake. 2. Key off and allow the TCM to perform a complete
power down.
3. Select a forward and reverse Shift Mode from Neu-
tral. 3. Key on with engine off.
• If the transmission engages a gear, re-select 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Neutral mode. Go to Step E.
5. Select “Service Activity Report”.
• If the display indicates “F” during the mode
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”.
selection and/or engagement of a gear,
re-select Neutral mode. Retrieve fault code(s) Note: Fault code and transmission information is
with ServiceRanger, go to Step G. downloaded into the report.
• If the transmission does not engage a gear and 7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
the display indicates “N”, re-select Neutral
mode and go to the Brake Switch Functionality Note: Internet connection is required.
Test on page 648. • If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) set during the
road test, contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a transmission fault code(s) set during the
road test, go to Step G.
• If a fault code did not set during the road test
and the symptom was duplicated, go to the
Purpose: Operate vehicle (road test) and attempt to Transmission Shift Complaint on page 651.
E duplicate the vehicle symptom.

1. Drive or operate the vehicle (road test), attempt to

duplicate the vehicle symptom and set a fault code
under the conditions reported in the Driver Ques-
tionnaire.
• If the symptom was duplicated and/or the dis-
play indicated “F”, go to Step F.
• If the symptom was not duplicated, no prob-
lem was found. Contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
mated Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 11
Diagnostic Procedure | General Information TRTS0960

Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.

G
1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by
using the priority index below (with 1 highest prior-
ity and 4 least priority).
- Priority 1: Vehicle Interface Fault Codes 100-199
- Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499
- Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899
- Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999
2. Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code with the
highest priority level.
• If more than one fault code within a level
applies, troubleshoot Active fault codes before
Inactive fault codes.
• If only Inactive fault codes are present, trou-
bleshoot the fault code that has the highest
occurrence count or most recent timestamp.
• If no fault codes are found, match the vehicle
symptom to the appropriate item in the Symp-
tom-Driven Diagnostics Index on page 9

12 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0960

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Page
Fault Code SPN FMI Description
Number
100 168 0, 1, 4, 17, 18 Battery Voltage 1 page 35
105 444 0, 1, 4, 17, 18 Battery Voltage 2 page 44
110 158 2 Ignition Voltage page 52
115 639 2, 8, 9, 14, 19, 31 Primary Data Link (J1939A) page 57
116 1231 9, 14 Secondary Data Link page 70
120 1321 3, 4, 5, 7, 12 Start Enable Relay page 82
122 3651 2, 9, 11, 13, 19 Primary ADS page 95
123 3654 9, 13, 19 Secondary ADS page 97
125 20870 9, 13, 14, 19 Primary ADS Operation Status page 99
126 20874 9, 13, 14, 19 Secondary ADS Operation Status page 101
127 595 13, 19 Cruise Control Active page 103
135 751 2, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19 Primary Shift Device (J1939) page 105
136 3652 14 Transmission Primary Shift Up page 115
Selector
137 11756 9, 10, 11, 13, 31 Source Address of Controlling page 117
Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7
145 752 2, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14 Secondary Shift Device (PWM) page 119
147 4050 9, 13, 19 Transmission Secondary Mode page 127
Switch
148 630 13, 14, 31 Performance Goal Calibrations page 130
150 561 13, 19 ASR Engine Control Active page 132
151 562 13, 19 ASR Brake Control Active page 134
152 563 9, 13, 19 ABS Active page 136
153 577 9, 13, 19 ASR Hill Holder Switch page 138
154 2912 9, 13, 19 Hill Holder Mode page 140
155 70 9, 13, 14, 19 Park Brake Switch page 142
156 521 13, 19 Brake Pedal Position page 145
157 2917 13 XBR System State page 147
158 2918 9, 13, 19 XBR Active Control Mode page 149
159 1088 9, 13, 19 Service Brake Circuit 2 page 152
160 597 9, 13, 14, 19 Service Brake Switch page 154
161 116 9, 13, 14, 19 Brake Application Pressure page 157
162 118 9, 13, 18, 19 Brake Secondary Pressure page 160
163 8484 9, 13, 19 Demanded Brake Application page 164
Pressure
164 603 9, 13, 19 Service Brake Switch 2 page 167
165 91 9, 13, 19 Primary Accelerator Pedal Position page 170

13 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0960

Page
Fault Code SPN FMI Description
Number
166 29 9, 13, 19 Secondary Accelerator Pedal page 173
Position
167 559 13, 19, 20 Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch page 176
168 117 9, 13, 18, 19 Brake Primary Pressure page 178
169 1087 9, 13, 19 Service Brake Circuit 1 page 182
170 904 9, 13, 19 Front Axle Speed page 184
171 190 9, 13, 19 Engine Speed page 187
172 723 9, 13, 19 Secondary Engine Speed page 190
173 898 12 Engine Requested Speed page 193
174 1846 12, 13, 19 Engine Default Torque Limit page 195
175 518 11, 12, 14 Engine Requested Torque page 197
180 188 1, 9, 13, 19 Engine Configuration Message page 199
181 6395 13 Engine Configuration Identification page 202
183 10294 13, 14 Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control page 204
184 2432 13, 19 Engine Demand Percent Torque page 207
185 512 13, 19 Driver Demanded Torque page 209
186 7828 12, 13, 19 Engine Default Idle Torque Limit page 211
187 7830 9, 13, 19 Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit page 213
188 1483 12, 13, 19 Source Address (SA) of Controlling page 215
Device for Engine Control
190 905 13, 19 Front Axle Left Wheel Speed page 217
191 906 13, 19 Front Axle Right Wheel Speed page 219
192 907 13, 19 Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed page 221
193 908 13, 19 Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed page 223
199 1571 12 Direction Mismatch page 225
200 629 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21, 31 TCM Operation 1 page 227
205 609 9, 12, 19 TCM Operation 2 page 231
206 628 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31 TCM Program Memory page 234
210 127 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 20, 21 Transmission Oil Pressure page 237
212 177 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 16 Transmission Oil Temperature page 245
215 37 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 17, 18 Transmission Air Supply Pressure page 253
Sensor
250 33 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 31 Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) page 262
Position Sensor
255 4218 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20 Rail A Position page 272
275 4219 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, Rail B Position page 281
20, 21, 31
295 4220 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, Rail C Position page 291
21, 31

14 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Page
Fault Code SPN FMI Description
Number
315 5941 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, Rail D Position page 299
21, 31
320 5942 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21 Rail E Position page 307
345 5052 0 Engine (Over) Speed page 314
350 161 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21 Input Speed page 316
370 160 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 14, 18, 20, 21, 31 Countershaft Speed page 324
375 191 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 14, 20, 21, 31 Output Speed page 333
385 583 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31 Grade Sensor page 340
511 5614 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) page 342
512 5615 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) page 350
513 5616 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) page 357
514 5617 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18 Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) page 364
570 787 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18 Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) page 371
576 5900 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18 Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3) page 379
577 5908 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18 Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2) page 386
596 5901 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) page 379
597 5909 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) page 400
616 5902 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) page 407
617 5910 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) page 414
636 5903 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) page 421
637 4216 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31 Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) page 428
646 768 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18 Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) page 435
647 769 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18 Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) page 442
700 6150 0, 1, 14, 17, 18 Clutch Operation page 449
701 7847 14, 31 Clutch Engagement Status page 454
702 560 2, 11, 12, 14, 20, 21, 31 Driveline Engagement page 457
705 788 12, 14 Transmission Clutch Actuator page 462
706 2983 17, 18 Clutch Position Out of Range page 465
716 524 12 Transmission Selected Gear page 467
717 525 12 Transmission Requested Gear page 469
730 6144 1, 2, 10, 14, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail A Operation page 471
740 6145 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail B Operation page 477
760 6146 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail C Operation page 483
775 6147 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail D Operation page 489
780 6148 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21 Rail E Operation page 495
785 5951 7, 20, 31 Rail A Calibration page 501
786 5952 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail B Calibration page 506
787 5953 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail C Calibration page 511

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 15
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information TRTS0960

Page
Fault Code SPN FMI Description
Number
788 5954 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail D Calibration page 516
789 5955 7, 20, 21, 31 Rail E Calibration page 521
815 5939 0, 15, 16 Clutch Temperature page 526
900 3452 3, 9, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31 PTO 1 Request page 528
902 3454 9, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31 Split Shaft PTO Request page 533
905 3453 9, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31 PTO 2 Request page 538
910 3456 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31 PTO 1 Engage page 543
912 3458 3, 4, 5, 14, 31 Split Shaft PTO Engage page 549
915 3457 3, 4, 5, 7, 14, 31 PTO 2 Engage page 553
920 3460 3, 7, 9, 13, 14, 19, 31 PTO 1 Confirm page 559
922 3462 7, 9, 13, 14, 19, 31 Split Shaft PTO Confirm page 564
925 3461 7, 9, 13, 14, 19, 31 PTO 2 Confirm page 568
950 3648 12 Neutral Status 1 page 573
960 6159 12 Neutral Status 2 page 575
962 7694 3, 4, 13, 14 Force Hold Neutral Output page 577
963 7695 5, 8, 9, 13, 14, 19 Force Hold Neutral Input page 582
970 604 3, 4, 5, 6, 12 Neutral Output page 587
975 767 3, 4, 5, 6, 12 Reverse Output page 591
977 6160 13, 14, 20 Alternate Shift Schedule Selector page 596
980 3957 13, 14, 20 Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply page 600
Actuator
981 3958 13, 14, 20 Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator page 605
982 3959 13, 14, 20 Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actu- page 610
ator
983 3960 13, 14, 20 Auxiliary Trans Range Switch page 615
984 15202 9, 13, 19 Auxiliary Trans Selected Gear page 620
985 69 13, 19 Two Speed Axle Message page 622
986 4056 13, 14, 20 Two Speed Axle Switch page 624
987 12939 13, 14, 20 Rock Free Mode Switch page 628
988 12949 9, 13, 19 Rock Free Mode Message page 632
990 5399 9, 13, 19 DPF Thermal Management Active page 634
991 5400 9, 13, 19 SCR Thermal Management Active page 636

16 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Overview Use PD Test mode for Intermittent Issues
This is a set of recommendations for how to troubleshoot
• If there are no Active fault codes, refer to Product
potential wiring issues in the vehicle. These issues may be
Diagnostic (PD) Test on page 6 to diagnose inter-
resident in the OEM supplied Vehicle Harness, Body Har-
mittent wiring or connection issues.
ness, or other ancillary wiring, depending on the fault code
or condition that is taking place. When troubleshooting wir-
ing, consider that wiring failures can be continuous, inter- Recommendations for Using a Volt/Ohm Meter
mittent or there may be no failure of the wiring at all. 1. Use a quality digital auto-ranging volt/ohm meter.
The Product Diagnostic (PD) Test is a “Wiggle Test” used to 2. When using a volt/ohm meter without auto-ranging
identify intermittent Open or Short circuit conditions in a capabilities, use the correct range setting for the
connector, component, or wire in a circuit. Instructions for reading.
the PD Test are included on page 6. This procedure
describes a visual inspection of wiring and connectors and 3. Verify that the battery and fuse are in good working
how to use a volt/ohm meter to inspect for open circuits, order.
short circuits to other wires, and short circuits to ground. 4. Some volt/ohm meters have multiple sockets for
test leads. Use the correct socket for the type of
Possible Causes reading you need.

• Vehicle Harness 5. Reset the volt/ohm meter to zero before testing by

holding the leads together and verifying that the
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground scale shows zero ohms.
or open
6. Use the correct pin test adapter for the connec-
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose tor(s) that are being tested. Incorrect test lead sizes
- Missing or failed connector seals may cause permanent damage to connector pins.

- Wiring damaged, pinched or rubbed through 7. When measuring resistance, be sure that the igni-
tion is off and the circuit is completely unpowered.
Visual Inspection
1. Make sure all connectors are clean and tight.
2. Inspect the length of the wiring between connec-
tions and check for signs of pinched or chafed wir-
ing.
3. Inspect connectors for debris and contamination.
Only clean if necessary.
4. When taking a volt/ohm meter reading at a connec-
tor, inspect for loose terminals, corrosion and bent
or spread pins.
Note: If damage is found to OEM wiring, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of wiring and con-
nectors.
5. When reconnecting, the use of NyoGel 760G on
electrical contacts is recommended. Ensure all con-
nectors are clean and tight.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 17
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0960

Example Voltage Readings Example Circuit Continuity Readings

Voltage Reading Circuit has Continuity

Verify the voltage measurement is within range. Low volt- The circuit is complete when the resistance reading is
age readings may be a sign of poor voltage supply or exces- within range. A circuit reading infinite resistance or Open
sive in-line resistance. Pay close attention to whether the Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
reading requires a key-on or key-off condition.
8 7

B C

B C

8 7

Pins Range Reading(s)

Pins Range Reading(s)
B to C Within 0.6 V of 12.5 V
Battery Voltage 7 to 8 2.0k – 4.5k ohms 3.2k ohms

18 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Open Circuit Example End to End Resistance

The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
infinite or Open Lead (OL). In cases where resistance read-
ings are greater than 10k ohms, the circuit has some conti-
End to End Resistance is Within Range
nuity, but is not making good contact. These can generally The wire has continuity when the resistance reading is
be treated as an open circuit. within range. A wire reading infinite resistance or Open
Lead (OL) does not have continuity.
8 7
7

8 7
7 1

Pins Range Reading(s)

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 8 2.0k – 4.5k ohms OL

7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms 0.2 ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 19
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0960

End to End Resistance is Too High Open Circuit

When the resistance is higher than the acceptable range The circuit is incomplete when the resistance reading is
there is additional resistance in this wire. Check for corro- infinite or Open Lead (OL). Check for wire abrasions, cuts,
sion, loose or spread pins or damage to the harness. loose or spread pins and unseated connectors.

7 7

1 1

7 1 7 1

Pins Range Reading(s) Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms 2.0 ohms 7 to 1 0.0 – 0.3 ohms OL

20 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure

Short Circuit to Chassis Ground No Short to Ground

The wire is not shorted to ground when the resistance
between a non-ground wire and chassis ground is infinite
Short to Ground or Open Lead (OL). This wire has no continuity to chassis
A wire is shorted to ground when the resistance between a ground.
non-ground wire and chassis ground shows continuity.
Low resistance values (near 0 ohms) indicate a direct short 7
to ground. Higher resistance values may indicate a par-
tial-short.
7

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) OL

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 21
Wiring Inspection and Troubleshooting Procedure | General Information TRTS0960

Short to Another Circuit Two Circuits Not Shorted Together

When wires from the two unrelated circuits show an infinite
resistance or Open Lead (OL) between one another, these
Two Circuits Shorted Together wires are not shorted together.
When wires from two unrelated circuits show continuity
(low resistance) to one another, these circuits are shorted 15 7
together.
15 7

15 7

15 7

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) OL

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 15 Open Circuit (OL) 2.0 ohms

22 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure

Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure

Overview
This procedure describes how to use the Eaton Breakout
Box (RR1029TR). This diagnostic tool eliminates the need
for a diagnostic pin kit and simplifies access to component
electrical circuits.

1. Eaton Breakout Box (RR1029TR)

2. 74-Way EDA Transmission Control Module Connector - part of RR1029TR
3. 74-Way EDA Transmission Harness Connector - part of RR1029TR

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 23
Eaton Breakout Box and Eaton Diagnostic Adapter Procedure | General Information TRTS0960

Troubleshooting TCM Signals with the Eaton Troubleshooting Internal Components and
Breakout Box Circuits with the Eaton Breakout Box
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Connector connected. Connector connected.

3. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton 3. Connect the Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to the TCM side of the 74-Way Diagnostic Adapter to the MTM side of the 74-Way
Transmission Harness Connector and hand tighten Transmission Harness Connector and hand tighten
TCM jack screw. jack screw on connector.

4. Key on with engine off.

5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 42 and Pin 46.
Pin 31 and Pin 34.
46
42 34
31

42 46
31 34

24 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 General Information | 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA)

3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA)

Overview
This procedure describes how to use RR1060TR 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA). This diagnostic tool eliminates
the need for a diagnostic pin kit and simplifies access to component electrical circuits. 3-Way EDA is one tool containing two
pieces that troubleshoots both the Fluid Pressure Sensor and Output Speed Sensor circuits.

1. 3-Way EDA (RR1060TR)

2. Output Speed Sensor Connector - part of RR1060TR
3. Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector - part of RR1060TR

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 25
3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (3-Way EDA) | General Information TRTS0960

Troubleshooting the Output Speed Sensor using Troubleshooting the Fluid Pressure Sensor
the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter using the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Con- 2. Disconnect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.
nector at the MTM by lifting up on the yellow latch.

3. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA)

to the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.

3. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA)

to the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector at
the MTM.

4. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 2

(Ground) and Pin 3 (Signal).
2 3

4. Key on with engine off.

2 3
5. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA between Pin 2
(signal) and Pin 3 (5V). Record reading in table. 5. Key on with engine off.
2 3 6. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA Pin 1 (5V) and
Pin 2 (Ground). Record reading in table.

1 2

2 3

1 2

26 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Power-Up Sequence | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0960

Power-Up Sequence
Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission • Vehicle Components
system fails to fully power up at ignition on.
- Batteries internal failure
Detection • Vehicle Harness - Power supply and Primary Data
Link (J1939A)

• Display may be blank. - Power or ground connections

• Engine cranking prohibited. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or

open
• ServiceRanger may not connect to Transmission
Control Module (TCM). - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
• TCM
Note: Fault codes that set give additional information about
performance issues detected on the vehicle. If a unit has an - Internal Failure
Active fault code, or repeated occurrences of an Inactive
fault code, troubleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

27 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Power-Up Sequence | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

28 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence

1
3 4

6
5

− + 5 6

16
15

− +
7 8
10
IGN

15 16 10 6 5
12

11

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage1
4. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage1
5. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage2
6. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage2
7. In-line Fuse Holder
8. 10-amp Fuse

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 29
Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0960

Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Inspect the batteries, in-line fuses and
A power and ground supplies to the TCM.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.

2. Key off.
3. Inspect the vehicle charging/battery system and
connections, verify the connectors are free from
contamination and corrosion; the terminals are not
bent, spread or loose; and there is no damage to
the connector bodies.
4. Inspect the transmission 10-amp Ignition and both
15-amp fuses/fusible links, verify the connectors
are free from contamination and corrosion; the ter-
minals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to the connector bodies.
5. Inspect the vehicle harness and connectors from
the power supply to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
ness Connector, verify the connectors are free from
contamination and corrosion; the terminals are not
bent, spread or loose; and there is no damage to
the connector bodies or harness.
Note: Some chassis use a power and ground distri-
bution block separate from the battery or may route
power and ground to the starter. Be sure to clean
and inspect connections at this location and at the
battery.
6. Measure voltage across all batteries. Record read-
ing in table.
7. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range or damage is
found, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the vehicle charging/battery
system, vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Test complete.
• If readings are in range and no damage is
found, go to Step B.

Range Reading(s)

11–15 V

30 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 at the TCM.
B • If readings are in range, go to Step C.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
1. Key off. vehicle charging/battery system, vehicle har-
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
tor from TCM. Connector. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,

verify connector is free from contamination and
Pins Range Reading(s)
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to connector body.
5 to 6 11–15 V
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
5. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 6 (Battery positive) and Pin
5 (Battery negative). Record reading in table.

5 6

5 6

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 31
Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 at the TCM. Purpose: Verify Ignition Voltage at the TCM.
C D
1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle 2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 16 (Battery positive) and Harness Connector Pin 10 (Ignition positive) and
Pin 15 (Battery negative). Record reading in table. Pin 5 (Battery negative). Record reading in table.

15 16 5 10

15 16 5 10

3. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D. • If readings are in range, go to Step E.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle charging/battery system, vehicle har- vehicle ignition circuit, vehicle harness and/or
ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
Connector. Go to Step V. to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s) Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State
15 to 16 11–15 V
Key on 5 to 10 11–15 V

32 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle J1939 Data Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
E Link at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. F
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
tor from TCM. nents are properly installed.
3. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle 3. Key on with engine off.
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
reading in table.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
11 12
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If ServiceRanger connects and a fault code is
Active, go to Step G.
• If ServiceRanger connects and no fault code is
Active, an intermittent wiring issue exists
within the vehicle harness between the:

11 12 - Vehicle power supply and 20-Way TCM

Vehicle Harness Connector.

4. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- or

tor.
- Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939A) and
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM tor.
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V. Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
ment. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step F.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect, replace
TCM, go to Step V.
Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
State

Key off 11 to 12 50-70

Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 33
Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting. Purpose: Verify repair.

G V
1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by 1. Key off.
using the priority index below (with 1 highest prior-
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
ity and 4 least priority).
nents are properly installed.
- Priority 1: Vehicle Interface Fault Codes 100-199
- Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499 3. Key on with engine off.
- Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
- Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999 5. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the code or
• Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index duplicate the previous complaint.
on page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code 6. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
with the highest priority level.
• If no codes set and vehicle operates properly,
test complete.
• If a fault code sets, troubleshoot per Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 13.

34 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 168 FMI 0, 1, 4, 17, 18

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a battery FMI 0:
power and ground supply. The TCM has redundant power
and ground sources (Battery Voltage1 and Battery Volt- • No degraded modes
age2) that maintain normal function if either source FMI 1, 18:
becomes unavailable. The Battery Voltage1 wiring connects
to the TCM through the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- • Amber warning lamp on
nector. • If Fault Code 100 and 105 are both Active and
transmission is in gear:
Detection - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
The TCM monitors Battery Voltage1 power and ground
source. If the voltage is out of range, the fault is set Active. - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Upshifts prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe):
Battery Voltage1 greater than 16.5 volts for 5 seconds. - Clutch engagements prohibited
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
Battery Voltage1 less than 8 volts for 1 second. - PTO Mode prohibited
• If Fault Code 100 and 105 are both Active and
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Battery transmission is not in gear:
Voltage1 less than 4 volts during power up.
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 17 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Least Severe): - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Battery Voltage1 less than 11V for 5 seconds with engine
above 1000 RPM. - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Upshifts prohibited
FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Battery Voltage1 less than 10.2 volts for 1 second - Clutch disengagements prohibited
with engine above 550 RPM. - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO Mode prohibited
- If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on
FMI 4, 17:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 17, 18: Battery Voltage1 in range for 10 seconds.

FMI 4: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

35 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 0:

• Vehicle jump-started
• Vehicle charging/battery system failure
FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:

• Vehicle Harness - Battery Power Supply

- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
• Vehicle charging/battery system failure
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

36 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 37
Fault Code 100: Battery Voltage1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3 4

6
5

− +

5 6

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage1
4. 15-amp Fuse Battery 1

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

38 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Service Routines”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
• If Fault Code 100 is Inactive and there are
on-screen prompts.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
to Step V. Test is active.
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 0 is Active, go to Step G. Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 0 is Inactive, the TCM are Active fault codes.
experienced an over-voltage condition. Vehicle
may have been jump-started or vehicle
charging/battery system is failing. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 1, 17, 18 is Active, go to 5. Wiggle vehicle harness and connections between
Step C. charging/battery system and 20-Way TCM Vehicle
• If Fault Code 100 FMI 1, 17, 18 is Inactive, go Connector. Check for signs of rubbing or chafing
to Step B. on wires. Refer to OEM wiring diagrams.

• If Fault Code 100 FMI 4 is Active or Inactive, 6. To end test, press Stop button.
create a Service Activity Report, select "Send • If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guide-
to Eaton" and contact Eaton Cummins lines for repair or replacement of vehicle har-
Auto-mated Transmission Technologies at ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
+1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic Connector. Go to Step V.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 39
Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 supply to TCM. Purpose: Verify condition of charging/battery sys-
C D tem, fuse, power and ground supplies to TCM.

1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Inspect vehicle charging/battery system and fuses,
verify connectors are free from contamination and
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
4. From "Default Parameter Files" tab select “Trans- and there is no damage to connector bodies.
mission Supplied Voltages”.
• If no fault found, go to Step E.
5. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read-
• If fault found, refer to OEM guidelines for
ing in table.
repair or replacement of vehicle charging/bat-
6. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record tery system. Go to Step V.
reading in table.
Note: Some chassis use a power distribution
7. Compare reading(s) in table. system separate from batteries, inspect all
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D. connections.

• If readings are in range and no fault was

found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely there is a wiring problem
between the vehicle charging/battery system
and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehi-
cle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.

Parameter Range Readings

168 - Battery 11-15V

voltage

444 - Battery 11-15V

2 voltage

40 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 at 20-Way TCM
E nector condition. F Vehicle Harness Connector.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- 2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
tor from TCM. Harness Connector Pin 5 (-) and Pin 6 (+). Record
reading in table.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
verify connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
5 6
and there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
to Step V. 5 6

• If no contamination or damage is found, go to

Step F.
3. Compare reading(s) in table:
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle charging/battery system, vehicle har-
ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely there is a wiring problem
between the vehicle charging/battery system
and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

5 to 6 11–15V

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 41
Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

10. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage1 supply to TCM.
G • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
1. Key on with engine off. • If readings are in range and Fault Code 100
2. Connect ServiceRanger. FMI 0 is Inactive, vehicle may have been
jump-started or the intermittent nature of the
3. Go To “Data Monitor.” fault makes it likely that the problem is in the
4. From "Default Parameter Files" tab select “Trans- vehicle charging/battery system. Refer to OEM
mission Supplied Voltages”. guidelines for diagnosing vehicle charging/bat-
tery system. Go to Step V.
5. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read-
ing in table. • If readings are in range and Fault Code 100
FMI 0 is Active, replace Transmission Control
6. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record Module (TCM). Go to Step V..
reading in table.
Note: If troubleshooting indicated no fault
7. Key on with engine running. found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
8. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read- an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
ing in table. connections before replacing TCM.

9. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record

reading in table.
Condition Parameter Range Reading(s)

Key on with 168 - 11–13V

engine off Battery
voltage

Key on with 444 - 11–13V

engine off Battery 2
voltage

Key on with 168 - 13–15V

engine Battery
running voltage

Key on with 444 - 13–15V

engine Battery 2
running voltage

42 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 100 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 100 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 100 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 43
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2

Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 444 FMI 0, 1, 4, 17, 18

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a battery FMI 0, 1, 17, 18: Battery Voltage2 in range for 10 seconds.
power and ground supply. The TCM has redundant power
and ground sources (Battery Voltage1 and Battery Volt- FMI 4: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
age2) that maintain normal function if either source
becomes unavailable. The Battery Voltage2 wiring connects Possible Causes
to the TCM through the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- FMI 0:
nector. • Vehicle jump-started
Detection • Vehicle charging/battery system failure
The TCM monitors Battery Voltage2 power and ground FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:
source. If the voltage is out of range, the fault is set Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Battery Power Supply
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): open
Battery Voltage2 greater than 16.5 volts for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • Vehicle charging/battery system failure
Battery Voltage2 less than 8 volts for 1 second.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Battery
Voltage2 less than 4 volts during power up. Additional Tools
FMI 17 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Least Severe): • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
Battery Voltage2 less than 11 volts for 5 seconds with • Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)
engine above 1000 RPM.

FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Battery Voltage2 less than 10.2 volts for 1 second
with engine above 550 RPM.

Fallback
FMI 0:

• No degraded modes
FMI 1, 4, 17, 18:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 44
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 45
Fault Code 105: Battery Voltage2 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3 4

16
15

− +

15 16

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage2
4. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage2

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

46 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to
A B locate intermittent failures.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Service Routines”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
• If Fault Code 105 is Inactive and there are
on-screen prompts.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
to Step V. Test is active.
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 0 is Active, go to Step G. Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 0 is Inactive, the TCM are Active fault codes.
experienced an over-voltage condition. Vehicle
may have been jump-started or vehicle
charging/battery system is failing. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 1, 17, 18 is Active, go to 5. Wiggle vehicle harness and connections between
Step C. charging/battery system and 20-Way TCM Vehicle
• If Fault Code 105 FMI 1, 17, 18 is Inactive, go Connector. Check for signs of rubbing or chafing
to Step B. on wires. Refer to OEM wiring diagrams.

• If Fault Code 105 FMI 4 is Active or Inactive, 6. To end test, press Stop button.
create a Service Activity Report, select "Send • If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guide-
to Eaton" and contact Eaton Cummins Auto- lines for repair or replacement of vehicle har-
mated Transmission Technologies at +1 ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc- Connector. Go to Step V.
tions. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 47
Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 supply to TCM. Purpose: Verify condition of charging/battery sys-
C D tem, fuse, power and ground supplies to TCM.

1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Inspect vehicle charging/battery system and fuses,
verify connectors are free from contamination and
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
4. From "Default Parameter Files" tab select “Trans- and there is no damage to connector bodies.
mission Supplied Voltages”.
• If no fault found, go to Step E.
5. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read-
• If fault found, refer to OEM guidelines for
ing in table.
repair or replacement of vehicle charging/bat-
6. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record tery system. Go to Step V.
reading in table.
Note: Some chassis use a power distribution
7. Compare reading(s) in table. system separate from batteries, inspect all
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D. connections.

• If readings are in range and no fault was

found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely there is a wiring problem
between the vehicle charging/battery system
and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector. Go to Step V.

Parameter Range Readings

168 - Battery 11-15V

voltage

444 - Battery 11-15V

2 voltage

48 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting

3. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
E Connector condition.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle charging/battery system, vehicle har-
1. Key off. ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor from TCM. • If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector, makes it likely there is a wiring problem
verify connector is free from contamination and between the vehicle charging/battery system
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to
and there is no damage to connector body. OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con- vehicle harness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle
nector is free from contamination and corrosion; Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
Pins Range Reading(s)
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go 15 to 16 11–15 V
to Step V.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step F.

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 at 20-Way TCM

F Vehicle Harness Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Measure voltage between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 15 (-) and Pin 16 (+).
Record reading in table.

15 16

15 16

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 49
Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

10. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Battery Voltage2 supply to TCM.
G • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
1. Key on with engine off. • If readings are in range and Fault Code 105
2. Connect ServiceRanger. FMI 0 is Inactive, vehicle may have been
jump-started or the intermittent nature of the
3. Go To “Data Monitor.” fault makes it likely that the problem is in the
4. From "Default Parameter Files" tab select “Trans- vehicle charging/battery system. Refer to OEM
mission Supplied Voltages”. guidelines for diagnosing vehicle charging/bat-
tery system. Go to Step V.
5. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read-
ing in table. • If readings are in range and Fault Code 105
FMI 0 is Active, replace Transmission Control
6. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
reading in table.
Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault
7. Key on with engine running. found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
8. Monitor 168 - "Battery voltage" value. Record read- an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
ing in table. connections before replacing TCM.

9. Monitor 444 - "Battery 2 voltage" value. Record

reading in table.
Condition Parameter Range Reading(s)

Key on with 168 - 11–13V

engine off Battery
voltage

Key on with 444 - 11–13V

engine off Battery 2
voltage

Key on with 168 - 13–15V

engine Battery
running voltage

Key on with 444 - 13–15V

engine Battery 2
running voltage

50 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 105 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 105 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 105 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 51
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 158 FMI 2

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) requires a key on
battery voltage ignition supply. The Ignition Voltage initiates
TCM operation at and during key-on. The Ignition Voltage
wiring connects to the TCM through the 20-Way TCM Vehi-
cle Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM monitors the vehicle’s Ignition Voltage supply. If
there is a loss of Ignition Voltage while driving, the fault
code is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Ignition Voltage available with output
shaft speed less than 10 RPM.

Fallback
FMI 2:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
• Upshifts prohibited
• Engine communications may not be available
• If vehicle comes to a stop, TCM will shut down
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes.
Refer to OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 2: Ignition Voltage is available with output shaft speed
less than 10 RPM.

Possible Causes
FMI 2:

• Ignition switch keyed off during operation

• Vehicle components
- Ignition switch internal failure
• Vehicle Harness - Ignition Circuit
- Wiring shorted to ground or open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• None

52 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 53
Fault Code 110: Ignition Voltage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3 4
10
IGN

10

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. In-line Fuse Holder
4. 10-amp Fuse

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

54 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 110 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 110 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Ignition voltage supply.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
4. From “Default Parameter Files” tab, select “Trans-
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
mission Supplied Voltages”.
Note: If vehicle comes to a stop, TCM will shut
5. Monitor 158 - Battery voltage - switched value.
down, and Fault Code 110 will be Inactive.
Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 110 is Inactive and there are 6. Compare reading(s) in table.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
to Step V. guidelines for repair or replacement of the
vehicle's Ignition Voltage supply.
• If Fault Code 110 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step
B. Note: Some chassis use a power distribution
system, inspect all connections.
• If readings are in range:
- Vehicle operator may have cycled key off
while vehicle was moving. Go to Step V.
or
- The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely there is a wiring problem between vehi-
cle’s Ignition Voltage supply and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of vehicle's
ignition voltage circuit, vehicle harness,
and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

158 - Battery 11–15 V

voltage - switched

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 55
Fault Code 110 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 110 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 110 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

56 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A)

Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 639 FMI 2, 8, 9, 14, 19, 31

Overview FMI 9, 14:

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) communicates
• Amber warning lamp on
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs) over the
vehicle J1939 data link. The TCM uses two vehicle J1939 • If vehicle is configured for J1939 Start Enable fea-
data links to send and receive messages: the Primary Data ture, engine may not crank
Link (J1939A) and the Secondary Data Link (J1939B). • If vehicle is moving and transmission is in a gear
higher than the lowest available start gear:
The Primary Data Link is used by the TCM to send and
receive messages to and from the Engine ECU, Anti-Lock - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
Brake ECU and other vehicle ECUs to complete transmis- - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
sion shift operations. The Secondary Data Link is used in
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
the event that the Primary Data Link is inoperative.
- Upshifts prohibited
The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at
- Clutch engagements prohibited
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second-
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. - PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
Detection
The TCM monitors vehicle and Engine ECU broadcast mes- • If vehicle is moving and transmission is in a gear
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault higher than the lowest available start gear and Sec-
is set Active. ondary Data Link (J1939B) is not available:
- Red stop lamp on
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
- Clutch engagements prohibited, vehicle may
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Primary Data Link (J1939A) vehicle
coast to a stop
ECU(s) messages not received for 1 second.
- Transmission downshifts to lowest available
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Primary Data Link (J1939A) start gear
Engine ECU messages not received for 1 second while the
FMI 31:
TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle ECU(s).
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Primary Data Link
(J1939A) vehicle messages not received for 5 seconds. • If vehicle is configured for J1939 Start Enable fea-
ture, engine may not crank
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Primary Data Link (J1939A)
• Lowest available start gear only
Engine ECU messages not received for 5 seconds while the
TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle ECU(s). • Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Primary Data
Link (J1939A) vehicle ECU(s) messages received but in • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
error. • Upshifts prohibited
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Primary Data Link (J1939A) • Clutch disengagements prohibited
receiving a vehicle ECU(s) “Stop Start Broadcast” message. • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited
Fallback
FMI 2, 8, 19: • Hill Start Aid prohibited

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 57
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive Additional Tools

FMI 2: Primary Data Link (J1939A) vehicle ECU(s) mes- • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
sages received and valid for 20 seconds.
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)
FMI 8: Primary Data Link (J1939A) Engine ECU messages
received and valid for 20 seconds.

FMI 9: Primary Data Link (J1939A) vehicle ECU(s) mes-

sages received and valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 14: Primary Data Link (J1939A) Engine ECU messages

received and valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 19: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

FMI 31: Fault condition no longer exists.

Possible Causes
FMI 2, 9:

• Vehicle Components
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
FMI 8, 14:

• Vehicle Components
- Engine ECU internal failure
- Engine ECU not powering up
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
between Engine ECU and TCM
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
FMI 19:

• Other Vehicle ECU(s)

- Internal failure
FMI 31:

• Other Vehicle ECU(s)

- Informational only, indicates a Vehicle ECU expe-
rienced a programming event.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

58 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A)

Component Identification

1 2

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
3. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (In Cab)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 59
Fault Code 115: Primary Data Link (J1939A) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

8 7

4A

7 J1939 B High C
8 J1939 B Low D
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G

- OR -
4B

7 J1939 B High H
8 J1939 B Low J
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D

11 12

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
4A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG)
4B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

60 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

• If Fault Code 115 FMI 31 is Inactive or Active,
Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. this indicates a vehicle ECU experienced a pro-
A gramming event (Informational only). Go to
Step V.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. B locate intermittent failures.
• If Fault Code 115 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 1. Key on with engine off.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes first.
2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Go to Step V.
3. Go To “Service Routines”.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 2, 9 is Active, go to Step
C. 4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
on-screen prompts.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 2, 9 is Inactive, go to
Step B. Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
Test is active.
Note: If ServiceRanger connects to TCM, vehi-
cle Primary Data Link (J1939A) is currently Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
functional between vehicle 9-Way Diagnostic are Active fault codes.
Connector and TCM. Refer to OEM guidelines
for vehicle J1939 Data Link diagnostic instruc-
tions.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 14 is Active, go to Step
O.
Note: If ServiceRanger connects to TCM, vehi- 5. Wiggle Primary Data Link (J1939A) harness and
cle data link is currently functional between connections throughout vehicle, including 20-Way
vehicle 9-Way Diagnostic Connector and TCM. TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Check for signs of
Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU and rubbing or chafing on wires. Refer to OEM wiring
vehicle data link diagnostic instructions. diagrams.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 14 is Inactive, there may 6. To end the test, press Stop button.
be an intermittent wiring problem in the vehi- • If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guide-
cle Primary Data Link (J1939A) to the Engine lines for repair or replacement of vehicle har-
ECU, an Engine ECU message fault may exist, ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
and/or the Engine ECU may intermittently not Connector. Go to Step V.
be powering up. Refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of vehicle Primary Data • If no fault codes become Active, go to Step D.
Link (J1939A) or Engine ECU. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, a
fault condition exists on the Primary Data Link
(J1939A) with the Engine ECU or another Vehi-
cle ECU(s). Contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 61
Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify fault status with 20-Way TCM Body Purpose: Verify vehicle Primary Data Link
C Harness Connector disconnected. E (J1939A) signal voltage.

1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.

2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector 2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-
from TCM. nector Pin F and Pin A. Record reading in table.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. F A

5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 115 is Inactive, a wiring problem
exists in the vehicle Secondary Data Link
(J1939B). Refer to OEM guidelines for repair F A
or replacement of the vehicle Secondary Data
Link (J1939B) harness and/or 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V. 3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-
nector Pin G and Pin A. Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 115 was Inactive or remains
Active, key off and reconnect 20-Way TCM
Body Harness Connector. Go to Step D.
G A

Purpose: Identify TCM location on vehicle Primary G A

D Data Link (J1939A).

1. Key off.
2. Refer to OEM to identify TCM J1939 pin locations
on vehicle 9-Way J1939 Diagnostic Connector.
• If TCM is on Pins C and D, go to Step J.
• If TCM is on Pins F and G, go to Step E.

62 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

readings together. Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Primary Data
5. Compare reading(s) in table. F Link (J1939A).

• If readings are in range, go to Step F.

1. Key off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle 2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V. Connector Pin F and Pin G. Record reading in table.

Pins Range Reading(s) F G

F to A N/A

G to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

F G

3. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step G.

Pins Range Reading(s)

F to G 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 63
Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Primary Data
G nector condition. H Link (J1939A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor from TCM. 2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector, reading in table.
verify connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to connector body.
11 12
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
to Step V. 11 12

• If no contamination or damage is found, go to

Step H. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step I.

Pins Range Reading(s)

11 to 12 50–70 Ohms

64 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify fault code status. Purpose: Verify vehicle Primary Data Link
I J (J1939A) signal voltage.

1. Key off. 1. Key on with engine off.

2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- 2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-
nents are properly installed. nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. A C

5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 115 is Inactive, an intermittent
wiring problem exists in the vehicle Primary
Data Link (J1939A). Refer to OEM guidelines A C
for repair or replacement of vehicle Primary
Data Link (J1939A) harness and/or 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V. 3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-
nector Pin D and Pin A. Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 115 is Active and no fault was
found with the vehicle Primary Data Link
(J1939A), replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V. A D

Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault

found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
connections before replacing TCM.

A D

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 65
Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

readings together. Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Primary Data
5. Compare reading(s) in table. K Link (J1939A).

• If readings are in range, go to Step K.

1. Key off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle 2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V. Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading in table.

Pins Range Reading(s) D C

C to A N/A

D to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

D C

3. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step L.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C to D 50–70 Ohms

66 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Primary Data
L nector condition. M Link (J1939A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor from TCM. 2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector, reading in table.
verify connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to connector body.
11 12
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
to Step V. 11 12

• If no contamination or damage is found, go to

Step M. 3. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step N.

Pins Range Reading(s)

11 to 12 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 67
Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify fault code status. Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Primary Data
N O Link (J1939A) at Engine ECU vehicle harness con-
nector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed. 2. Locate and disconnect Engine ECU vehicle harness
connector containing vehicle Primary Data Link
3. Key on with engine off. (J1939A).
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU vehi-
5. Go To “Fault Codes”. cle harness connector location, connector removal,
and J1939 High (+) and J1939 Low (-) connector
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
pin locations.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
3. Measure resistance between Engine ECU vehicle
• If Fault Code 115 is Inactive, an intermittent
harness connector Pin J1939 High (+) and Pin
wiring problem exists in the vehicle Primary
J1939 Low (-). Record reading in table.
Data Link (J1939A). Refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of vehicle Primary
Data Link (J1939A) harness and/or 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 115 is Active and no fault was
found with the vehicle Primary Data Link
(J1939A), replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
ECU ECU
Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault J1939 (–) J1939 (+)
found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
connections before replacing TCM. 4. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, Engine ECU has conti-
nuity to the vehicle Primary Data Link
(J1939A). The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely one of the following conditions
exists: an Engine ECU message fault exists
and/or the Engine ECU may intermittently not
be powering up. Contact OEM for further diag-
nostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

J1939 High (+) to 50–70 Ohms

J1939 Low (-)

68 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 115 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 115 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 115 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 69
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1231 FMI 9, 14

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) communicates FMI 9, 14:
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs) over the
vehicle J1939 data link. The TCM uses two vehicle J1939 • Amber warning lamp on
data links to send and receive messages: the Primary Data • If Fault Code 115, 165, 171, or 185 is Active and
Link (J1939A) and the Secondary Data Link (J1939B). the transmission is in gear:

The Primary Data Link is used by the TCM to send and - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
receive messages to and from the Engine ECU, Anti-Lock - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Brake ECU and other vehicle ECUs to complete transmis- - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
sion shift operations. The Secondary Data Link is used in
the event that the Primary Data Link is inoperative. - Upshifts prohibited
- Clutch engagements prohibited
The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second- - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the - PTO mode prohibited
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. - Hill Start Aid prohibited
Detection • If Fault Code 115, 165, 171, or 185 is Active and
The TCM monitors vehicle and Engine ECU broadcast mes- the transmission is not in gear:
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault - Red stop lamp on
is set Active. - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary Data Link - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
(J1939B) vehicle ECU(s) messages not received for 5 sec- - Upshifts prohibited
onds.
- Clutch disengagements prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Secondary Data Link - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
(J1939B) Engine ECU messages not received for 5 seconds
while the TCM is receiving messages from other vehicle - Hill Start Aid prohibited
ECU(s).

70 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B)

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9: Secondary Data Link (J1939B) vehicle ECU(s) mes-
sages received and valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 14: Valid vehicle Secondary Data Link (J1939B) Engine

ECU messages received for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 9:

• Vehicle Components
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
FMI 14:

• Vehicle Components
- Engine ECU internal failure
- Engine ECU not powering up
• Vehicle Harness - Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
between Engine ECU and TCM
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 71
Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

1 2

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
3. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (In Cab)

72 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116: Secondary Data Link (J1939B)

8 7

4A

7 J1939 B High C
8 J1939 B Low D
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G

- OR -
4B

7 J1939 B High H
8 J1939 B Low J
− A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D

11 12

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
4A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG)
4B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 73
Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
A B Baud Rate configured in TCM and installed on vehi-
cle.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 116 is Inactive and there are 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes first. 5. Go to “Configuration”.
Go to Step V. 6. Select “Vehicle”.
If Fault Code 116 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive, 7. Record “Secondary J1939 Baud Rate” Current
go to Step B. Value in table.
• If Fault Code 116 FMI 14 is Active, go to Step 8. Record secondary J1939 baud rate installed on
N. vehicle in table.
• If Fault Code 116 FMI 14 is Inactive, the inter- Note: Vehicle's secondary J1939 baud rate (250K
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely one of or 500K) is determined by OEM. Refer to OEM
the following conditions exists: regarding secondary J1939 baud rate installed on
the vehicle.
- Wiring problem between the Second-
ary Data Link (J1939 B) and the 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
Engine ECU
• If “Secondary J1939 Baud Rate” is not config-
ured correctly, select correct configuration
- Engine ECU message fault
from “New Value” drop down list, select
“Apply” and follow on screen prompts. Go to
- Engine ECU may intermittently not be
Step V.
powering up
• If FMI 9 is Active and “Secondary J1939 Baud
Refer to OEM guidelines for repair or replace-
Rate” is configured correctly, go to Step C.
ment of the vehicle Secondary Data Link
(J1939 B), vehicle harness, or Engine ECU. Go
to Step V.
Location Secondary J1939
Baud Rate

TCM
(Ser-
viceRanger)

Vehicle

74 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

Purpose: Identify TCM location on vehicle Second- readings together.
C ary Data Link (J1939B). 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step E.
1. Key off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
2. Refer to OEM to identify TCM J1939 pin locations guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
on vehicle 9-Way J1939 Diagnostic Connector. Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If the TCM is on Pins C and D, go to Step D.
• If the TCM is on Pins H and J, go to Step I.
Pins Range Reading(s)

C to A N/A

D to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

Purpose: Verify vehicle Secondary Data Link
D (J1939 B) signal voltage.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-
nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table.

A C

A C

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-

nector Pin D and Pin A. Record reading in table.

A D

A D

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 75
Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con-
E Data Link (J1939B). F nector condition.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading in table. from TCM.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector, ver-
ify connector is free from contamination and corro-
D C
sion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and
there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Body Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
D C • If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. Go to
3. Compare reading(s) in table. Step V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle Step G.
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step F.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C to D 50–70 Ohms

76 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify fault code status.
G Data Link (J1939B) at 20-Way TCM Body Harness H
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Body nents are properly installed.
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record reading
in table. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
8 7
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 116 is Inactive, an intermittent
wiring problem exists in the vehicle Secondary
Data Link (J1939B). Refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of vehicle Secondary
Data Link (J1939B) harness and/or 20-Way
8 7 TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 116 is Active and no fault was
3. Compare reading(s) in table. found with the vehicle Secondary Data Link
(J1939B), replace Transmission Control Mod-
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V. Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault
found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
• If readings are in range, go to Step H. an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
connections before replacing TCM.

Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 8 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 77
Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

Purpose: Verify vehicle Secondary Data Link readings together.
I (J1939B) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step J.
1. Key on with engine off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
nector Pin H and Pin A. Record reading in table. Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.

H A Pins Range Reading(s)

H to A N/A

J to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.7–5.3 V =

H A

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-

nector Pin J and Pin A. Record reading in table.

A J

A J

78 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con-
J Data Link (J1939B). K nector condition.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector
Connector Pin H and Pin J. Record reading in table. from TCM.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector, ver-
ify connector is free from contamination and corro-
H J
sion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and
there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Body Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
H J • If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. Go to
3. Compare reading(s) in table. Step V.
• If reading is out of range, refer to OEM guide- • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
lines for repair or replacement of vehicle Sec- Step L.
ondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If reading is in range, go to Step K.

Pins Range Reading(s)

H to J 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 79
Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify fault code status.
L Data Link (J1939B) at 20-Way TCM Body Harness M
Connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Body nents are properly installed.
Harness Connector Pin 7 and Pin 8. Record reading
in table. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
8 7
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 116 is Inactive, an intermittent
wiring problem exists in the vehicle Secondary
Data Link (J1939B). Refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of the vehicle Sec-
ondary Data Link (J1939B) harness and/or
8 7 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
to Step V.

3. Compare reading(s) in table. • If Fault Code 116 is Active and no fault was
found with the vehicle Secondary Data Link
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM (J1939B), replace Transmission Control Mod-
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault
• If readings are in range, go to Step M. found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
connections before replacing TCM.
Pins Range Reading(s)

7 to 8 50–70 Ohms

80 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 116 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify resistance of vehicle Secondary Purpose: Verify repair.

N Data Link (J1939B) at Engine ECU vehicle harness V
connector.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
2. Locate and disconnect Engine ECU vehicle harness nents are properly installed.
connector containing the vehicle Secondary Data
Link (J1939B). 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for Engine ECU vehi-
cle harness connector location, connector removal, 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
and J1939 High (+) and J1939 Low (-) connector
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
pin locations.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
3. Measure resistance between Engine ECU vehicle
or duplicate the previous complaint.
harness connector Pin J1939 High (+) and Pin
J1939 Low (-). Record reading in table. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 116 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 116 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13
ECU ECU
J1939 (–) J1939 (+)

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, Engine ECU has conti-
nuity to the vehicle Secondary Data Link
(J1939B). The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely one of the following conditions
exists: an Engine ECU message fault exists
and/or the Engine ECU may intermittently not
be powering up. Contact OEM for further diag-
nostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

J1939 High (+) to 50–70 Ohms

J1939 Low (-)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 81
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1321 FMI 3, 4, 5, 7, 12

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) disables engine FMI 3: SER circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
cranking when the transmission is in a non-Neutral gear
position. The TCM configuration parameter "Start Enable FMI 4: SER circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
Type" is set to one of two different options depending on the FMI 5: SER circuit not open for 10 seconds.
method used on the vehicle. One method uses the TCM and
a normally-open Start Enable Relay (SER) to interrupt FMI 7: SER wiring issue corrected and ignition key cycle.
power to the engine Starter. The second method relies on
the TCM to send a Transmission Engine Crank Enable mes- FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
sage to the Engine ECU over the vehicle Primary Data Link
(J1939A) when engine cranking is allowed. The SER and Possible Causes
Primary Data Link (J1939A) wiring connect to the TCM FMI 3, 4, 5, 7:
through the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. • Vehicle Components
Detection - SER internal failure
The TCM monitors the SER control circuits. If a system fail- • Vehicle Harness - SER Circuit
ure is detected, the fault is set Active. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Note: This fault code will not set on vehicles that use the open
Transmission Engine Crank Enable message on the Primary - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Data Link (J1939A). • TCM
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - “Start Enable Type” incorrectly configured as
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: “Relay” on vehicle equipped with a “J1939” start
SER circuit shorted to power for 1 second. enable system.
FMI 12:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low:
SER circuit shorted to ground for 1 second. • TCM

FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: - Internal failure

SER circuit open for 1 second. - Software issue

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Engine Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
cranked when SER was not energized by the TCM for 2 sec-
onds. Additional Tools
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: SER enabled under inap- • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
propriate conditions. • Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

Fallback
FMI 3, 4, 5, 7:

• Amber Warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
FMI 12:

• Engine cranking prohibited

82 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 83
Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3 4

Starter 87
14 86
4 85
IGN 30

14 4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

84 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120: Start Enable Relay

1 + 2 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 14 4 14

3 + 4 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 14 4 14

Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)

1. Open Relay - Key On and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
2. Open Relay - Key Start and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
3. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral
4. Closed Relay - Key Start and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 85
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Start Enable Relay Type configured
A B in TCM and installed on vehicle.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Note: If Fault Code 120 is inactive and engine
cranks, but does not run, refer to OEM for trouble- 5. Go to “Configuration”.
shooting a failed system.
6. Select “Vehicle”.
Note: Some OEMs and chassis may use an alter- 7. Record “Start Enable Type” Current Value in table.
nate wiring pattern, which may include the use of
second relay for other vehicle systems. Consult 8. Record start enable type installed on vehicle in
OEM wiring diagrams. table.

• If Fault Code 120 is Inactive and there are Note: Vehicle's start enable type (Start Enable
other Active vehicle or transmission fault Relay or J1939) is determined by OEM. Refer to
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go OEM regarding the start enable type installed on
to Step V. vehicle.

• If Fault Code 120 FMI 3, 4, 5 is Active, go to 9. Compare reading(s) in table.

Step B. • If “Start Enable Type” is not configured cor-
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 3, 4, 5 is Inactive, go to rectly, select correct configuration option from
Step C. “New Value” drop down list, select “Apply” and
follow on screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step L. • If FMI 3, 4 or 5 is Active and “Start Enable
Type” is configured correctly, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 120 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. Location Start Enable Type

TCM
(ServiceRanger)

Vehicle

86 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Test to lo- Purpose: Verify SER Connector condition.
C cate intermittent failures. D
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Remove SER from 4-Way relay socket.
3. Go To “Service Routines”. 3. Inspect SER and 4-Way relay socket, verify SER
socket is not damaged, is free from contamination
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
and corrosion, and terminals are not bent, spread
on-screen prompts.
or loose.
Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
Test is active.
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there SER and/or 4-Way relay socket. Go to Step V.
are Active fault codes. • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.

5. Wiggle vehicle harness and connections between

SER and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Check for
signs of rubbing or chafing on wires. Refer to OEM
wiring diagrams.
6. To end test, press Stop button.
• If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of vehicle har-
ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes become Active, go to Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 87
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify SER coil supply voltage. Purpose: Verify SER coil resistance.
E F
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove SER. 2. Measure resistance across the SER Pin 85 and Pin
86. Record reading in table.
3. Inspect SER and connector body for damage, bent,
spread, corroded or loose terminals.
4. Key on with engine off. 86 85
5. Measure voltage between SER socket Pin 86 and
Pin 85. Record reading in table.
Note: SER types may vary, refer to OEM wiring dia-
grams and connector views.

86 85
85 86

3. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step G.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for SER replacement. Go to Step V.
85 86

Pins Range Reading(s)

6. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step F. 85 to 86 40–200 ohms

• If readings are out of range, go to Step H.

Pins Range Reading(s)

85 to 86 11–13 V

88 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con- Purpose: Verify SER coil control circuits continuity
G nector condition. H and not shorted together.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec- 2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
tor from TCM. Harness Connector Pin 14 and SER socket Pin 86.
Record reading in table.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
verify connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
14
and there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
86
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
• If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. Go
to Step V. 14 86

• If no contamination or damage is found, go to

Step H.
3. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 4 and SER socket Pin 85.
Record reading in table.

85

4 85

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 89
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 85

and Pin 86. Record reading in table. Purpose: Verify SER Negative (-) circuit is not
I shorted to ground or power.

85 86 1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 85
and Ground. Record reading.

85
85 86

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
85
harness to 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step I. 3. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 85
and Battery Positive. Record reading.

Pins Range Reading(s)

85
14 to 86 0.0–0.3 Ohms

4 to 85 0.0–0.3 Ohms

85 to 86 Open Circuit (OL)

85 +

90 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 86

and Battery Positive. Record reading in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
harness to 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V. 86

• If readings are in range, go to Step J.

Pins Range Reading(s)

85 to Ground Open Circuit (OL) 86 +

85 to Battery Open Circuit (OL)

Positive (+)

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
harness to 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
nector. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify SER Positive (+) circuit is not • If readings are in range, go to Step K.
J shorted to ground or power.

Pins Range Reading(s)

1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 86 86 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)
and Ground. Record reading in table.
86 to Battery Open Circuit (OL)
Positive (+)
86

86

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 91
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify fault code status. Purpose: Verify if fault was inadvertently set.
K L
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Note: FC 120 FMI 7 will only set Active during
nents are properly installed. engine cranking.
3. Key on with engine off. 2. Allow TCM to power down.
4. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key on with engine off
5. Go To “Fault Codes”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
6. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
• If Fault Code 120 is Inactive, the intermittent FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
nature of the fault makes it likely there is a wir-
ing problem between the SER and 20-Way 7. Verify Fault Code 120 FMI 7 is Inactive.
TCM Vehicle Connector. Refer to OEM guide- • If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 is Inactive and engine
lines for repair or replacement of the vehicle cranks, SER may have been incorrectly wired
harness. Go to Step V. and repaired or bypassed (jumped). Test com-
• If Fault Code 120 is Active and no fault was plete. Go to Step V.
found with vehicle SER wiring, replace Trans- • If Fault Code 120 FMI 7 sets Active, go to Step
mission Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V. M.
Note: If troubleshooting indicates no fault
found in wiring or connections to TCM, ensure
an intermittent issue does not exist in wiring or
connections before replacing TCM.

92 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify SER latch control circuits are not Purpose: Verify SER latch (internal) is not shorted
M shorted together. N closed.

1. Key off. 1. Key off

2. Remove SER. 2. Measure resistance across the SER Pin 30 and Pin
87. Record reading in table.
3. Measure resistance between SER socket Pin 30
and Pin 87. Record reading in table.
Note: SER types may vary, refer to OEM wiring dia-
87
grams and connector views.

87

30
87 30

30 3. Compare reading(s) in table.

87 30
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for SER replacement. Go to Step V.

4. Compare reading(s) in table. • If readings are in range, go to Step V.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM

guidelines for repair or replacement of SER
Pins Range Reading(s)
latch control circuits. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step N. 30 to 87 Open Circuit (OL)

Pins Range Reading(s)

30 to 87 Open Circuit (OL)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 93
Fault Code 120 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 120 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 120 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

94 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 122: Primary ADS | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 122: Primary ADS

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3651 FMI 2, 9, 11, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 2, 9, 13, 19: Primary ADS Select messages received
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Select mes- and valid for 10 seconds.
sage from the vehicle ADS Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is FMI 11: Primary ADS Select messages received and valid
used to verify the transmission Shift Mode from the trans- for 1 second.
mission driver interface device to the vehicle ADS ECU.
Possible Causes
The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving All FMIs:
System (ADS) Select message from the vehicle ADS Elec-
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain - Primary ADS Select message not enabled
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
either message is not available.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Detection - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
The TCM monitors Primary ADS Select messages. If mes- cuit
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Primary ADS Select messages out of
range for 5 seconds. Additional Tools
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Primary ADS Select mes- • None
sage not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Primary and Secondary

ADS Select messages do not match for 1 second.

FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Primary ADS Select messages

not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Primary ADS

Select messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
All FMIs:

If fault codes 122 and 123 are Active:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine cranking prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited
• Hill Start Aid prohibited
• ADS operation prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

95 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 122 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 122 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 122 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 2, 9, 11, 19 is Active or
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of
or duplicate the previous complaint.
the vehicle Primary ADS Select message (SPN
3651). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Primary ADS Select erly, test complete.
message (SPN 3651). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 122 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 122 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 122 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

96 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS

Fault Code 123: Secondary ADS

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3654 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Possible Causes

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19:
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Select mes-
sage from the vehicle ADS Electronic Control Unit (ECU) • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is - Secondary ADS Select message not enabled
used to verify the transmission Shift Mode from the trans- - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
mission driver interface device to the vehicle ADS ECU.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
System (ADS) Select message from the vehicle ADS Elec- cuit
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
either message is not available.
Additional Tools
Detection
• None
The TCM monitors Secondary ADS Select messages. If
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary ADS Select
message not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Secondary ADS Select mes-

sages not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Secondary ADS

Select messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19

If fault codes 122 and 123 are Active:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine cranking prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited
• Hill Start Aid prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 19: Secondary ADS Select messages received
and valid for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 97
Fault Code 123 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 123 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 123 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 123 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Secondary ADS Select message (SPN
3654). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 123 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Secondary ADS Select erly, test complete.
message (SPN 3654). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 123 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 123 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 123 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

98 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 125: Primary ADS Operation Status

J1939: SA 3 SPN 20870 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Operation
Status message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit If fault codes 125 and 126 are Active:
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- • Amber warning lamp on
tion is used to determine transmission operation.
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
System (ADS) Operation Status message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • ADS Operation prohibited
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
either message is not available. FMI 9, 13, 19: Primary ADS Operation Status messages
received and valid for 10 seconds.
Detection FMI 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
The TCM monitors Primary ADS Operation Status mes-
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault Possible Causes
is set Active. FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Primary ADS Operation - Primary ADS Operation Status message not
Status message not received for 5 seconds. enabled
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Primary ADS Operation Status - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
messages not available for 5 seconds. • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 14 - Special Instructions: Primary and Secondary ADS - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
Operation Status message sources not configured. cuit

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Primary ADS - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Operation Status messages invalid for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• None

99 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 125 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 125 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 125 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Primary ADS Operation Status mes-
sage (SPN 20870). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Primary ADS Opera- erly, test complete.
tion Status message (SPN 20870). Go to Step
• If Fault Code 125 sets Active, go to Step A.
V.
• If a fault code other than 125 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 14 is Active, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 125 FMI 14 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

100 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status

Fault Code 126: Secondary ADS Operation Status

J1939: SA 3 SPN 20874 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Secondary ADS Operation Status messages
cle’s Primary Automated Driving System (ADS) Operation received and valid for 10 seconds.
Status message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- FMI 14: Primary and Secondary ADS Operation Status
tion is used to determine transmission operation. messages match for 1 second.

The TCM also receives a Secondary Automated Driving Possible Causes

System (ADS) Operation Status message from a vehicle FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This redundancy allows the TCM to maintain • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
transmission function in a degraded mode in the event - Secondary ADS Operation Status message not
either message is not available. enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Detection
The TCM monitors Secondary ADS Operation Status mes- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
is set Active. cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Secondary ADS Operation Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Status message not received for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Secondary ADS Operation Sta-
tus messages not available for 5 seconds. • None

FMI 14 - Special Instructions: Primary and Secondary ADS

Operation Status messages do not match for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Secondary ADS

Operation Status messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:

If fault codes 125 and 126 are Active:

• Amber warning lamp on

• ADS Operation prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 101
Fault Code 126 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 126 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 126 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 126 FMI 9, 14, 19 is Active or
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of
or duplicate the previous complaint.
the vehicle Secondary ADS Operation Status
message (SPN 20874). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 126 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Secondary ADS Oper- erly, test complete.
ation Status message (SPN 20874). Go to
• If Fault Code 126 sets Active, go to Step A.
Step V.
• If a fault code other than 126 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 126 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.

102 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 127: Cruise Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 595 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: Cruise Control Active messages available and
cle’s Cruise Control Active message from a vehicle Elec- valid for 10 seconds.
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- Possible Causes
sion operation. FMI 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

The TCM monitors Cruise Control Active messages. If mes- - Cruise Control Active message not enabled
sages are not available or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Cruise Control Active mes- - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
sages not available for 5 seconds. cuit

FMI 19: Received Network Data In Error: Cruise Control - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Active messages invalid for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
tem.
Fallback
FMI 13, 19: Additional Tools
• Amber warning lamp on • None
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

103 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 127 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 127 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 127 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 127 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Cruise Control Active
or duplicate the previous complaint.
message (SPN 595). Go to Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 127 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 127 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi- • If Fault Code 127 sets Active, go to Step A.
cle Cruise Control Active message (SPN 595).
• If a fault code other than 127 sets Active, trou-
Go to Step V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

104 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 751 FMI 2, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is configured to FMI 2, 9, 13, 19:
accept Primary Shift Device messages from the transmis-
sion driver interface device over the Primary Data Link • Amber warning lamp on
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- • If vehicle is moving and fault codes 135 and 145
sion operation. are Active:

A Secondary Shift Device request signal from the transmis- - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
sion driver interface device is also provided on a separate - PTO mode prohibited
hardwired circuit. The Secondary Shift Device request sig- - Hill Start Aid prohibited
nal allows a driver to engage the transmission into a Shift
Mode in the event the Primary Shift Device message is not - Engine cranking prohibited
available. • If vehicle is not moving and fault codes 135 and
145 are Active:
The Primary Data Link (J1939A), transmission driver inter-
face device, and Secondary Shift Device hardwired circuit - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
and wiring are installed by the OEM and connect to the TCM - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
through the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. - PTO mode prohibited
Detection - Hill Start Aid prohibited
The TCM monitors Primary Shift Device messages. If mes- - Engine cranking prohibited
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. • If vehicle is moving:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Red stop lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Primary Shift Device message out of FMI 11:
range for 5 seconds.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Primary Shift Device mes- • Engine cranking prohibited
sage not received for 5 seconds.
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Primary and Secondary • PTO mode prohibited
Shift Device values do not match for 1 second.
• Hill Start Aid prohibited
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Primary Shift Device • If vehicle is moving:
request in opposite direction of vehicle travel at a speed
greater than allowable shuttle shifting speed. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 12:
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Primary Shift Device message
not available for 5 seconds. • Inertia Brake activation prohibited

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Delayed gear engagement • Upshifts prohibited

after shift mode change. • Clutch engagements prohibited

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Primary Shift FMI 14:

Device messages invalid for 5 seconds. • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited

105 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 2: Primary Shift Device messages in range for 10 sec-
onds.

FMI 9, 19: Primary Shift Device messages received and

valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 11: Primary and Secondary Shift Device values match

for 1 second.

FMI 12, 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

FMI 13: Primary Shift Device messages received and valid

for 1 second.

Possible Causes
FMI 2, 9, 11, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Transmission driver interface device internal fail-
ure
• Vehicle Harness - Power supply, Primary Data Link
(J1939A) and Secondary Shift Mode request circuit
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 12, 14:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

106 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939)

Component Identification

3
4

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 9-Way Transmission Driver Interface Device Connector (OEM Specific)
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (In Cab)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 107
Fault Code 135: Primary Shift Device (J1939) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

9 4
8 2
17 1
11 7
12 8

4A

11 12 17 9 8
A

2 + B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G

- OR - 4B

A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 9-Way Transmission Driver Interface Device Connector (OEM Specific)
4A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG)
4B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

108 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 135 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 2, 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 11 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac-
tive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 13 is Active, configure
Driver Interface Type in TCM using Ser-
viceRanger. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 FMI 13 is Inactive, Driver
Interface Type is configured in TCM. Go to
Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 109
Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at 9-Way Purpose: Verify voltage of J1939 Data Link at
B transmission driver interface device connector. C 9-Way transmission driver interface device con-
nector.
1. Key off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Disconnect 9-Way transmission driver interface
device connector. 2. Measure voltage between 9-Way transmission
driver interface device connector Pin 7 (J1939 Data
3. Inspect 9-Way transmission driver interface device Link High) and 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A
connector, verify connector is free from contamina- (ground). Record reading in table.
tion and corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread
or loose; and there is no damage to connector Note: Refer to OEM transmission driver interface
body. device wiring diagrams.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Measure voltage between 9-Way transmission A 7
driver interface device connector Pin 1 (TCM sup-
plied 12v) and Pin 2 (TCM supplied ground).
Record reading in table.
Note: Refer to OEM transmission driver interface
device wiring diagrams.

A 7

2 1

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way transmission

driver interface device connector Pin 8 (J1939 Data
Link Low) and 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A
(ground). Record reading in table.

2 1
A 8

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step C.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of trans-
mission driver interface device power supply A 8
circuits between 9-Way transmission driver
interface device connector and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Connector. Go to Step V.

Pins Range Reading(s)

1 to 2 11–13 V

110 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify fault code status.
• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
D
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
J1939 Data Link. Go to Step V. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Key on with engine off.
7 to A 2.25–2.75 V 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
8 to A 2.25–2.75 V
6. Retrieve and record fault codes, FMIs, occurrences
and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 135 is Active, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of the transmis-
sion driver interface device. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 is Inactive, the intermittent
nature of the fault makes it likely one of the fol-
lowing conditions exists. Contact OEM for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
- Wiring problem between transmission driver
interface device and 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Connector.
- Wiring problem between Primary Data Link
(J1939A) and transmission driver interface
device.
- Transmission driver interface device may
intermittently not be powering up.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 111
Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at 9-Way Purpose: Verify continuity of Secondary Shift
E transmission driver interface device connector. F Mode request circuit and not shorted to ground.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Disconnect 9-Way transmission driver interface 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
device connector. tor from TCM.
3. Inspect 9-Way transmission driver interface device 3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
connector, verify connector is free from contamina- verify connector is free from contamination and
tion and corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
or loose; and there is no damage to connector and there is no damage to connector body.
body.
4. Measure resistance between 9-Way transmission
4. Key on with engine off. driver interface device connector Pin 4 and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector Pin 9. Record
5. Measure voltage between 9-Way transmission
reading in table.
driver interface device connector Pin 1 (TCM sup-
plied 12v) and Pin 2 (TCM supplied ground). Note: Refer to OEM wiring diagrams.
Record reading in table.
Note: Refer to OEM transmission driver interface
device wiring diagrams. 9
4

2 1

9 4

2 1
5. Measure resistance between 9-Way transmission
driver interface device connector Pin 4 and Ground.
6. Compare reading(s) in table. Record reading in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step F.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM 4
guidelines for repair or replacement of trans-
mission driver interface device power supply
circuits between 9-Way transmission driver
interface device connector and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Connector. Go to Step V.

4
Pins Range Reading(s)

1 to 2 11–13 V

112 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify fault code status.
• If readings are in range, go to Step G.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
G
guidelines for repair or replacement of Sec-
ondary Shift Mode request circuit between 1. Key off.
9-Way transmission driver interface device 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all
connector and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connec- components are properly installed.
tor. Go to Step V.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Pins Range Reading(s)
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
4 to 9 0.0 –0.3 Ohms 6. Retrieve and record fault codes, FMIs, occurrences
and timestamps.
4 to Ground Open Circuit • If Fault Code 135 is Active, refer to OEM guide-
(OL) lines for repair or replacement of the transmis-
sion driver interface device. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 135 is Inactive, no problem was
found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in one of the
following. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
- Transmission driver interface device
- Secondary Shift Device hardwired circuit
between transmission driver interface device
and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector.
- Primary Data link (J1939A) wiring to trans-
mission driver interface device.
- Power and ground supply wiring to trans-
mission driver interface device from 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Connector.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 113
Fault Code 135 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 135 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 135 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

114 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 136: Transmission Primary Shift Up Selector | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 136: Transmission Primary Shift Up Selector

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3652 FMI 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the FMI 14: Primary and Secondary ADS Transmission
Transmission Requested Gear (PRNDL) message from the Requested Gear (PRNDL) messages match for 1 second.
Primary and Secondary Automated Driving System (ADS)
sources in the ADS Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Possible Causes
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This redundancy allows the FMI 14:
TCM to maintain transmission function in a degraded mode
in the event the message is not available from one of the • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
ADS sources. - Transmission Requested Gear (PRNDL) mes-
sage not enabled
Detection • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
The TCM monitors Transmission Requested Gear (PRNDL)
messages from the Primary and Secondary ADS sources. If - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
messages do not match, the fault is set Active. cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Primary and Secondary
ADS Transmission Requested Gear (PRNDL) messages
from do not match for 1 second.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 14:

If fault codes 122, 123 and 136 are Active:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine cranking prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited
• Hill Start Aid prohibited
• ADS operation prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

115 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 136 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 136 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 136 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 136 is Active or Inactive, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM guidelines for repair of the vehicle Trans-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
mission Requested Gear (PRNDL) message
(SPN 525). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 136 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 136 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

116 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7

Fault Code 137: Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1 Control
Purpose P7
J1939: SA 3 SPN 11756 FMI 9, 10, 11, 13, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a Source All FMIs: Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1
Address message from the Automated Driving System Control Purpose P7 messages received and valid for 10
(ADS) controlling device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 over seconds.
the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to
determine transmission operation. Possible Causes
All FMIs:
Detection
The TCM monitors Source Address of Controlling Device • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 messages. If messages are - Source Address of Controlling Device for TSC1
not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. Control Purpose P7 message not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Source Address of Con- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
trolling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 message not - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
received for 5 seconds. cuit

FMI 10 - Abnormal Rate of Change: Source Address of - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Controlling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 Safety Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed sys-
Header Message (SHM) invalid for 5 seconds. tem.
FMI 11 - Root Cause Unknown: Source Address of Con-
trolling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 SHM not
Additional Tools
received for 5 seconds. • None

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Source Address of Controlling

Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 messages not avail-
able for 5 seconds.

FMI 31 - Condition Exists: Source Address of Controlling

Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 SHM invalid for 5 sec-
onds.

Fallback
All FMIs:

• Amber warning lamp on

• ADS operation prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 117
Fault Code 137 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 137 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 137 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go to “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 137 FMI 9, 10, 11, 31 is Active or
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Inactive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of
or duplicate the previous complaint.
the vehicle Source Address of Controlling
Device for TSC1 Control Purpose P7 message 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
(SPN 11756). Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes set and the vehicle operates
• If Fault Code 137 FMI 13 is Active, refer to properly, test complete.
OEM and enable vehicle Source Address of
• If Fault Code 137 sets Active during operation,
Controlling Device for TSC1 Control Purpose
go to Step A.
P7 message (SPN 11756). Go to Step V.
• If a fault code other than 137 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 137 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.

118 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)

Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 752 FMI 2, 4, 5, 8, 12, 13, 14

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is configured to FMI 2, 4, 5, 8
accept Primary Shift Device messages from the transmis-
sion driver interface device over the Primary Data Link • Amber warning lamp on
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- • If vehicle is moving and fault codes 135 and 145
sion operation. are Active:

A Secondary Shift Device request signal from the transmis- - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
sion driver interface device is also provided on a separate - PTO mode prohibited
hardwired circuit. The Secondary Shift Device request sig- - Hill Start Aid prohibited
nal allows a driver to engage the transmission into a Shift
Mode in the event the Primary Shift Device message is not - Engine cranking prohibited
available. • If vehicle is not moving and fault codes 135 and
145 are Active:
The Primary Data Link (J1939A), transmission driver inter-
face device, and Secondary Shift Device hardwired circuit - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
and wiring are installed by the OEM and connect to the TCM - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
through the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. - PTO mode prohibited
Detection - Hill Start Aid prohibited
The TCM monitors Secondary Shift Device request signal. If - Engine cranking prohibited
the signal is not received or invalid, the fault is set Active. FMI 12:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Secondary Shift Device request signal • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
value out of range for 5 seconds.
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Secondary • PTO mode prohibited
Shift Device request circuit shorted to ground for 5 sec-
onds. • If vehicle is moving
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Secondary
Shift Device request circuit shorted to power or open for 5 FMI 13:
seconds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Secondary Shift Device • Red stop lamp on
request signal frequency out of range for 5 seconds. • If vehicle is moving:
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate acceptance - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
of non-Neutral Shift Mode without Service Brake - PTO mode prohibited
depressed.
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Driver Interface Device incor- - Engine cranking prohibited
rectly configured.
• If vehicle is not moving:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Delayed gear engagement - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
after Shift Mode change.
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
- Engine cranking prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 119
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 14: Possible Causes

FMI 2, 4, 5, 8:
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited • Vehicle Components
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Transmission driver interface device internal fail-
ure
• Upshifts prohibited
• Vehicle Harness
• Clutch engagements prohibited
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
open
• PTO mode prohibited
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive • TCM
FMI 2: Secondary Shift Device request signal in range for - Internal Failure
10 seconds.
FMI 12, 14:
FMI 4: Secondary Shift Device request signal not shorted to
• TCM
ground for 10 seconds.
- Software Issue
FMI 5: Secondary Shift Device request signal not shorted to
- Internal Issue
power or open for 10 seconds.
FMI 13:
FMI 8: Secondary Shift Device request signal frequency in
range for 10 seconds. • TCM
- Driver Interface Type not configured
FMI 12, 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 13: Driver Interface Type properly configured in TCM
or condition no longer exists. Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

120 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM)

Component Identification

3
4

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 9-Way Transmission Driver Interface Device Connector (OEM Specific)
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (In Cab)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 121
Fault Code 145: Secondary Shift Device (PWM) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

9 4
8 2
17 1
11 7
12 8

4A

11 12 17 9 8
A

2 + B
11 J1939 A High F
12 J1939 A Low G

- OR - 4B

A
+ B
11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low D

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 9-Way Transmission Driver Interface Device Connector (OEM Specific)
4. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector - OEM Specific CD (in cab)
5. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector - OEM Specific FG (in cab)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

122 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode to lo-
A B cate intermittent failures.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Service Routines”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Start “Product Diagnostic Test” and follow
• If Fault Code 145 is Inactive and there are
on-screen prompts.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Note: Solid “PD” may appear in display when PD
to Step V. Test is active.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 4 and Fault Code 210 Note: TCM will not enter PD Test mode when there
FMI 4 are both set Active or Inactive, trouble- are Active fault codes.
shoot per Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil
Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) on page 237.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 2, 4, 5, 8 is Inactive, go
to Step B.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 2, 4, 5, 8 is Active, go to
Step C. 5. Wiggle vehicle harness and connections between
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac- transmission driver interface device and 20-Way
tive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated TCM Vehicle Connector. Check for signs of rubbing
Transmission Technologies at or chafing on the wires. Refer to OEM wiring dia-
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic grams.
instructions. Go to Step V. 6. To end test, press stop button.
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 13 is Active, configure • If fault codes set Active, refer to OEM guide-
Driver Interface Type in TCM using lines for repair or replacement of vehicle har-
ServiceRanger. Go to Step V. ness and/or 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
• If Fault Code 145 FMI 13 is Inactive, Driver Connector. Go to Step V.
Interface Type is configured in TCM. Go to • If no fault codes become Active, go to Step C.
Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 123
Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify power and ground supply at 9-Way Purpose: Verify continuity of Secondary Shift
C transmission driver interface device connector. D Mode request circuit and not shorted to ground.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Disconnect 9-Way transmission driver interface 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
device connector. tor from TCM.
3. Inspect 9-Way transmission driver interface device 3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
connector, verify connector is free from contamina- verify connector is free from contamination and
tion and corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
or loose; and there is no damage to connector and there is no damage to connector body.
body.
4. Measure resistance between 9-Way transmission
4. Key on with engine off. driver interface device connector Pin 4 and 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Harness Connector Pin 9. Record
5. Measure voltage between 9-Way transmission
reading in table.
driver interface device connector Pin 1 (TCM sup-
plied 12v) and Pin 2 (TCM supplied ground). Note: Refer to OEM wiring diagrams.
Record reading in table.
Note: Refer to OEM transmission driver interface
device wiring diagrams. 9
4

2 1

9 4

2 1
5. Measure resistance between 9-Way transmission
driver interface device connector Pin 4 and Ground.
6. Compare reading(s) in table. Record reading in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM 4
guidelines for repair or replacement of trans-
mission driver interface device power supply
circuits between 9-Way transmission driver
interface device connector and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Connector. Go to Step V.

4
Pins Range Reading(s)

1 to 2 11–13 V

124 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify fault code status.
• If readings are in range, go to Step E.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
E
guidelines for repair or replacement of Sec-
ondary Shift Mode request circuit between 1. Key off.
9-Way transmission driver interface device 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
connector and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connec- nents are properly installed.
tor. Go to Step V.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Pins Range Reading(s)
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
4 to 9 0.0 –0.3 Ohms 6. Retrieve and record fault codes, FMIs, occurrences
and timestamps.
4 to Ground Open Circuit • If Fault Code 145 is Active, refer to OEM guide-
(OL) lines for repair or replacement of the transmis-
sion driver interface device. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 145 is Inactive, no problem was
found. The intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the fol-
lowing. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
- Transmission driver interface device
- Secondary Shift Device hardwired circuit
between the transmission driver interface
device and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector.
- Power and ground supply wiring to trans-
mission driver interface device from 20-Way
TCM Vehicle Connector.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 125
Fault Code 145 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 145 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 145 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

126 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 147: Transmission Secondary Mode Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 147: Transmission Secondary Mode Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4050 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Endurant XD transmission incorporates Secondary FMI 9, 13, 19: Transmission Secondary Mode messages
Mode feature that allows the driver to change transmission received and valid for 10 seconds.
system behavior affecting shift strategy, launch or maneu-
vering characteristics, and ON/OFF road behaviors to suit Possible Causes
vehicle operating conditions. FMI 9, 13, 19:

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a trans- • Vehicle Components

mission Secondary Mode (A/B Mode) request message to - Secondary Mode switch internal failure
activate the transmission secondary configuration, deter-
mines if conditions are suitable, implements the change, - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
and supplies an output notification to the driver. • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A) and
Secondary Configuration Mode Switch circuit
The TCM is configured to accept the Secondary Mode (A/B
Mode) request messages from a vehicle Electronic Control - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939 Message) or open
from a separate vehicle hardwired switch circuit. The hard- - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
wired secondary mode switch circuit and wiring are
installed by the OEM and connect to TCM through the Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
Additional Tools
Detection • None
The TCM monitors transmission Secondary Mode request
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the
fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Transmission Secondary
Mode message not received for 10 seconds.

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Transmission Secondary Mode

message not available for 10 seconds.

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Transmission

Secondary Mode messages invalid for 10 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

127 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 147 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 147 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Secondary Mode Switch configu-
A B ration and availability of vehicle secondary config-
uration mode message.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Go To “Configuration”.
• If Fault Code 147 is Inactive and there are 4. Select “Secondary Config”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Record "Secondary Configuration Switch" Current
to Step V. Value.

• If Fault Code 147 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- 6. Refer to OEM and verify availability of the Trans-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the mission Secondary Configuration Mode message
vehicle transmission Secondary Mode (A/B (SPN 4050) from an OEM ECU.
Mode) message (SPN 4050). Go to Step V. • If message is available, refer to OEM and
• If Fault Code 147 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step enable Transmission Secondary Configuration
B. Mode message (SPN 4050). Go to Step V.

• If Fault Code 147 FMI 13 is Inactive, the vehi- • If message is not available, verify OEM Trans-
cle transmission Secondary Mode (A/B Mode) mission Secondary Mode Switch circuit and
message is available. Go to Step V. wiring are installed in vehicle, select "TCM
Hardwired Switch” from “New Value” drop
down list, select “Apply” and follow on-screen
prompts. Go to Step V.
• If message is not available, verify OEM Trans-
mission Secondary Mode Switch circuit and
wiring are not installed in the vehicle, select
"Not Configured" from “New Value” drop down
list, select “Apply” and follow on-screen
prompts. Go to Step V.

128 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 147 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 147 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 147 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 129
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations

Fault Code 148: Performance Goal Calibrations

J1939: SA 3 SPN 630 FMI 13, 14, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Endurant XD transmission incorporates enhanced con- FMI 13, 14, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
trols that allow the driver to select a different transmission exists.
performance mode to suit vehicle operating conditions.
Possible Causes
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) can be configured FMI 13, 14, 31:
with two selectable performance modes, a Primary and a
Secondary, each providing different launch characteristics • TCM
and shift strategies for improved performance in specific - Software issue
driving conditions, on and off highway. Reference Product
Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for Secondary - Internal failure
Mode operation.
Additional Tools
Detection • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
The TCM monitors the Primary and Secondary performance
mode configuration. If the configuration is invalid, the fault
is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM invalid calibration.

FMI 14 - Special Instructions: TCM invalid calibration.

FMI 31 - Condition Exists: TCM invalid calibration.

Fallback
FMI 13, 14, 31:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
• Upshifts prohibited
• High start gears prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 130
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 148 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 148 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 148 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 148 FMI 13, 14, 31 is Active, con-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 148 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 148 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 131
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active

Fault Code 150: ASR Engine Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 561 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: ASR Engine Control Active messages available
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Engine Control Active mes- and valid for 10 seconds.
sage from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to Possible Causes
determine transmission operation. FMI 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors ASR Engine Control Active messages. If - ASR Engine Control Active message not enabled
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Engine Control Active open
message not available for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: ASR Engine Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Control Active messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback
• None
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine commanded features prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 132
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 150 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 150 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key off.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
• If Fault Code 150 is Inactive and there are
3. Key on with engine off.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
to Step V.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
• If Fault Code 150 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Engine Control
Active message (SPN 561). Go to Step V. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If Fault Code 150 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 150 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi- erly, test complete.
cle ASR Engine Control Active message (SPN
• If Fault Code 150 sets Active, go to Step A.
561). Go to Step V.
• If a fault code other than 150 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 133
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active

Fault Code 151: ASR Brake Control Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 562 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: ASR Brake Control Active messages available
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Brake Control Active mes- and valid for 10 seconds.
sage from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to Possible Causes
determine transmission operation. FMI 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors ASR Brake Control Active messages. If - ASR Brake Control Active message not enabled
messages are not available or are invalid, the fault is set - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Brake Control Active mes- open
sage not available for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: ASR Brake Con- Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
trol Active messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback
• None
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine commanded features prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 134
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 151 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 151 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 151 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 151 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Brake Control
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Active message (SPN 562). Go to Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 151 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 151 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi- • If Fault Code 151 sets Active, go to Step A.
cle ASR Brake Control Active message (SPN
• If a fault code other than 151 sets Active, trou-
562). Go to Step V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 135
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 152: ABS Active

Fault Code 152: ABS Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 563 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: ABS Active messages received and valid for
cle’s Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Active message from a 10 seconds.
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data
Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine trans- Possible Causes
mission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors ABS Active messages. If messages are - ABS Active message not enabled
not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: ABS Active message not - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
received for 5 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ABS Active message not avail- - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
able for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: ABS Active mes-
sages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Engine commanded features prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 136
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 152 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 152 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 152 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 152 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle ABS Active message (SPN 563). Go to
Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 152 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle ABS Active message erly, test complete.
(SPN 563). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 152 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 152 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 152 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 137
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch

Fault Code 153: ASR Hill Holder Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 577 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: ASR Hill Holder Switch messages received
cle’s Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) Hill Holder Switch message and valid for 10 seconds.
from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to deter- Possible Causes
mine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors ASR Hill Holder Switch messages. If - ASR Hill Holder Switch message not enabled
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: ASR Hill Holder Switch open
message not received for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: ASR Hill Holder Switch mes- Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
sage not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: ASR Hill Holder

Additional Tools
Switch messages invalid for 5 seconds. • None

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Hill Start Aid prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 138
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 153 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 153 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 153 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 153 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle ASR Hill Holder Switch message (SPN
577). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 153 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle ASR Hill Holder erly, test complete.
Switch message (SPN 577). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 153 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 153 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 153 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 139
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode

Fault Code 154: Hill Holder Mode

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2912 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Hill Holder Mode messages received and
cle’s Hill Holder Mode message from a vehicle Electronic valid for 10 seconds.
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A).
This information is used to determine transmission opera- Possible Causes
tion. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Hill Holder Mode messages. If mes- - Hill Holder Mode message not enabled
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Hill Holder Mode message - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
not received for 5 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Hill Holder Mode message not - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
available for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Hill Holder Mode
messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Hill Start Aid prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 140
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 154 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 154 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 154 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 154 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Hill Holder Mode message (SPN 2912).
Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 154 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Hill Holder Mode mes- erly, test complete.
sage (SPN 2912). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 154 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 154 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 154 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 141
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch

Fault Code 155: Park Brake Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 70 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Possible Causes

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
cle’s Parking Brake Switch message from a vehicle Elec-
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Vehicle Components
(J1939A). This information is used to determine the vehicle - Parking Brake Switch message not enabled
state. - Parking Brake Switch internal failure
Detection - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
The TCM monitors Parking Brake Switch messages. If mes- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Parking Brake Switch - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
message not received for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Parking Brake Switch message
not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Parking Brake Switch mes-

sage not received during launch for 1 second.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Parking Brake

Switch messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 14, 19: Parking Brake Switch messages
received and valid for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 142
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 155 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 155 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 155 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 155 FMI 9, 14, 19 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 155 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Parking Brake Switch
message (SPN 70). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 155 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 143
Fault Code 155 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Monitor Parking Brake Switch message.

B
Purpose: Verify repair.
1. Key on with engine running.
V
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
4. Key on with engine off. nents are properly installed.
5. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key on with engine off.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Select “Status”. 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
8. Select “Parking brake switch status”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
9. Select all “- 70” SPN sources. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
10. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value.
Record reading in table. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
11. Depress and hold service brake.
• If Fault Code 155 sets Active, go to Step A.
12. Release vehicle parking brake.
• If a fault code other than 160 sets Active, trou-
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Record reading in table. Index on page 13.
14. Set vehicle parking brake.
15. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Parking
Brake Switch message (SPN 70). Go to Step
V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Parking Brake Switch message (SPN 70).
Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V.

Parking Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State

Set 70-Parking brake Set

switch status

Released 70-Parking brake Not set

switch status

144 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 156: Brake Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 521 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: Brake Pedal Position messages available and
cle’s Brake Pedal Position message from a vehicle Elec- valid for 10 seconds.
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- Possible Causes
sion operation. FMI 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Brake Pedal Position messages. If mes- - Brake Pedal Position message not enabled
sages are not available or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Pedal Position message - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
not available for 10 seconds. open

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Brake Pedal - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Position messages invalid for 10 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Fallback Additional Tools

FMI 13, 19:
• None
• If Fault Code 156, 161 and 163 are all Active:
- Amber warning lamp on
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited

145 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 156 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 156 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 156 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 156 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Brake Pedal Position message (SPN
521). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 156 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Pedal Position erly, test complete.
message (SPN 521). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 156 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 156 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 156 sets Active, trou-
V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

146 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 157: XBR System State | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 157: XBR System State

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2917 FMI 13

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13: External Braking Integration configuration is prop-
cle’s eXternal Brake Request (XBR) System State message erly configured in the TCM.
from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to deter- Possible Causes
mine transmission operation. FMI 13:

Detection • External Braking Integration is not configured in the

The TCM monitors XBR System State messages. If mes- TCM to support the XBR System State message.
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • None
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: XBR System State message is
available but TCM is not configured to support External
Braking Integration.

Fallback
FMI 13:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

147 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 157 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 157 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 157 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 157 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
B.
or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If Fault Code 157 FMI 13 is Inactive, External
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Braking Integration configuration is properly
configured. Go to Step V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 157 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 157 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-

B figuration.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
Value.
• If External Braking Integration Current Value
indicates “Not Supported”, select appropriate
"Supported” option and follow on-screen
prompts. Go to Step V.
Note: Contact OEM for vehicle External Brak-
ing Integration system "Supported" option.

148 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 158: XBR Active Control Mode

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2918 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: XBR Active Control Mode messages
cle’s eXternal Brake Request (XBR) Active Control Mode received and valid for 10 seconds.
message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over
the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to Possible Causes
determine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors XBR Active Control Mode messages. If - XBR Active Control Mode message not enabled
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: XBR Active Control Mode open
message not received for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: XBR Active Control Mode mes- Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
sage not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: XBR Active Con-

Additional Tools
trol Mode messages invalid for 5 seconds. • None

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode Prohibited

149 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 158 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 158 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-
A B figuration and availability of vehicle XBR Active
Control Mode message.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Go To “Configuration”.
• If Fault Code 158 is Inactive and there are 4. Select “Vehicle”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
to Step V. Value.

• If Fault Code 158 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- 6. Refer to OEM and verify availability of the vehicle
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the XBR Active Control Mode message (SPN 2918)
vehicle XBR Active Control Mode message from an OEM ECU.
(SPN 2918). Go to Step V. • If message is available, refer to OEM and
• If Fault Code 158 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step enable vehicle XBR Active Control Mode mes-
B. sage (SPN 2918). Go to Step V.

• If Fault Code 158 FMI 13 is Inactive, the XBR • If message is not available and the "External
Active Control Mode message is available. Go Braking Integration" Current Value indicates
to Step V. “Supported”, select “Not Supported” from
New Value drop down list and follow
on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.

150 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 158 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 158 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 158 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 151
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2

Fault Code 159: Service Brake Circuit 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1088 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure mes-
cle’s Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure message from a sages received and valid for 10 seconds.
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data
Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine trans- Possible Causes
mission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure - Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure message
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the not enabled
fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Circuit 2 Air - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Pressure message not received for 10 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Service Brake Circuit 2 Air - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Pressure message not available for 10 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Service Brake
Circuit 2 Air Pressure messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 152
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 159 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 159 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 159 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 159 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Service Brake Circuit 2 Air Pressure
message (SPN 1088). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 159 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Circuit 2 erly, test complete.
Air Pressure message (SPN 1088). Go to Step
• If Fault Code 159 sets Active, go to Step A.
V.
• If a fault code other than 159 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 159 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 153
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch

Fault Code 160: Service Brake Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 597 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Possible Causes

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
cle’s Service Brake Pedal Switch message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Vehicle Components
(J1939A). This information is used to determine transmis- - Service Brake Pedal Switch message not
sion operation. enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Detection
The TCM monitors Service Brake Pedal Switch messages. If • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Active. open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Pedal Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Switch message not received for 10 seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Service Brake Pedal Switch
• None
message not available for 10 seconds.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Service Brake Pedal Switch

messages not received after a launch for 1 second.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Service Brake

Pedal Switch messages invalid for 10 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:

• If Fault Code 140, 160 and 164 are all Active:

- Amber warning lamp on
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
- Transmission may not allow a shift out of
Neutral
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 14, 19: Service Brake Pedal Switch messages
received and valid for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 154
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 160 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 160 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 160 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 160 FMI 9, 14, 19 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 160 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Pedal
Switch message (SPN 597). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 160 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 155
Fault Code 160 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Monitor Service Brake Pedal Switch mes-

B sage.
Purpose: Verify repair.
1. Key on with engine running.
V
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
1. Key off.
3. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
4. Key on with engine off. nents are properly installed.
5. Connect ServiceRanger. 3. Key on with engine off.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Select “Status”. 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
8. Select “Brake switch”. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
9. Select all “- 597” SPN sources. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
10. Monitor 597 - Brake switch value. Record reading
in table. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
11. Depress and hold service brake.
• If Fault Code 160 sets Active, go to Step A.
12. Release vehicle parking brake.
• If a fault code other than 160 sets Active, trou-
13. Monitor 597 - Brake switch value. Record reading bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
in table. Index on page 13.
14. Set vehicle parking brake.
15. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Service
Brake Pedal Switch message (SPN 597). Go to
Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Service Brake Pedal Switch message (SPN
597). Contact OEM for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

Service Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State

Released 597 - Brake Released

Switch

Depressed 597 - Brake Depressed

Switch

156 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 161: Brake Application Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 116 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Possible Causes

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:
cle’s Service Brake Application Pressure message from a
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data • Vehicle Components
Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine trans- - Service Brake Application Pressure message not
mission operation. enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Detection
The TCM monitors Service Brake Application Pressure • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
fault is set Active. open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Application Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Pressure message not received for 10 seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Service Brake Application
• None
Pressure message not available for 10 seconds.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Service Brake Application

Pressure message not received after a launch.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Brake Applica-

tion Pressure messages invalid for 10 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 14, 19:

• If Fault Code 156, 161 and 163 are all Active:

- Amber warning lamp on
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
- Transmission may not allow a shift out of
Neutral
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 14, 19: Service Brake Application Pressure mes-
sages received and valid for 10 seconds.

157 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 161 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 161 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 161 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 161 FMI 9, 14 19 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 161 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Applica-
tion Pressure message (SPN 116). Go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 161 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

158 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 161 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Monitor Service Brake Application Pres- Purpose: Verify repair.

B sure message. V
1. Key on with engine running. 1. Key off.
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key off.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Select “Pressure”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
8. Select “Brake application pressure”.
or duplicate the previous complaint.
9. Select all “- 116” SPN sources.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
10. Monitor 116 - Brake application pressure value. erly, test complete.
Record reading in table. • If Fault Code 161 sets Active, go to Step A.
11. Depress and hold service brake. • If a fault code other than 161 sets Active, trou-
12. Monitor 116 - Brake application pressure value. bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Record reading in table. Index on page 13.

13. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Service
Brake Application Pressure message (SPN
116). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Service Brake Application Pressure mes-
sage (SPN 116). Contact OEM for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Service Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State

Released 116 - Brake 0 PSI

Application
Pressure

Depressed 116 - Brake Greater

Application Than 0 PSI
Pressure

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 159
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure

Fault Code 162: Brake Secondary Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 118 FMI 9, 13, 18, 19

Overview FMI 18:

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
cle’s Brake Secondary Tank Pressure message from a vehi-
cle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
(J1939A). The Brake Secondary Tank Pressure message is • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
used as a secondary vehicle air pressure input by the TCM
• Upshifts prohibited
to ensure adequate air pressure is maintained for transmis-
sion operation. • Clutch disengagements prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans-
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in • PTO mode prohibited
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Secondary Tank Pressure messages
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve. received and valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 18: Brake Secondary Tank Pressure above 90 psi.

Detection
The TCM monitors Brake Secondary Tank Pressure mes-
Possible Causes
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault
FMI 9, 13, 19:
is set Active.
• Vehicle Components
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
- Brake Secondary Tank Pressure message not
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Secondary Tank
enabled
Pressure message not received for 10 seconds.
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Secondary Tank Pres-
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sure message not available for 10 seconds.
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 18 - Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately open
Severe): Brake Secondary Tank Pressure and Transmission
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Air Supply Pressure reported greater than 90 psi (6.2 bar)
and then fell below 80 psi (5.5 bar) with the vehicle station- FMI 18:
ary and the transmission in Neutral.
• Vehicle Components
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Brake Second- - Air system
ary Tank Pressure messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19: Additional Tools
• None
• Amber warning lamp on
• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 160
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 162 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 162 Troubleshooting

10. Monitor 118 - Brake secondary pressure value.
Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Record reading in table.
A 11. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 12. Compare reading(s) in table.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity guidelines for repair or replacement of the
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. vehicle air system or Brake Secondary Tank
• If Fault Code 162 is Inactive and there are Pressure message (SPN 118). Go to Step V.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault • If readings are in range and no fault was
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go found, the intermittent nature of the fault
to Step V. makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
• If Fault Code 162 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- cle air system or Brake Secondary Tank Pres-
tive, go to Step B. sure message (SPN 118). Contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 162 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Secondary Tank
Pressure message (SPN 118). Go to Step V.
Parameter/ Range Reading(s)
• If Fault Code 162 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step Source
V.
118 - Brake sec- Within 0-20 psi of
• If Fault Code 162 FMI 18 is Active or Inactive,
ondary pressure Vehicle air pressure
go to Step C.

Vehicle in-dash 100-135 psi

secondary air
pressure gauge

Purpose: Monitor Brake Secondary Tank Pressure

B and vehicle air pressure.

1. Key on with engine running.

2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
3. Key off.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
7. Select “Pressure”.
8. Select “Brake secondary pressure”.
9. Select all “- 118” SPN sources.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 161
Fault Code 162 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

14. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Monitor Brake Secondary Tank Pressure, • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
C Transmission Air Supply Pressure and vehicle air
pressure.
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
air system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
1. Key on with engine running. found, the intermittent nature of the fault
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle air system. Contact OEM for further diag-
3. Key off. nostic instructions. Go to Step V.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
Parameter/ Range Reading(s)
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. Source
7. From “Default Parameter Files” tab, select “Trans-
mission Pressure”. 520524 - Line Within 0–20 psi of
Pressure Vehicle air pressure
8. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value. Feedback
Record reading in table.
9. Select “Pressure”. 118 - Brake sec- Within 0–20 psi of
ondary pressure Vehicle air pressure
10. Select “Brake secondary pressure”.
11. Select all “- 118" SPN sources. Vehicle in-dash 100–135 psi
secondary air
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
pressure gauge
12. Monitor 118 - Brake secondary pressure value.
Record reading in table.
13. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.

162 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 162 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 162 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 162 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 163
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake Application Pressure

Fault Code 163: Demanded Brake Application Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 8484 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Demanded Brake Application Pressure mes-
cle’s Demanded Brake Application Pressure message from sages received and valid for 10 seconds.
a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary
Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine Possible Causes
transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Demanded Brake Application Pressure - Demanded Brake Application Pressure message
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the not enabled
fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Demanded Brake Applica- - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
tion Pressure message not received for 10 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Demanded Brake Application - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Pressure message not available for 10 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Demanded
Brake Application Secondary Pressure messages invalid for
Additional Tools
10 seconds. • None

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• If Fault Code 156, 161 and 163 are all Active:

- Amber warning lamp on
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
- Transmission may not allow a shift out of
Neutral
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 164
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 163 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 163 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A B Purpose: Monitor Demanded Brake Application
Pressure message.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.

1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Key off.
• If Fault Code 163 is Inactive and there are 4. Key on with engine off.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
to Step V. 6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
• If Fault Code 163 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- 7. Select “Pressure”.
tive, go to Step B.
8. Select “Demanded brake application pressure”.
• If Fault Code 163 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Demanded Brake 9. Select all “- 8484” SPN sources.
Application Pressure message (SPN 8484). Go Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
to Step V.
10. Monitor 8484 - Demanded brake application pres-
• If Fault Code 163 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step sure value. Record reading in table.
V.
11. Depress and hold service brake.
12. Monitor 8484 - Demanded brake application pres-
sure value. Record reading in table.
13. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Demanded
Brake Application Pressure message (SPN
8484). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Demanded Brake Application Pressure
message (SPN 8484). Contact OEM for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Service Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State

Released 8484 - Demanded 0 PSI

Brake Application
Pressure

Depressed 8484 - Demanded Greater

Brake Application Than
Pressure 0 PSI

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 165
Fault Code 163 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 163 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 163 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

166 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 164: Service Brake Switch 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 603 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Switch 2 messages received and valid
cle’s Brake Switch 2 message from a vehicle Electronic for 10 seconds.
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A).
This information is used to determine transmission opera- Possible Causes
tion. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Brake Switch 2 messages. If messages - Brake Switch 2 message not enabled
are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Switch 2 message - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
not received for 10 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Switch 2 message not - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
available for 10 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Brake Switch 2
messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• If Fault Code 140, 160 and 164 are all Active:

- Amber warning lamp on
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
- Transmission may not allow a shift out of Neu-
tral
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

167 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 164 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 164 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 164 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 164 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 164 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Switch 2 mes-
sage (SPN 603). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 164 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

168 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 164 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Monitor Brake Pedal Switch 2 message.

B Purpose: Verify Repair.
V
1. Key on with engine running.
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. 1. Key off.

3. Key off. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-

nents are properly installed.
4. Key on with engine off.
3. Key on with engine off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
7. Select “Status”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
8. Select “Brake Pedal Switch 2”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
9. Select all “- 603” SPN sources. or duplicate the previous complaint.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
10. Monitor 603 - Brake Pedal Switch 2 value. Record • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
reading in table. erly, test complete.
11. Depress and hold service brake. • If Fault Code 164 sets Active, go to Step A.
12. Release vehicle parking brake. • If a fault code other than 164 sets Active, trou-
13. Monitor 603 - Brake Pedal Switch 2 value. Record bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
reading in table. Index on page 13.

14. Set vehicle parking brake.

15. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Brake
Switch 2 message (SPN 603). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Brake Switch 2 message (SPN 603). Con-
tact OEM for further diagnostic instructions.
Go to Step V.

Service Parameter Range Reading(s)

Brake State

Released 603 - Brake Released

Switch

Depressed 603 - Brake Depressed

Switch

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 169
Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 165: Primary Accelerator Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 91 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Possible Causes

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19:
cle's Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Vehicle Components
(J1939A). The Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message pro- - Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message not
vides the TCM with the driver's demand to launch and enabled on Primary Data Link (J1939A)
accelerate the vehicle. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
The TCM also receives the Accelerator Pedal Position 1 • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
message over the Secondary Data Link (J1939B). The Sec- - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
ondary Data Link is used in the event that the Primary Data open
Link is inoperative and allows the transmission to operate in
a degraded mode. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second-
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the
Additional Tools
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. • None

Detection
The TCM monitors Accelerator Pedal Position 1 messages
on the Primary Data Link (J1939A). If messages are not
received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Accelerator Pedal Position
1 message not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Accelerator Pedal Position 1

message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Accelerator

Pedal Position 1 messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 19: Accelerator Pedal Position 1 messages
received and valid for 10 seconds.

170 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 165 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 165 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes.
A
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 165 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 165 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 165 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Accelerator Pedal
Position 1 message (SPN 91). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 165 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 171
Fault Code 165 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Monitor Accelerator Pedal Position 1 Purpose: Verify repair.

B message on Primary Data Link (1939A). V
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Select “Position”.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Select “Percent accelerator pedal position”.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select all “- 91” SPN sources.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
7. Monitor 91 - Percent accelerator pedal position or duplicate the previous complaint.
value. Record reading in table.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
8. Depress and hold accelerator pedal.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
9. Monitor 91 - Percent accelerator pedal position erly, test complete.
value. Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 165 sets Active, go to Step A.
10. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If a fault code other than 165 sets Active, trou-
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Accelerator Index on page 13
Pedal Position 1 message (SPN 91) on Pri-
mary Data Link (1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the vehicle Acceler-
ator Pedal Position 1 message (SPN 91) on
Primary Data Link (1939A). Contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Accelerator Parameter Range Reading(s)

Pedal State

Released 91 - Percent accel- 0%

erator pedal
position

Depressed 91 - Percent accel- Greater

erator pedal than 0%
position

172 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position

Fault Code 166: Secondary Accelerator Pedal Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 29 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview • If Fault Code 115, 171, or 185 are Active and the
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- transmission is not in gear:
cle's Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message from a vehicle - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
(J1939A). The Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message pro-
vides the TCM with the driver's demand to launch and - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
accelerate the vehicle. - Upshifts prohibited
The TCM also receives the Accelerator Pedal Position 1 - Clutch disengagements prohibited
message over the Secondary Data Link (J1939B). The Sec- - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
ondary Data Link is used in the event that the Primary Data
- PTO mode prohibited
Link is inoperative and allows the transmission to operate in
a degraded mode. - Hill Start Aid prohibited

The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second- FMI 9, 13, 19: Accelerator Pedal Position 1 messages
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the received and valid for 10 seconds.
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
Possible Causes
Detection FMI 9, 13, 19:
The TCM monitors Accelerator Pedal Position 1 messages
on the Secondary Data Link (J1939B). If messages are not • Vehicle Components
received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message not
enabled on Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Accelerator Pedal Position
1 message not received for 5 seconds. • Vehicle Harness - Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Accelerator Pedal Position 1
open
message not available for 5 seconds.
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Accelerator
Pedal Position 1 messages invalid for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Fallback Additional Tools

FMI 9, 13, 19: • None
• Amber warning lamp on
• If Fault Code 115, 171, or 185 are Active and the
transmission is in gear:
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Upshifts prohibited
- Clutch engagements prohibited
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 173
Fault Code 166 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 166 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Monitor Accelerator Pedal Position 1
A B message on Secondary Data Link (J1939B).

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Position”.
• If Fault Code 166 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Percent accelerator pedal position 2”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select all “- 29” SPN sources.
to Step V.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If Fault Code 166 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B. 7. Monitor 29 - Percent accelerator pedal position 2
• If Fault Code 166 FMI 13 is Active, refer to value. Record reading in table.
OEM and enable vehicle Accelerator Pedal 8. Depress and hold the accelerator pedal.
Position 1 message (SPN 29). Go to Step V.
9. Monitor 29 - Percent accelerator pedal position 2
• If Fault Code 166 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step value. Record reading in table.
V.
10. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Accelerator
Pedal Position 1 message (SPN 29) on Sec-
ondary Data Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Accelerator Pedal Position 1 message (SPN
29) on Secondary Data Link (J1939B). Contact
OEM for further diagnostic instructions. Go to
Step V.

Accelerator Parameter Range Reading(s)

Pedal State

Released 29 - Percent 0%
accelerator pedal
position 2

Depressed 29 - Percent Greater

accelerator pedal than 0%
position 2

174 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 166 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 165 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 165 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 175
Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 167: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 559 FMI 13, 19, 20

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 19: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch messages
cle's Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch message from a available and valid for 10 seconds.
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data
Link (J1939A). The Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch pro- FMI 20: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
vides the TCM with the driver's accelerator pedal demand.
Possible Causes
Detection FMI 13, 19, 20:
The TCM monitors Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch • Vehicle Components
messages. If messages are not available or are invalid, the
fault is set Active. - Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch message not
enabled
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
Switch message not available for 5 seconds.
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 19: Received Network Data in Error: Accelerator Pedal open
Kickdown Switch messages invalid for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 20 - Data Drifted High: Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Switch message not received for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback
• None
FMI 13, 19, 20:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
• Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch may be inoper-
ative

176 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 167 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 167 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 167 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 167 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Accelerator Pedal
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Kickdown Switch message (SPN 559). Go to
Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 167 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 167 FMI 19, 20 is Active or Inac- • If Fault Code 167 sets Active, go to Step A.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
• If a fault code other than 167 sets Active, trou-
vehicle Accelerator Pedal Kickdown Switch
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
message (SPN 559). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 177
Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 168: Brake Primary Pressure

J1939: SA 3 SPN 117 FMI 9, 13, 18, 19

Overview FMI 18:

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
cle’s Brake Primary Tank Pressure message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
(J1939A). The Brake Primary Tank Pressure message is • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
used as a secondary vehicle air pressure input by the TCM
• Upshifts prohibited
to ensure adequate air pressure is maintained for transmis-
sion operation. • Clutch disengagements prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans-
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in • PTO mode prohibited
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a FMI 9, 13, 19: Brake Primary Tank Pressure messages
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve. received and valid for 10 seconds.

FMI 18: Brake Primary Tank Pressure above 90 psi.

Detection
The TCM monitors Brake Primary Tank Pressure messages.
Possible Causes
If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set
FMI 9, 13, 19:
Active.
• Vehicle Components
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
- Primary Brake Tank Pressure message not
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Brake Primary Tank Pres-
enabled
sure message not received for 10 seconds.
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Brake Primary Tank Pressure
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
message not available for 10 seconds.
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 18 - Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately open
Severe): Brake Primary Tank Pressure and Transmission
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Air Supply Pressure reported greater than 90 psi (6.2 bar)
and then fell below 80 psi (5.5 bar) with the vehicle station- FMI 18:
ary and the transmission in Neutral.
• Vehicle Components
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Brake Primary - Air system
Tank Pressure messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19: Additional Tools
• None
• Amber warning lamp on
• No degraded modes

178 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 168 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 168 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A B Purpose: Monitor Brake Primary Tank Pressure
and vehicle air pressure.

1. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-

rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 1. Key on with engine running.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
• If Fault Code 168 is Inactive and there are 3. Key off.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 4. Key on with engine off.
to Step V. 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 168 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- 6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
tive, go to Step B.
7. Select “Pressure”.
• If Fault Code 168 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable vehicle Brake Primary Tank 8. Select “Brake primary pressure”.
Pressure message (SPN 117). Go to Step V. 9. Select all “- 117” SPN sources.
• If Fault Code 168 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
V.
10. Monitor 117 - Brake primary pressure value.
• If Fault Code 168 FMI 18 is Active or Inactive, Record reading in table.
go to Step C.
11. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.
12. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
air system or Brake Primary Tank Pressure
message (SPN 117). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in vehicle air
system or Brake Primary Tank Pressure mes-
sage (SPN 117). Contact OEM for further diag-
nostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Parameter/ Range Reading(s)

Source

117 - Brake pri- Within 0-20 psi of

mary pressure Vehicle air pressure

Vehicle in-dash 100-135 psi

primary air pres-
sure gauge

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 179
Fault Code 168 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

14. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Monitor Brake Primary Tank Pressure, • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
C Transmission Air Supply Pressure and vehicle air
pressure.
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
air system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
1. Key on with engine running. found, the intermittent nature of the fault
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. makes it likely that the problem is in vehicle air
system. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
3. Key off. instructions. Go to Step V.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
Parameter/ Range Reading(s)
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. Source
7. From “Default Parameter Files” tab, select “Trans-
mission Pressure”. 520524 - Line Within 0–20 psi of
Pressure Vehicle air pressure
8. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value. Feedback
Record reading in table.
9. Select “Pressure”. 117 - Brake pri- Within 0–20 psi of
mary pressure Vehicle air pressure
10. Select “Brake primary pressure”.
11. Select all “- 117" SPN sources. Vehicle in-dash 100–135 psi
primary air pres-
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
sure gauge
12. Monitor 117 - Brake primary pressure value.
Record reading in table.
13. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.

180 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 168 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 168 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 168 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 181
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 169: Service Brake Circuit 1

Fault Code 169: Service Brake Circuit 1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1087 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure mes-
cle’s Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure message from a sages received and valid for 10 seconds.
vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data
Link (J1939A). This information is used to determine trans- Possible Causes
mission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure - Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure message
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the not enabled
fault is set Active. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Service Brake Circuit 1 Air - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Pressure message not received for 10 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: Service Brake Circuit 1 Air - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Pressure message not available for 10 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 - Received Network Data in Error: Service Brake
Circuit 1 Air Pressure messages invalid for 10 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 182
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 169 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 169 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 169 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 169 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Service Brake Circuit 1 Air Pressure
message (SPN 1087). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 169 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Service Brake Circuit 1 erly, test complete.
Air Pressure message (SPN 1087). Go to Step
• If Fault Code 169 sets Active, go to Step A.
V.
• If a fault code other than 169 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 169 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
V.
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 183
Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 170: Front Axle Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 904 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Front Axle Speed message from a vehicle Electronic
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A).
This message is used by the TCM to maintain transmission
operation in the event the transmission output shaft sensor
fails.

Detection
The TCM monitors Front Axle Speed messages. If mes-
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Front Axle Speed message
not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Speed message not

available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle

Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 13, 19: Front Axle Speed messages received and
valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Front Axle Speed Sensor message not
- enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

184 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 170 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 170 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Monitor Front Axle Speed signal mes-
A B sage.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Speed”.
• If Fault Code 170 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Front axle speed”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select all “- 904” SPN sources.
to Step V.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If Fault Code 170 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B. 7. Monitor 904 - Front axle speed value. Record read-
• If Fault Code 170 FMI 13 is Active, refer to ing in table.
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Speed mes- 8. Compare reading(s) in table.
sage (SPN 904). Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
• If Fault Code 170 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step guidelines for repair of the vehicle Front Axle
V. Speed message (SPN 904). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Front Axle Speed message (SPN 904).
Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

904 - Front Axle 0 RPM

Speed

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 185
Fault Code 170 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 170 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 170 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13

186 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 171: Engine Speed

Fault Code 171: Engine Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 190 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: Engine Speed messages received and valid
cle's Engine Speed message from a vehicle Electronic Con- for 10 seconds.
trol Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This
information is used to determine transmission operation. Possible Causes
FMI 9, 13, 19:
The TCM also receives the Engine Speed message over the
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). The Secondary Data Link is • Vehicle Components
used in the event that the Primary Data Link is inoperative - Engine Speed message not enabled on Primary
and allows the transmission to operate in a degraded mode. Data Link (J1939A)
The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
Detection - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
The TCM monitors Engine Speed messages on the Primary
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Data Link (J1939A). If messages are not received or are
invalid, the fault is set Active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • None
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Engine Speed message not
received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Engine Speed message not

available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Engine Speed

messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
• Upshifts prohibited
• Clutch engagements prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO mode prohibited
• Hill Start Aid prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 187
Fault Code 171 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 171 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Engine speed signal message.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine on at idle.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go to “Data Monitor”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Speed”.
• If Fault Code 171 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Engine speed”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select all “- 190” SPN sources.
to Step V.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If Fault Code 171 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B. 7. Monitor 190 - Engine speed value. Record reading
• If Fault Code 171 FMI 13 is Active, refer to in table.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Speed mes- 8. Monitor vehicle tachometer engine idle RPM value.
sage (SPN 190).Go to Step V. Recording reading in table.
• If Fault Code 171 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Engine
Speed message (SPN 190) on Primary Data
Link (1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Engine Speed message (SPN 190) on Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939A). Contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Engine Speed Range Reading(s)

Signal Source

Vehicle Idle RPM

Tachometer

190 - Engine Within 150 RPM

Speed of Engine Idle

188 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 171 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 171 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 171 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 189
Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 172: Secondary Engine Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 723 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Fallback
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19:
cle's Engine Speed message from a vehicle Electronic Con-
trol Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This • Amber warning lamp on
information is used to determine transmission operation. • If Fault Code 115, 165, 171, or 185 is Active:

The TCM also receives the Engine Speed message over the - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
Secondary Data Link (J1939B). The Secondary Data Link is - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
used in the event that the Primary Data Link is inoperative - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
and allows the transmission to operate in a degraded mode.
- Upshifts prohibited
The Primary Data Link (J1939A) is connected to the TCM at - Clutch engagements prohibited
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. The Second-
ary Data Link (J1939B) is connected to the TCM at the - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. - PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
Detection
The TCM monitors Engine Speed messages on the Second- • If vehicle is moving:
ary Data Link (J1939B). If messages are not received or are - Red stop lamp on
invalid, the fault is set Active.
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active OEM.
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: Engine Speed message not
received for 5 seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 9, 13, 19: Engine Speed messages received and valid
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Engine Speed message not for 10 seconds.
available for 5 seconds.
Possible Causes
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Engine Speed FMI 9, 13, 19:
messages invalid for 5 seconds.
• Vehicle Components
- Engine Message not enabled on Secondary Data
Link (J1939B)
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Additional Tools
• None

190 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 172 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 172 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Engine speed sensor #2 signal
A B message.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine on at idle.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Speed”.
• If Fault Code 172 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Engine speed sensor #2”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select all “- 723” SPN sources.
to Step V.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If Fault Code 172 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B. 7. Monitor 190 - Engine speed sensor #2 value.
• If Fault Code 172 FMI 13 is Active, refer to Record reading in table.
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Speed mes- 8. Monitor vehicle tachometer engine idle RPM value.
sage (SPN 723). Go to Step V. Recording reading in table.
• If Fault Code 172 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair of the vehicle Engine
Speed message (SPN 723) on Secondary Data
Link (J1939B). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and no fault was
found, the intermittent nature of the fault
makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Engine Speed message (SPN 723) on Sec-
ondary Data Link (J1939B). Contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Engine Speed Range Reading(s)

Signal Source

Vehicle Idle RPM

Tachometer

723 - Engine Within 150 RPM

Speed Sensor of Engine Idle
#2

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 191
Fault Code 172 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 172 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 172 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

192 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 173: Engine Requested Speed

Fault Code 173: Engine Requested Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 898 FMI 12

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
receives Engine Requested Speed messages to and from
the engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Possible Causes
Data Link (J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to FMI 12:
confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding to the
requested speed. • TCM
- Software issue
Detection - Internal failure
The TCM monitors Engine Requested Speed messages. If
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Additional Tools
Active.
• None
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM inappropriately com-
manded engine speed.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Torque above idle prohibited

• Accelerator pedal may be unresponsive
• Vehicle may not move

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 193
Fault Code 173 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 173 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 173 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 173 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 173 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 173 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

194 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit

Fault Code 174: Engine Default Torque Limit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 1846 FMI 12, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: EDTL and TTL messages match for 10 seconds.
receives Engine Default Torque Limit (EDTL) messages to
and from the engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the FMI 13, 19: EDTL messages available and valid for 10 sec-
Primary Data Link (J1939A). This message is used by the onds.
TCM to confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding
to the default torque limit. Possible Causes
FMI 12, 13, 19:
Detection • Vehicle Components
The TCM monitors EDTL messages. If messages are not
available or are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Engine Default Torque Limit message not
enabled
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Engine ECU software configuration incompatible
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: EDTL message does not - Engine ECU internal failure
match SPN 1845 – Transmission Torque Limit (TTL) mes-
sage for 30 seconds. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: EDTL message not available
for 30 seconds. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: EDTL messages - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
invalid for 30 seconds.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Fallback
FMI 12, 13, 19: Additional Tools
• Amber warning lamp on • None

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 195
Fault Code 174 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 174 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 174 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 174 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 174 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Default Torque erly, test complete.
Limit message (SPN 1846). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 174 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 174 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
• If a fault code other than 174 sets Active, Fault
V.
Code Isolation Procedure Index on page 13.
• If Fault Code 174 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
cle Engine Default Torque Limit message (SPN
1846). Go to Step V.

196 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque

Fault Code 175: Engine Requested Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 518 FMI 11, 12, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 11, 12, 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
receives Engine Requested Torque messages to and from exists
the engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary
Data Link (J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to Possible Causes
confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and responding to the FMI 11, 12, 14:
requested torque.
• TCM
Detection - Software issue
The TCM monitors Engine Requested Torque messages. If - Internal failure
messages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set
Active. Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • None
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: TCM did not command 0
engine torque when the engaged gear direction did not
match the driver's selected mode direction.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM commanded inap-

propriately high engine torque.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: TCM commanded inappro-

priately high engine retarder torque.

Fallback
FMI 11:

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Upshifts prohibited
• Torque above idle prohibited
FMI 12:

• Torque above idle prohibited

FMI 14:

• Engine retarder torque prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 197
Fault Code 175 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 175 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 175 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 175 FMI 11, 12, 14 is Active or
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 175 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 175 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

198 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message

Fault Code 180: Engine Configuration Message

J1939: SA 3 SPN 188 FMI 1, 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives Engine FMI 1: Engine idle speed configuration setting is correct in
Configuration messages from the engine Electronic Control the Engine ECU.
Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). The
Engine Configuration messages provide the TCM with the FMI 9, 13, 19: Engine Configuration messages received
engine torque and speed limits. and valid for 10 seconds.

Detection Possible Causes

The TCM monitors Engine Configuration messages. If mes- FMI 1, 9, 13, 19:
sages are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active. • Vehicle Components
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Engine Configuration message not enabled
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): - Engine ECU mis-configured or internal failure
Engine idle speed set below 550 rpm for 60 seconds. - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Engine Configuration mes- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
sage not received for 10 seconds. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Engine Configuration message open
not available for 30 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose

FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Engine Configu- Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
ration messages invalid for 30 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback • None
FMI 1, 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Launch and shift quality may be degraded
- TCM uses a default Engine Configuration
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 199
Fault Code 180 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 180 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Idle engine speed message.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running at idle.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Speed”.
• If Fault Code 180 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Select “Idle engine speed”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select all “- 188” SPN sources.
to Step V.
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value.
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 1 is Active with the
engine running at idle speed, refer to OEM 7. Monitor 188 - Idle engine speed value. Record
regarding engine Idle Speed configuration set- reading in table.
ting.
8. Monitor vehicle tachometer engine idle RPM value.
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 1 is Inactive with the Recording reading in table.
engine running at idle speed, engine Idle
Speed configuration setting is correct. Go to 9. Compare reading(s) in table.
Step V. • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- guidelines for repair of the vehicle Idle Engine
tive, go to Step B. Speed message (SPN 188). Go to Step V.

• If Fault Code 180 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If readings are in range and no fault was
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Configuration found, the intermittent nature of the fault
message (SPN 188). Go to Step V. makes it likely that the problem is in the vehi-
cle Idle Engine Speed message (SPN 188).
• If Fault Code 180 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step Contact OEM for further diagnostic instruc-
V. tions. Go to Step V.

Engine Speed Range Reading(s)

Signal Source

Vehicle Idle RPM

tachometer

188 - Idle Within 150 RPM

engine speed of engine idle

200 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 180 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 180 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 180 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 201
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification

Fault Code 181: Engine Configuration Identification

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6395 FMI 13

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
cle Engine Identification message from a vehicle Electronic
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). Possible Causes
This information is used to determine transmission opera- FMI 13:
tion.
• TCM
Detection - Software issue
The TCM monitors Engine Identification messages. If mes- - Internal failure
sages are invalid, the fault is set Active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM invalid calibration. • None

Fallback
FMI 13:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 202
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 181 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 181 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 181 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 181 FMI 13 is Active, contact
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 181 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 181 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 181 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 203
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control

Fault Code 183: Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control

J1939: SA 3 SPN 10294 FMI 13, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 13, 14: TCM configured correctly and Powertrain
cle’s Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control Type message Adaptive Cruise Control Type messages received and valid
from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Pri- for 10 seconds.
mary Data Link (J1939A). This information is used to deter-
mine transmission operation. Possible Causes
FMI 13, 14:
Detection
The TCM monitors Powertrain Adaptive Cruise Control Type • TCM
messages. If messages are invalid, the fault is set Active. - Incorrect configuration

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Additional Tools

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: TCM incorrectly configured. • None
FMI 14 - Special Instructions: TCM incorrectly configured.

Fallback
FMI 13, 14:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 204
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 183 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 183 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
A B Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-
figuration.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.

1. Key on with engine off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. 3. Go To “Configuration”.
• If Fault Code 183 is Inactive and there are 4. Select “Vehicle”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
to Step V. Value.

• If Fault Code 183 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step 6. Select "Supported (Stop and Auto System Go)"
B. from “New Value” drop down list, select “Apply”
and follow on-screen prompts.
• If Fault Code 183 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • Go to Step V.

• If Fault Code 183 FMI 14 is Active, go to Step

C.
• If Fault Code 183 FMI 14 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

Purpose: Verify External Braking Integration con-

C figuration.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
5. Record "External Braking Integration" Current
Value.
6. Select "Not Supported" or "Supported (Stop and
Driver Go)" from New Value drop down list, and fol-
low on-screen prompts.
• Go to Step V.
Note: Contact OEM for appropriate vehicle
External Braking Integration system option.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 205
Fault Code 183 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 183 sets Active during operation,
go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 183 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

206 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 184: Engine Demand Percent Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2432 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives Engine FMI 13, 19: Engine Demand Percent Torque messages
Demand Percent Torque messages from a vehicle Elec- available and valid for 10 seconds.
tronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Secondary Data Link
(J1939B). This information is used to determine transmis- Possible Causes
sion performance. The Secondary Data Link is connected to FMI 13, 19:
the TCM at the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.
• Vehicle Components
Detection - Engine Demand Percent Torque message not
The TCM monitors Engine Demand Percent Torque mes- enabled
sages. If messages are not available or are invalid, the fault - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
is set Active.
• Vehicle Harness - Secondary Data Link (J1939B)
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Engine Demand Percent open
Torque message not available for 5 seconds. - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Engine Demand Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
Percent Torque messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• If Fault Code 115, 165, 171, or 185 is Active:
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Upshifts prohibited
- Clutch engagements prohibited
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

207 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 184 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 184 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Direct troubleshooting to OEM. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 184 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 184 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Demand Per-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
cent Torque message (SPN 2432). Go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 184 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 184 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, • If Fault Code 184 sets Active, go to Step A.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
• If a fault code other than 184 sets Active, go to
cle Engine Demand Percent Torque message
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index.
(SPN 2432). Go to Step V.

208 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque

J1939: SA 3 SPN 512 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives Driver FMI 13, 19: Driver Demanded Torque messages available
Demanded Torque messages from a vehicle Electronic Con- and valid for 10 seconds.
trol Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). The
messages are based off of the accelerator pedal position Possible Causes
and other inputs. This information is used to determine FMI 13, 19:
transmission performance.
• Vehicle Components
Detection - Driver Demanded Torque message not enabled
The TCM monitors Driver Demanded Torque messages. If - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
messages are not available or are invalid, the fault is set
Active. • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active open
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Driver Demanded Torque mes- - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
sage not available for 5 seconds.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Driver
Demanded Torque messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Upshifts prohibited
- Clutch engagements prohibited
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO mode prohibited
- Hill Start Aid prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
- Transmission downshifts to lowest available
start gear
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes.
Refer to OEM.

209 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 185 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 185 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Direct troubleshooting to OEM. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 185 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 185 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Driver Demanded
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Torque message (SPN 512). Go to Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 185 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 185 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the Driver • If Fault Code 185 sets Active, go to Step A.
Demanded Torque message (SPN 512). Go to
• If a fault code other than 185 sets Active, go to
Step V.
Fault Code 185: Driver Demanded Torque on
page 209.

210 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 186: Engine Default Idle Torque Limit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7828 FMI 12, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: EDITL and TCFITL messages match for 10 sec-
receives the Engine Default Idle Torque Limit (EDITL) mes- onds.
sages to and from the engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU)
over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This message is used FMI 13, 19: EDITL messages available and valid for 10 sec-
by the TCM to confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and onds.
responding to the requested idle torque limit.
Possible Causes
Detection FMI 12, 13, 19:
The TCM monitors EDITL messages. If message are not • Vehicle Components
available or are invalid, the fault code is set Active.
- EDITL message not enabled
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Engine ECU mis-configured or internal failure
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: EDITL message does not - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
match SPN 1845 – Transmission Communications Failure
Idle Torque Limit (TCFITL) message for 30 seconds. • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: EDITL message not available open
for 30 seconds.
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: EDITL mes-
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
sages invalid for 30 seconds.

Fallback Additional Tools

FMI 12, 13, 19: • None

• Amber warning lamp on

Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

211 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 186 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 186 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 186 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 186 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 186 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
OEM and enable vehicle Engine Default Idle properly, test complete.
Torque Limit message (SPN 7828). Go to Step
• If Fault Code 186 sets Active, go to Step A.
V.
• If a fault code other than 186 sets Active, go to
• If Fault Code 186 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
V.
13.
• If Fault Code 186 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
cle Engine Default Idle Torque Limit message
(SPN 7828). Go to Step V.

212 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 187: Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7830 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 9, 13, 19: IGFI messages received and valid for 10 sec-
receives the Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit (IGFI) messages onds.
to and from the engine Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over
the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This message is used by Possible Causes
the TCM to confirm the Engine ECU is receiving and FMI 9, 13, 19:
responding to the requested fueling limit.
• Vehicle Components
Detection - IGFI message not enabled
The TCM monitors IGFI messages. If messages are not - Engine ECU mis-configured or internal failure
received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: No response from Engine - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
ECU to request from TCM IGFI message for 30 seconds. open
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: IGFI message not available for - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
30 seconds.
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: IGFI messages
invalid for 30 seconds. Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

213 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 187 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 187 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 187 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 187 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Transmission Idle
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Governor Fueling Inhibit message (SPN 7830).
Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 187 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 187 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac- • If Fault Code 187 sets Active, go to Step A.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
• If a fault code other than 187 sets Active, trou-
vehicle Idle Governor Fueling Inhibit message
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
(SPN 7830). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

214 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of Controlling Device for Engine Control | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 188: Source Address (SA) of Controlling Device for Engine Control
J1939: SA 3 SPN 1483 FMI 12, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends and FMI 12: Engine ECU responding to TCM messages for 1
receives the Source Address of Controlling Device for second.
Engine Control message to and from a vehicle Electronic
Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). FMI 13, 19: Source Address of Controlling Device for
This message is used by the TCM to confirm the Engine Engine Control messages available and valid for 10 sec-
ECU is receiving messages and responding to its mes- onds.
sages.
Possible Causes
Detection FMI 12, 13, 19:
The TCM monitors Source Address of Controlling Device • Vehicle Components
for Engine Control messages. If messages are not received
or are invalid, the fault is set Active. • Vehicle Components
- Source Address of Controlling Device for Engine
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Control message not enabled
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Engine ECU did not
respond TCM command messages for 5 seconds. - Engine ECU mis-configured or internal failure
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: Source Address of Controlling
Device for Engine Control message not available for 5 sec- • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
onds. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
FMI 19 – Received Network Data In Error: Source Address
of Controlling Device for Engine Control message received - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
but in error for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

Fallback Additional Tools

FMI 12, 13, 19:
• None
• Amber warning lamp on
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

215 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 188 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 188 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 188 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no Fault codes set and vehicle operates
OEM and enable vehicle Source Address of properly, test complete.
Engine Controlling Device message (SPN
• If Fault Code 188 sets Active, go to Step A.
1483). Go to Step V.
• If a fault code other than 188 sets Active, go to
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
V.
13.
• If Fault Code 188 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
Source Address of Engine Controlling Device
message (SPN 1483). Go to Step V.

216 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 190: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 905 FMI 13, 19

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to maintain
transmission operation in the event the transmission output
shaft sensor fails.

Detection
The TCM monitors Front Axle Left Wheel Speed messages.
If messages are not available or are invalid, the fault is set
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed
message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle Left

Wheel Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 13, 19: Front Axle Left Wheel Speed messages avail-
able and valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message not
enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

217 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 190 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 190 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 190 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 190 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Left Wheel
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Speed message (SPN 905). Go to Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 190 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 190 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi- • If Fault Code 190 sets Active, go to Step A.
cle Front Axle Left Wheel Speed message (SPN
• If a fault code other than 190 sets Active, trou-
905). Go to Step V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

218 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 191: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 906 FMI 13, 19

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to maintain
transmission operation in the event the transmission output
shaft sensor fails.

Detection
The TCM monitors Front Axle Right Wheel Speed mes-
sages. If messages are not available or are invalid, the fault
is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed
message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Front Axle Right

Wheel Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 13, 19: Front Axle Right Wheel Speed messages avail-
able and valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message not
enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

219 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 191 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 191 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 191 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 191 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Front Axle Right
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Wheel Speed message (SPN 906). Go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 191 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 191 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, • If Fault Code 191 sets Active, go to Step A.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
• If a fault code other than 191 sets Active, trou-
cle Front Axle Right Wheel Speed message
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
(SPN 906). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

220 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 192: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 907 FMI 13, 19

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message from a vehicle
Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to maintain
transmission operation in the event the transmission output
shaft sensor fails.

Detection
The TCM monitors Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed mes-
sages. If messages are not available or are invalid, the fault
is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed
message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Rear Axle 1 Left

Wheel Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 13, 19: Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed messages avail-
able and valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message not
enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

221 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 192 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 192 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 192 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 192 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Speed message (SPN 907). Go to Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 192 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 192 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi- • If Fault Code 192 sets Active, go to Step A.
cle Rear Axle 1 Left Wheel Speed message
• If a fault code other than 192 sets Active, trou-
(SPN 907). Go to Step V.
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

222 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 193: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 908 FMI 13, 19

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi-
cle’s Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message from a vehi-
cle Electronic Control Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link
(J1939A). This message is used by the TCM to maintain
transmission operation in the event the transmission output
shaft sensor fails.

Detection
The TCM monitors Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed mes-
sages. If messages are not available or are invalid, the fault
is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel
Speed message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Rear Axle 1

Right Wheel Speed messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
Note: Vehicle may have additional fallback modes. Refer to
OEM.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 13, 19: Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed messages
available and valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components
- Vehicle Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message
not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.

223 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 193 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 193 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 193 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 193 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle Rear Axle 1 Right
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Wheel Speed message (SPN 908). Go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 193 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 193 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive, • If Fault Code 193 sets Active, go to Step A.
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
• If a fault code other than 193 sets Active, trou-
cle Rear Axle 1 Right Wheel Speed message
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
(SPN 908). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

224 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch from a Vehicle Electronic Control Unit | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 199: Direction Mismatch from a Vehicle Electronic Control Unit
J1939: SA 3 SPN 1571 FMI 12

Overview
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the
driver's Shift Mode request from the transmission driver
interface device and engages the appropriate gear based on
the driver's request. The TCM then broadcasts the gear
position to the vehicle display.

Detection
The TCM monitors the engaged gear and the gear position
that is broadcast to the gear display. If the parameters do
not match, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The transmission dis-
played gear position does not match engaged gear position.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Amber warning lamp on

- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO mode prohibited
- Clutch disengagements prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
- Clutch engagement prohibited, vehicle may
coast to a stop

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

Possible Causes
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

225 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 199 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 199 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record the transmission fault codes, FMIs, 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
occurrences, and timestamps from the Service nents are properly installed.
Activity Report created during the Diagnostic Pro-
3. Key on with engine off.
cedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 199 is Active or Inactive create a
Service Activity Report, select "Send to Eaton" 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
and contact Eaton Cummins Automated Trans-
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
mission Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates
properly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 199 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 199 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

226 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 629 FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 18, 19, 20, 21, 31

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a All FMIs:
Transmission Control Module (TCM). The TCM communi-
cates with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), • Amber warning lamp on
receives feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to • No degraded modes
control transmission operation. The TCM is mounted to the
transmission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con- All FMIs: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist
nector. The TCM is connected to the transmission sensors
and solenoids through the 74-Way Transmission Harness Possible Causes
Connector. All FMIs:

Detection • TCM
The TCM performs a self-check during operation. If a failure - Software issue
is detected, the fault is set Active. - Internal failure
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Additional Tools
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): TCM
has detected an internal processing error. • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): TCM

has detected an internal processing error.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: TCM has detected an inter-

nal processing error.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: TCM has detected an

internal processing error.

FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: TCM has detected an

internal processing error.

FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: TCM has detected an inter-

nal processing error.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM is incorrectly config-

ured as non-Endurant model.

FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): TCM has detected an internal processing error.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: TCM has

detected an internal processing error.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: TCM has detected an internal

processing error.

FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: TCM has detected an internal

processing error.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM is incorrectly config-

ured for Endurant HD or Procision model.

227 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 200: TCM Operation 1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

228 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 200 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 200 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM software.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 0, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, 18, 19,
20, 21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B. 5. Go to “Programming”.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 13, 31 is Active, the TCM 6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
installed on the transmission is not correct for in table.
the transmission model. Verify the transmis-
• If the TCM was updated to the latest available
sion model number and install the correct
software during the Diagnostic Procedure, go
TCM. Go to Step V.
to Step V.
• If Fault Code 200 FMI 13, 31 is Inactive, the
• If a TCM software update is available, update
TCM is installed on the correct transmission
TCM software. Go to Step V.
model. Test complete, go to Step V.
• If the TCM was not updated during the Diag-
nostic Procedure and is at the latest available
software, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.

TCM Software

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 229
Fault Code 200 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 200 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 200 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

230 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 205: TCM Operation 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 609 FMI 9, 12, 19

Overview
The Endurant XD Transmission is equipped with a Trans-
mission Control Module (TCM). The TCM communicates
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), receives
feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to control
transmission operation. The TCM is mounted to the trans-
mission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The
TCM is connected to the transmission sensors and sole-
noids at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM performs a self-check during operation. If a failure
is detected, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: TCM has detected an
internal processing error.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

internal processing error.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: TCM has

detected an internal processing error.

Fallback
FMI 9, 12, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 9, 12, 19: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist

Possible Causes
All FMIs:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

231 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 205 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 205 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM software.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If fault code 205 is Inactive and there are other
Active vehicle or transmission fault codes, 5. Go to “Programming”.
troubleshoot all Active fault codes first. Go to
6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
Step V.
in table.
• If Fault Code 205 FMI 9, 12, 19 is Active or
• If the TCM was updated to the latest available
Inactive, go to Step B.
software during the Diagnostic Procedure,go
to Step V.
• If a TCM software update is available, update
TCM software. Go to Step V.
• If the TCM was not updated during the Diag-
nostic Procedure and is at the latest available
software, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.

TCM Software

232 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 205 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 205 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 205 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 233
Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 206: TCM Program Memory

J1939: SA 3 SPN 628 FMI 2, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Transmission is equipped with a Trans- FMI 2, 11, 14:
mission Control Module (TCM). The TCM communicates
with other vehicle Electronic Control Units (ECUs), receives • Amber warning lamp on
feedback from sensors and actuates solenoids to control • Engine cranking prohibited
transmission performance. The TCM is mounted to the • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
transmission and connected to the 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Con- • Upshifts prohibited
nector. The TCM is connected to the transmission sensors • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
and solenoids at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Con- • PTO Mode prohibited
nector.
• Clutch engagements may be harsh
Detection FMI 12, 13:
The TCM performs a self-check during operation. If a failure
is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• No degraded modes
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 31:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: The TCM detected the calibration file
is incompatible with the application software version. • Amber warning lamp on

FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: The TCM detected an inter- • Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
nal processing error. • Upshifts prohibited

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: The TCM detected an • High start gears prohibited
internal processing error.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected an internal FMI 11, 12, 13: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
processing error. exist.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected the cali- FMI 2, 14, 31: Correct calibration file is configured in the
bration file is incompatible with the application software TCM.
version.
Possible Causes
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM has detected that the FMI 11, 12,13:
End Of Line Test Calibration file is present.
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 2, 14, 31:

• TCM
- Incorrect calibration file configured in the TCM

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

234 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 206 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 206 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM software.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 206 FMI 11, 12, 13 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B. 5. Go to “Programming”.
• If Fault Code 206 FMI 2, 14 or 31 is Active, 6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- in table.
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
• If the TCM was updated to the latest available
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
software during the Diagnostic Procedure, go
• If Fault Code 206 FMI 2, 14 or 31 is Inactive, to Step V.
the correct calibration file is installed. Go to
• If a TCM software update is available, update
Step V.
TCM software. Go to Step V.
• If the TCM was not updated during the Diag-
nostic Procedure and is at the latest available
software, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.

TCM Software

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 235
Fault Code 206 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 206 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 206 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

236 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)

Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 127 FMI 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 20, 21

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a FMI 1:
Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS) to monitor oil pressure. The
transmission oil pump provides the supply oil for the lubri- • Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)
cation system. The FPS provides a pressure input to the • Red stop lamp on (OEM specific)
Transmission Control Module (TCM). The TCM monitors oil • Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
pressure to ensure the transmission is being properly
cooled and lubricated. If the oil pressure is out of range, the • Upshifts prohibited
TCM will adjust transmission operation to perform properly • High start gears prohibited
and prevent damage. The FPS is mounted externally to the FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 18, 20, 21:
side of the transmission and connects to the TCM at the
20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. • Amber warning lamp on
• No degraded modes
Detection
The TCM monitors the FPS oil pressure signal. If oil pres- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
sure is outside of normal operating range or a system fail- FMI 1: Transmission oil pressure in range.
ure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 3: FPS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 4: FPS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
Transmission oil pressure critically low for 5 seconds. FMI 5: FPS circuit not open or shorted to ground for 10
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: FPS cir- seconds.
cuit shorted to power for 5 seconds. FMI 6: FPS reference voltage in range for 10 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: FPS circuit FMI 18: Transmission oil pressure in range for 10 seconds.
shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
FMI 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: FPS circuit
open or shorted to ground for 5 seconds.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: FPS

reference voltage not between 4.75V to 5.25V for 5 sec-
onds.

FMI 18 – Data Valid But Below Normal Operating Range

(Moderately Severe): Transmission oil pressure moder-
ately low for 5 seconds.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Transmission oil pressure too

high in error when Countershaft is stationary.

FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Transmission oil pressure too

low in error.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 237
Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes Additional Tools

FMI 1, 18: • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Low transmission oil level • 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR
- Not properly filled • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
- Leak • Digital Pressure Gauge (or Analog 0-100 psi maxi-
• FPS mum)

- Damaged • Oil Pressure Adapter (M14 x 1.5 O-ring Straight

Thread)
- Internal failure
• Internal transmission
- Lubrication system mechanical failure
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6:

• FPS
- Damaged
- Internal failure
• Vehicle Harness - FPS
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 20:

• Vehicle Harness - FPS

- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
• FPS
- Internal failure
FMI 21:

• Vehicle Harness - FPS

- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
• FPS
- Internal failure
• Low transmission oil level
- Not properly filled
- Leak

238 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor)

Component Identification

1. Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS)

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 239
Fault Code 210: Transmission Oil Pressure (Fluid Pressure Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

1
3 4

19 1
18 2
7 3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
4. Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS)

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

240 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify residual transmission oil and in-
A C spect internal transmission.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Perform Oil Drain Removal.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
NOTICE: Place a suitable container under the Oil
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Drain Plug.
• If Fault Code 210 FMI 1, 18 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step B. Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Oil Drain Removal Service Procedure.
• If Fault Code 210 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20, 21 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step D. 3. Record residual oil volume in table.
4. Remove PTO cover and inspect for damage.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify transmission oil level and inspect Residual Oil Volume
B for leaks.

1. Key off.
2. Perform Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
• If FMI 1, 18 and transmission oil level is in
range, go to Step F.
• If FMI 21 and transmission oil level is in range,
replace the Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS). Go
to Step V.
• If FMI 1, 18, 21 and transmission oil level is
out of range, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 241
Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

8. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify TCM Fluid Pressure Sensor inter- • If readings are in range, go to Step E.
D nal resistance and power supply through vehicle
harness. • If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the FPS
signal, power and/or ground circuit(s) between
1. Key off. the 3-Way FPS Connector and 20-Way TCM
2. Disconnect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector. Vehicle Harness Connector. Go to Step V.
3. Inspect the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector, verify
the connector is free from contamination and cor-
Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
rosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
State
and there is no damage to the connector body.
4. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA) Key off 2 to 3 3k-9k Ohms
to the 3-Way FPS Harness Connector.
5. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 2 Key on 1 to 2 4.75–5.25 V
(Ground) and Pin 3 (Signal). Record reading in
table.

2 3

6. Key on.
7. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA Pin 1 (5V) and
Pin 2 (Ground). Record reading in table.

1 2

242 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Purpose: Verify transmission oil pressure.
E Connector and verify Fluid Pressure Sensor signal F
circuit is not shorted to ground.
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Perform Fluid Pressure Sensor (FPS) Removal.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor. 3. Install Oil Pressure Adapter (M14x1.5 O-ring
Straight Thread) and torque to 19-23 Nm (14-17
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector, lb-ft).
verify connector is free from contamination and
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose; 4. Connect Digital Pressure Gauge (or Analog 0-100
and there is no damage to connector body. psi maximum) to Oil Pressure Adapter.

4. Measure resistance between 3-Way EDA Pin 3 (sig- 5. Key on with engine running.
nal) and Ground. Record reading in table. 6. Idle engine (650-750 RPM) for 2 minutes to stabi-
lize transmission oil pressure.
7. With engine idling at 650-750 RPM, monitor pres-
sure gauge and record reading in table.
8. Increase and hold engine at 950-1050 RPM, moni-
tor pressure gauge and record reading in table.
9. Increase and hold engine at 1150-1250 RPM, mon-
itor pressure gauge and record reading in table.

3 10. Increase and hold engine at 1350-1450 RPM, mon-

itor pressure gauge and record reading in table.
11. Key off.
5. Compare reading(s) in table.
12. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20 and readings are in range,
replace the Fluid Pressure Sensor. Go to Step • If readings are in range, replace the Fluid Pres-
V. sure Sensor. Go to Step V.

• If FMI 21 and readings are in range, go to Step • If readings are out of range, go to Step C.
B.
• If FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 20, 21 and readings are out of Engine RPM Range Reading(s)
range, refer to OEM guidelines for repair or
replacement of the FPS signal circuit between
650-750 5-15 psi
the 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
and 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector. Go to
Step V. 950-1050 10-20 psi

1150-1250 15-25 psi

Pins Range Reading(s)
1350-1450 20-35 psi
3 to ground Open Circuit (OL)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 243
Fault Code 210 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 210 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 210 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

244 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor)

Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 177 FMI 0, 2, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 16

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a FMI 0, 15, 16
Fluid Temperature Sensor (FTS) to monitor sump oil tem-
perature. Sump oil temperature represents the overall oper- • Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)
ating temperature of the transmission. The FTS provides a • Red stop lamp on (OEM specific)
temperature input to the Transmission Control Module • Shift performance may be degraded
(TCM). The TCM monitors oil temperature to ensure the
transmission is being properly cooled and lubricated. If the FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10
oil temperature is extreme, the TCM will adjust transmis- • Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)
sion operation to perform properly and prevent damage.
The normal temperature operating range is 86 - 250°F (30 - • No degraded modes
121°C). The FTS is mounted in the Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
74-way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 0, 15, 16: Transmission oil temperature below 252°F
(122° C) for 1 minute.
Detection FMI 2: Transmission oil temperature in range for 10 sec-
The TCM monitors the FTS oil temperature signal. If oil onds.
temperature is outside of normal operating range or a sys-
tem failure is detected, the fault is set Active. FMI 4: FTS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 5: FTS circuit not open or shorted to power for 10 sec-
FMI 0 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Most Severe): onds.
Transmission oil temperature greater than 275°F (135°C) FMI 6: FTS reference voltage in range for 10 seconds.
for 10 seconds.
FMI 10: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Transmission oil temperature out of
range, greater than 302°F (150°C) or less than -41.8°F
(-41°C), for 5 seconds.

FMI 4 - Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: FTS circuit

shorted to ground for 5 seconds.

FMI 5 - Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: FTS circuit

open or shorted to power for 5 seconds.

FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: FTS ref-

erence voltage not between 4.75V to 5.25V for 5 seconds.

FMI 10 - Abnormal Rate of Change: Transmission Oil Tem-

perature rate of change greater than 20°F (11°C) per sec-
ond.

FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Transmission oil temperature greater than 252°F (122°C)
for 15 minutes or above 273°F (134°C) for 1 minute.

FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

Severe): Transmission oil temperature greater than 252°F
(122°C) for 30 minutes or above 273°F (134°C) for 2 min-
utes.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 245
Fault Code 212: Transmission Oil Temperature (Fluid Temperature Sensor) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 15, 16:

• Low transmission oil level

- Not properly filled
- Leak
• FTS not configured in the TCM
- Replacement TCM installed
• FTS
- Internal failure
• Internal transmission
- Lubrication system mechanical failure
FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10:

• FTS
- Internal Failure
• MTM Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Non-contact (infrared) temperature gun
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

246 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify residual transmission oil and in-
A C spect internal transmission.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Perform Oil Drain Removal.
rences, and timestamps from the Service Activity
Note: Place a suitable container under Oil Drain
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
Plug.
• If Fault Code 212 FMI 0, 15, 16 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step B. Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Oil Drain Removal Service Procedure.
• If Fault Code 212 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step D. 3. Record residual oil volume in table.
4. Remove PTO cover and inspect for damage.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify transmission oil level and inspect Residual Oil Volume
B for leaks.

1. Key off.
2. Perform Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Oil Level Inspection Procedure.
• If FMI 0, 15, 16 and transmission oil level is in
range, FTS indicated a higher than expected oil
sump temperature. Check external transmis-
sion cooler system operation. Go to Step V.
Note: An external transmission oil cooler sys-
tem is required when vehicle Gross Combina-
tion Weight (GCW) exceeds 110,000 lbs (50
Metric Tons).
• If FMI 0,15,16 and transmission oil level is out
of range, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 247
Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec- Purpose: Verify TCM Fluid Temperature Sensor
D tor. E reference voltage.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle 2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector.
Connector connected.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec- 3. Key on with engine off.
tor body.
4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed Pin 33 and Pin 43. Record reading in table.
and there is no damage.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
33 43
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.

248 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting

5. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 33 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
• If readings are in range, Go to Step F.
reading in table.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 33 to 43 4.75–5.25 V

33

Purpose: Verify TFS not shorted to ground. • If readings are in range, go to Step G.
F • If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
1. Key off. Step V.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Note: MTM removal and installation requires
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans- transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
mission Harness Connector. ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

Pins Range Reading(s)

33 to Ground Open Circuit (OL)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 249
Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3. Use Temperature/TFS Resistance Range chart to

Purpose: Verify Resistance of FTS Compared to determine expected FTS resistance range based on
G Main Case Temperature. Main Case Temperature. Record Resistance Range
in table.

1. Key off. Note: Results may not be an exact match.

2. Use Non-contact (infrared) temperature gun to

measure main case temperature in area indicated.
Record reading in table.

250 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 33 and Pin 43. Record reading in table. Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes.
H
1. Key off.
2. Remove 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter from
MTM.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
33 43 nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off.

• If readings are in range, go to Step H. 6. Connect ServiceRanger.

• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha- 7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
Step V. • If Fault Code 212 FMI 2, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Active,
Note: MTM removal and installation requires replace Transmission Control Module (TCM).
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- Go to Step V.
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, • If Fault Code 212 FMI 2,4,5,6,10 is Inactive,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. replace Mechatronic Transmission Module
(MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
Main Case TFS Resistance Pins Reading(s)
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
Temperature Range
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
33 to
43

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 251
Fault Code 212 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go to "Fault Codes".
6. Select "Clear All Faults".
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to set the fault code or
duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger:
• If no codes set and vehicle operates properly,
test complete.
• If Fault Code 212 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 212 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

252 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 37 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 17, 18

Overview FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: TASPS

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a reference voltage out of range not between 4.75V to 5.25V
Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor (TASPS) to mon- for 5 seconds.
itor the air pressure supplied to the transmission. The
FMI 10 - Abnormal Rate of Change: TASPS value rate of
TASPS connects into the vehicle air supply and provides a
change exceeded for 1 second.
pressure input to the Transmission Control Module (TCM).
The TCM monitors the pressure input to verify the trans- FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
mission has the proper air pressure to actuate the clutch Transmission air pressure less than 75 psi (517 kPa) for 2
and shift rails. The TASPS is mounted in the Mechatronic seconds with engine off and transmission shutdown in
Transmission Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at gear.
the 74-way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Note: The vehicle air supply comes from a dedicated trans- Severe): Transmission air pressure less than 80 psi (552
mission air tank. The primary and secondary air gauges in kPa) for 2 seconds and one of the following is true:
the cab of the vehicle may not reflect the pressure of the
transmission air supply line. The transmission air tank is • a non-Neutral mode is selected
often isolated from the rest of the vehicle air system with a • the vehicle is moving
Pressure Protection Valve and/or Check Valve.
• the engine has been running for 8 minutes
Detection Fallback
The TCM monitors the TASPS air pressure signal. If air
FMI 0:
pressure is outside of normal operating range or a system
failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Shift performance may be degraded
Transmission air pressure greater than 145 psi (1000 kPa) FMI 1:
for 1 second.
• If transmission is in gear:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
- Amber warning lamp on (OEM Specific)
Transmission air pressure less than 75 psi (517 kPa) for 1
second and one of the following is true: - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• a non-Neutral mode is selected
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
• the vehicle is moving
- Upshifts prohibited
• the engine has been running for 8 minutes
- Clutch engagements prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Transmission air pressure out of
range, less than 5 psi (34.5 kPa) or greater than 203 psi - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
(1400 kPa) for 5 seconds. - PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: TASPS • If transmission is not in gear:
circuit shorted to power for 5 seconds. - Red stop lamp on (OEM specific)
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: TASPS cir- - Clutch disengagements prohibited
cuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 17:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: TASPS cir- • Amber warning lamp on
cuit open or shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
• No degraded modes

253 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 18: FMI 1, 18:

• Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific) • Vehicle Components - Air System

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited - High system demand
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited - Air compressor governor “on” set too low or
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited damaged

• Upshifts prohibited - Air compressor mechanically damaged

• PTO Mode prohibited - Pressure Protection Valve stuck closed

- Air leak
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive • Internal transmission
FMI 0: TASPS indicated air pressure below 145psi (1000
kPa) for 1 second. - Air leak
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10:
FMI 1: TASPS indicated air pressure above 75psi (517 kPa)
for 1 second. • Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor

FMI 2: TASPS indicated air pressure in range for 10 sec- - Damaged

onds. - Internal failure

FMI 3: TASPS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. • Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 4: TASPS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. open
FMI 5: TASPS circuit not open or shorted to ground for 10 • MTM Harness
seconds. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 6: TASPS reference voltage in range for 10 seconds. open
• TCM
FMI 10: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
- Software issue
FMI 17: TASPS indicated air pressure above 75psi (517 - Internal failure
kPa) and transmission in Neutral.
FMI 17:
FMI 18: TASPS indicated air pressure above 80psi (552
kPa) for 1 second. • Engine was shutdown when air supply pressure
low and transmission still in gear
Possible Causes • Transmission service event
FMI 0: - Transmission mis-assembled in a gear position
• Vehicle Components - Air System instead of a neutral position.

- Air compressor governor “off” set too high or Additional Tools

damaged
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Vehicle service event
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
- Connected to a Service facility air supply source Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• 0-200 psi (0-1379 kPa) air pressure gauge

254 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215: Transmission Air Supply Pressure Sensor

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
4. TCM Side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 255
Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 is Active
or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 0, 1, 18 is Active, go to
Step F.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 0, 1, 18 is Inactive, vehi-
cle air supply pressure is in range. Refer to
service bulletin TAIB-0876: Transmission Low
Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Dis-
play Messages Endurant Transmissions on
page 726. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 17 is Active, connect an 3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
auxiliary air supply to the vehicle, air up the ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
vehicle air system to 100-135 PSI (690-930 tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
kPa) and key on. Go to Step V. spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
• If Fault Code 215 FMI 17 is Inactive, the trans-
mission air supply pressure is in range and 4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
transmission is in Neutral. Go to Step V. and there is no damage.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

256 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Review the Service Activity Report and Purpose: Verify TASPS internal resistance and
C record the MTM Serial Number. D power supply at TCM.

1. Review the Service Activity Report (SAR) and 1. Key off.

record the MTM Serial Number.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
• If the MTM Serial Number is greater than or Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector.
equal to 12S17137123221. Go to Step D.
• If the MTM Serial Number is less than or equal
to 12S17137123220. Go to Step E.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 8 and Pin 9. Record reading in table.

8 9

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 7 and Pin 9. Record reading in table.

7 9

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 257
Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify TASPS internal resistance and
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V. E power supply at TCM.

Note: MTM removal and installation requires

transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- 1. Key off.
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, 2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 8 to 9 3k-9k Ohms

Key on 7 to 9 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 8 and Pin 9. Record reading in table.

8 9

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 7 and Pin 9. Record reading in table.

7 9

258 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table. 13. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic • If readings are out of range and/or system can-
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V. not hold pressure, go to Step G.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires • If readings are in range and the vehicle air sys-
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- tem holds pressure and FMI 1 or 18 are Inac-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, tive, refer to service bulletin TAIB-0876:
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch
Temperature Display Messages Endurant
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis- Transmissions on page 726. Go to Step V.
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range and FMI 0 is Inactive,
refer to OEM guidelines and verify operation
Ignition Pins Range Reading(s) and maintenance of the vehicle air system. Go
State to Step V.
• If readings are in range, the vehicle air system
Key off 8 to 9 3k-9k Ohms holds pressure and FMI 0, 1, or 18 are Active,
replace Mechatronic Transmission Module
Key on 7 to 9 4.75–5.25 V (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

Source Range Reading(s)

Purpose: Verify operation of the vehicle air sys-
F tem. In-dash air 100–135 PSI
pressure gauge (690-930 kPa)
1. Key on with engine running.
520524 - Line 100–135 PSI
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. Pressure Feed- (690-930 kPa)
back
3. Key off.
4. Key on with engine off. After 1 minute
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
In-dash air 100–135 PSI
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. pressure gauge (690-930 kPa)
7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Transmission Pressure”. 520524 - Line 100–135 PSI
Pressure Feed- (690-930 kPa)
8. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value.
back
Record reading in table.
9. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.
10. Wait 1 minute.
11. Monitor 520524 - Line Pressure Feedback value.
Record reading in table.
12. Monitor vehicle in-dash air pressure gauge. Record
reading in table.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 259
Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system Purpose: Verify operation of the vehicle air
G supply line and MTM air inlet port. H system.

1. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply 1. Key off.
line to MTM.
2. Install a 0-200 PSI air pressure gauge on the vehi-
2. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air cle air supply line at the MTM.
supply line at MTM.
3. Key on with engine running.
3. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
4. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris. 5. Key off.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free 6. Monitor air pressure gauge installed in the vehicle
of contamination and/or debris. air supply line and record reading in table.
7. Wait 1 minute.
8. Monitor air pressure gauge installed in the vehicle
air supply line and record reading in table.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range or the vehicle air
system cannot hold pressure, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
air system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-
line for repair or replacement of vehicle air Note: MTM removal and installation requires
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
Module (MTM) and reference Lower Counter- ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
shaft Cover and Inertia Brake Service Proce- Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
dure for replacement of the Inertia Brake
Assembly. Go to Step V.
Source Range Reading(s)
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- Air pressure 100–135 PSI
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, gauge (690-930 kPa)
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step H. After 1 Minute

Air pressure 100–135 PSI

gauge (690-930 kPa)

260 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 215 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 215 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 215 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 261
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor

Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 33 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 31

Overview FMI 13 – Out Of Calibration: LCA Position Sensor out of

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a calibration.
Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor to monitor
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Inappropriate clutch posi-
clutch position. The LCA is mounted to the Mechatronic
tion command relative to torque command.
Transmission Module (MTM) and pneumatically controls
the clutch position. The LCA contains a magnet that allows FMI 15 - Data Valid But Above Normal (Least Severe):
the LCA Position Sensor to sense clutch position and pro- During a LCA Position Sensor calibration the Torque Trans-
vide it to the Transmission Control Module (TCM). The LCA fer Touch Point clutch position was out of range.
Position Sensor is mounted in the MTM and connected to
the TCM at the 74-way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 16 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): During a LCA Position Sensor calibration the
Detection Torque Transfer Touch Point clutch position was not avail-
The TCM monitors the LCA Position Sensor signal. If LCA able.
position is outside of normal operating range or a system
FMI 17 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Least Severe):
failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
During a LCA Position Sensor calibration the 10 Nm torque
transfer clutch position was out of range.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 - Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: LCA Position Sensor incor-
Uncommanded clutch movement toward engaged position rectly reports clutch is disengaged near engine idle when
for 2 seconds. torque is elevated and service brake is applied.
FMI 1 - Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 31 – Condition Exists: LCA Position Sensor incorrectly
Uncommanded clutch movement toward disengaged posi- reports clutch is disengaged near engine idle when torque
tion for 2 seconds. is elevated and parking brake is applied.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: LCA Position Sensor signal out of
Fallback
range for 1 second.
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20,
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: LCA Posi- 31:
tion Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: LCA Posi- • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
tion Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: LCA Posi- • Upshifts prohibited
tion Sensor circuit open for 1 second.
• Clutch engagements prohibited
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: LCA • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Position Sensor reference voltage not between 4.75V to
• PTO Mode prohibited
5.25V for 1 second.
• If vehicle is moving:
FMI 7 - Mechanical System Not Responding: During a
- Red stop lamp on
clutch calibration the expected fully engaged (closed) clutch
position was not achieved.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: LCA Position Sensor signal

frequency out of range for 1 second.

FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: LCA magnet not detected

by LCA Position Sensor for 1 second.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: LCA Position Sensor cir-

cuit self-check failure for 1 second.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 262
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 7

FMI 0, 1: Clutch position in range for 10 seconds.
• LCA
FMI 2: LCA Position Sensor signal in range for 10 seconds. - Self-adjustment mechanism
FMI 3: LCA Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power for • MTM - Valve Pack C
10 seconds. - Stuck open clutch fill valve(s)
FMI 4: LCA Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground • Clutch Release System
for 10 seconds. - Release Yoke
FMI 5: LCA Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- - Release Bearing
onds. • MTM - LCA Position Sensor
FMI 6: LCA Position Sensor reference voltage in range for - Internal failure
10 seconds. • Incorrect engine flywheel housing
FMI 8: LCA Position Sensor signal frequency in range for FMI 15, 16, 17:
10 seconds.
• LCA
FMI 9: LCA magnet detected for 10 seconds. - Self-adjustment mechanism
FMI 12: LCA Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range for • MTM - Valve Pack C
10 seconds. - Stuck open clutch fill valve(s)
FMI 13: Successful LCA Position Sensor calibration. • Clutch Release System
- Release Yoke
FMI 14, 20, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
exists. - Release Bearing
• MTM - LCA Position Sensor
FMI 7, 15, 16, 17: During LCA position sensor calibration
clutch position value was available and in range. - Internal failure
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 20, 31:
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1: • MTM - LCA Position Sensor
- Internal failure
• LCA
- Damaged
- Air leak
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Self-adjustment mechanism
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
• MTM
open
- Air leak
• TCM
• MTM - Valve Pack C
- Internal failure
- Stuck open clutch exhaust valve(s)
FMI 9:
• Clutch Release System
• LCA
- Release Yoke
- Magnet Loose
- Release Bearing
- Magnet Detached
• MTM - LCA Position Sensor
• MTM - LCA Position Sensor
- Internal failure
- Loose
- Damaged
• Incorrect engine flywheel housing

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 263
Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 12, 14:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 13:

• Clutch calibration required

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt Ohm Meter (DVOM)

264 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250: Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Position Sensor

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector
4. TCM Side of 74-Way TCM Transmission Harness Connector
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port
7. Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 265
Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM and 74-Way Harness Connec-
A B tor condition.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
Note: If the engine flywheel housing was just
replaced and Fault Code 250 set immediately after
repair, contact OEM and/or engine manufacturer
and ensure the correct housing part number was
installed based on the transmission model.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 0, 1, 15, 16, 17 is Active
or Inactive, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 20, 31 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive,
3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
go to Step G.
ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive, tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
go to Step E. spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step F. 4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and there is no damage.
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 is Active, perform the
Clutch Calibration with ServiceRanger. Test • If contamination or damage is found, replace
complete, go to Step V. Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
• If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 is Inactive, Clutch
Go to Step V.
Calibration already performed. Test complete,
go to Step V. Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

266 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify TCM LCA Position Sensor internal
C resistance and power supply.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Read-

State ing(s)

Key off 22 to 23 7.5k-

22k Ohms

Key on 22 to 24 4.75-5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 22 and Pin 23. Record reading in table.

22 23

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 22 and Pin 24. Record reading in table.

22 24

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 267
Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system Purpose: Inspect LCA Magnet, Seal and Position
D supply line and MTM air inlet port. E Sensor.

1. Key off. Note: Fault Code 250 FMI 9 sets Active if the LCA is
removed with the key on (TCM powered up).
2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
line to MTM. 1. Key off.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
supply line at MTM. tor.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet 3. Remove the LCA.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris. NOTICE: Ensure the key is off and 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector is disconnected prior to
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free removal of the LCA from the MTM.
of contamination and/or debris.
4. Inspect the LCA Position Sensor Magnet.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air 5. Inspect LCA to MTM Seal.
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly. 6. Inspect the LCA to MTM sealing surface on the
Go to Step V. MTM.

Note: MTM removal and installation requires

transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step E.

268 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting

7. Inspect LCA Position Sensor in the MTM through

the LCA mounting opening and verify the LCA Posi- Purpose: Verify TCM software.
tion Sensor is properly secured. F
• If the LCA Position Sensor Magnet is damaged
and no other fault is found, replace the Linear 1. Key off.
Clutch Actuator (LCA). Go to Step V.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
• If the LCA to MTM Seal is damaged and no
fault is found with the LCA to MTM sealing 3. Key on with engine off.
surface on the MTM, replace the Linear Clutch 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Actuator (LCA). Go to Step V.
5. Go to “Programming”.
• If the LCA to MTM sealing surface on the MTM
is damaged, replace Mechatronic Transmis- 6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
sion Module (MTM) (includes LCA). Go to in table.
Step V. • If a TCM software update is available, update
• If the LCA Position Sensor in the MTM is not TCM software. Go to Step V.
properly secured, replace Mechatronic Trans- • If the TCM is at the latest available software,
mission Module (MTM) (includes LCA). Go to contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
Step V. sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
Note: MTM removal and installation requires ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. TCM Software

• If no fault is found with the LCA, MTM or LCA

Position Sensor, contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
mated Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 269
Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Record measurement in table.

Purpose: Measure Distance from Release Yoke to
G LCA Mounting Surface.
• If reading is less than 276 mm (10 13/16”),
contact OEM and/or engine manufacturer and
ensure the correct engine flywheel housing
1. Key off. part number was installed based on the trans-
mission model. Go to Step V.
2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
tor. • If reading is greater than 290 mm (11 7/16”),
reference the Clutch Service Procedure for
3. Remove the LCA. replacement of the Clutch Assembly. Go to
NOTICE: Ensure the key is off and 20-Way TCM Step V.
Vehicle Harness Connector is disconnected prior to • If reading is between 276 – 290 mm
removal of the LCA from the MTM. (10 13/16” – 11 7/16”), contact Eaton
4. Using steel ruler or suitable measurement device, Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
measure distance from Release Yoke to LCA gies at +1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
mounting surface. instructions. Go to Step V.

NOTICE: Ensure end of measurement device is

resting on flat face of Release Yoke. Release Yoke to LCA Measurement
Mounting Surface
Distance

276 – 290 mm
(10 13/16” – 11 7/16”)

270 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 250 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 250 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 250 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 271
Fault Code 255: Rail A Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 255: Rail A Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4218 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20

Overview FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail A Position Sensor did

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with 5 not detect Shift Rail A magnet for 1 second.
shift rail position sensors and 5 magnets mounted on shift
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail A Position value
rails A, B, C, D and E. The shift rail position sensors monitor
rate of change exceeded when no Shift Rail A movement
the position of the shift rail magnet and provide the infor-
commanded for 1 second.
mation to the Transmission Control Module for the purpose
of making shift decisions, confirming gear engagement, FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Rail A Position value indi-
and monitoring shift rail positions. Shift Rail A actuates the cated Main Drive Gear engagement, but speed sensors did
Rail A Synchronizer to engage the Main Drive Gear. The not indicate a Main Drive Gear ratio for 2 seconds.
position sensors are located in the Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM) and connected to the Transmission FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail A Position Sensor
Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way Transmission Harness circuit self-check failure for 1 second.
Connector.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail A Position value indi-
cated Main Drive Gear engagement, but speed sensors did
Detection
not indicate a Main Drive Gear ratio for 1 second.
The TCM monitors Shift Rail A position. If a system failure
is detected, the fault is set Active. FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
Uncommanded Shift Rail A movement from neutral position
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active toward Main Drive Gear while Main Drive Gear Low or Split-
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Shift ter Gear was engaged for 2 seconds.
Rail A movement beyond the calibrated Main Drive Gear
engagement position for 1 second. FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail A movement from Main
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Shift Drive Gear toward neutral position while speed sensors
Rail A movement beyond the calibrated Neutral Stop posi- continued to indicate a Main Drive Gear ratio.
tion for 1 second.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail A Position value indicated
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail A Position duty cycle out of range Main Drive Gear disengagement, but speed sensors and
for 1 second. torque continued to indicate a Main Drive Gear ratio for 2
seconds.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail A
Position Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail A FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20
Position Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
• If Rail A position is known and Rail A is either fully
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail A engaged or disengaged:
Position Sensor circuit open for 1 second. - Amber warning lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail A - Shift Rail A movement prohibited
Position Sensor signal out of normal operating voltage • If Rail A position is not known and Rail A is either
(4.75V to 5.25V) for 1 second. not fully engaged or disengaged:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Shift Rail A - Amber warning lamp on
failed interlock function test. Uncommanded Shift Rail A - Shift Rail A movement prohibited
movement from neutral position while Main Drive Gear Low
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
or Splitter Gear was engaged.
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail A Position Sensor signal
- Non-Neutral Modes prohibited
frequency out of range for 1 second.
- PTO mode prohibited
- If vehicle is moving – Red stop lamp on

272 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 255: Rail A Position

FMI 7 FMI 9:

• Amber warning lamp on • MTM Installation

• No degraded modes - Rail A notch facing down
• MTM - Rail A Cylinder
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 1, 7, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 20: Key cycle and fault - Magnet loose
condition no longer exist. - Magnet detached

FMI 2: Rail A Position duty cycle in range for 10 seconds. • MTM - Rail A Position Sensor
- Loose
FMI 3: Rail A Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power
for 10 seconds. - Damaged
FMI 10, 14, 20:
FMI 4: Rail A Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground
for 10 seconds. • MTM - Rail A Position Sensor

FMI 5: Rail A Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- - Internal failure
onds. FMI 11:

FMI 6: Rail A Position Sensor signal voltage between 4.75 • MTM - Rail A Position Sensor
and 5.25 volts for 10 seconds. - Internal failure
FMI 8: Rail A Position Sensor signal frequency in range for • MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor
10 seconds. - Internal failure
FMI 9: Shift Rail A magnet detected for 10 seconds. • MTM - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

FMI 12: Rail A Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range - Internal failure
for 10 seconds. • TCM
- Software issue
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 7: - Internal failure
FMI 12:
• MTM
- Rail A Yoke • TCM

• Internal Transmission - Software issue

- Rail A Synchronizer - Internal failure

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8: FMI 15, 16:

• MTM - Rail A Position Sensor • MTM - Rail A Position Sensor

- Damaged - Internal failure

- Internal failure • Internal transmission

• MTM - Transmission Harness - Rail A Detent

- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or - Rail A Shift Rail

open. - Rail A Synchronizer
• TCM
Additional Tools
- Software issue
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
- Internal failure
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 273
Fault Code 255: Rail A Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

274 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 0, 1, 7 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 14,
15, 16, 20 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 9 is Active and MTM was
recently replaced, go to Step H.
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive
and MTM was not recently replaced, go to
Step B.
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 11 is Active or Inactive, 3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
go to Step F. ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
• If Fault Code 255 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- tor body.
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 275
Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail A Position Sensor internal
C resistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 58 to 59 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 57 to 59 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 58 and Pin 59. Record reading in table.

58 59

4. Key on with engine off.

5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 57 and Pin 59. Record reading in table.

57 59

276 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail A
D Drive Gear. E Synchronizer.

1. Key off. Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure on page

664 of the Appendix.
2. Remove MTM.
1. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
neutral position (if necessary).
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans- 2. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
mission Removal Service Procedure. Drive Gear engagement position (aft) and return to
neutral position.
3. Inspect Main Drive Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement. • If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
both positions, replace Mechatronic Trans-
mission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into both positions, replace Rail A Yoke,
Rail A Synchronizer Assembly and Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.

• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect

Main Shaft assembly and Input Shaft assembly
and repair. Go to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step E.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 277
Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail A Position Sensor internal
F resistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, go to Step G.
• If readings are out of range, replace TCM. Go
to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
State

Key off 58 to 59 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 57 to 59 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 58 and Pin 59. Record reading in table.

58 59

4. Key on with engine off.

5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 57 and Pin 59. Record reading in table.

57 59

278 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting

4. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Input and Countershaft speed sen-
G sor supply voltage at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key on with engine off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Pin 32 and Pin 42. Record reading in table. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V

32 42
Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 54 and Pin 55. Record reading in table.

54 55

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 279
Fault Code 255 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify orientation of Rail A. Purpose: Verify repair.

H V
1. Refer to Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, 1. Key off.
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Service
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
2. Verify notch on Rail A is facing up.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 255 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 255 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail A

facing down, reference Endurant XD Service
Manual TRSM0960, Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM) Service Procedure. Go to
Step V.
Note: If MTM is installed on the transmission
with the notch on Rail A facing down, Fault
Code 255 (SPN 4218) FMI 9 sets Active and
the transmission will not shift out of neutral.
• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail A fac-
ing up, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

280 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 275: Rail B Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4219 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21,
31

Overview FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail B Position Sensor did

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with 5 not detect Shift Rail B magnet for 1 second.
shift rail position sensors and 5 magnets mounted on shift
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail B Position value
rails A, B, C, D and E. The shift rail positions sensors moni-
rate of change exceeded when no Shift Rail B movement
tor the position of the shift rail magnet and provide the
commanded for 1 second.
information to the Transmission Control Module for the
purpose of making shift decisions, confirming gear engage- FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Rail B Position value indi-
ment, and monitoring shift rail positions. Shift Rail B actu- cated Main Drive Gear Low or Splitter Gear engagement,
ates the Rail B Synchronizer to engage the Main Drive Gear but speed sensors did not indicate a Main Drive Gear Low
Low or Splitter Gear. The position sensors are located in the or Splitter Gear ratio for 2 seconds.
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail B Position Sensor
Transmission Harness Connector. circuit self-check failure for 1 second.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B Position value indi-

Detection
cated Main Drive Gear Low engagement position, but Rail A
The TCM monitors Shift Rail B position. If a system failure
Position Sensor and speed sensors confirmed Main Drive
is detected, the fault is set Active.
Gear engagement for 1 second.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Shift Uncommanded Shift Rail B movement from neutral position
Rail B movement beyond the calibrated Main Drive Gear toward Main Drive Gear Low while Main Drive Gear was
Low engagement position for 1 second. engaged for 2 seconds.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Shift FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Rail B movement beyond the calibrated Splitter Gear Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail B movement from Main
engagement position for 1 second. Drive Gear Low toward neutral position while speed sen-
sors continued to indicate a Main Drive Gear Low ratio.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail B Position duty cycle out of range
for 1 second. FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Uncommanded Shift Rail B movement from neutral position
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail B
toward Splitter Gear while Main Drive Gear was engaged for
Position Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
2 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail B
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Position Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail B movement from Split-
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail B ter Gear toward neutral position while speed sensors con-
Position Sensor circuit open for 1 second. tinued to indicate a Splitter Gear ratio.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail B FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail B Position value indicated
Position Sensor signal out of normal operating voltage Main Drive Gear Low disengagement but speed sensors
(4.75V to 5.25V) for 1 second. and torque continued to indicate a Main Drive Gear Low
ratio for 2 seconds.
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Shift Rail B
failed interlock function test. Uncommanded Shift Rail B FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail B Position value indicated
movement from neutral position while Main Drive Gear was Splitter Gear disengagement but speed sensors and torque
engaged. continued to indicate a Splitter Gear ratio for 2 seconds.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail B Position Sensor signal

frequency out of range for 1 second.

281 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail B Position value indicated Possible Causes

Splitter Gear engagement position, but Rail A Position Sen- FMI 0, 1:
sor and speed sensors confirmed Main Drive Gear engage-
ment for 1 second. • MTM
- Rail B Yoke
Fallback
• Internal Transmission
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 20, 21, 31 - Rail B Synchronizer
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
• If Rail B position is known and Rail B is either fully
engaged or disengaged: • MTM - Rail B Position Sensor
- Amber warning lamp on - Damaged
- Shift Rail B movement prohibited - Internal failure
• If Rail B position is not known and Rail B is either • MTM - Transmission Harness
not fully engaged or disengaged:
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
- Amber warning lamp on open.
- Shift Rail B movement prohibited • TCM
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited - Software issue
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Internal failure
- Non-Neutral Modes prohibited FMI 7
- PTO Mode prohibited
• MTM - Rail B
- If vehicle is moving – Red stop lamp on
- Valve Pack A
FMI 7
- Valve Pack B
• Amber warning lamp on - Rail B cylinder
• No degraded modes - Rail B yoke
- Rail B detent
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 1, 7, 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key • Internal Transmission
cycle and fault condition no longer exist. - Rail B sliding clutch
FMI 2: Rail B Position duty cycle in range for 10 seconds. - Main Shaft
FMI 9:
FMI 3: Rail B Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power
for 10 seconds. • MTM - Rail B Cylinder
FMI 4: Rail B Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground - Magnet loose
for 10 seconds. - Magnet detached
FMI 5: Rail B Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- • MTM - Rail B Position Sensor
onds. - Loose
FMI 6: Rail B Position Sensor signal voltage between 4.75 - Damaged
and 5.25 volts for 10 seconds. FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:
FMI 8: Rail B Position Sensor signal frequency in range for • MTM - Rail B Position Sensor
10 seconds.
- Internal failure
FMI 9: Shift Rail B magnet detected for 10 seconds.

FMI 12: Rail B Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range

for 10 seconds.

282 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275: Rail B Position

FMI 11:

• MTM - Rail B Position Sensor

- Internal failure
• MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor
- Internal failure
• MTM - Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Internal failure
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 15, 16, 17, 18:

• MTM - Rail B Position Sensor

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail B Detent
- Weak or broken spring
- Worn shift rail or detent

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool - RR1088TR

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 283
Fault Code 275: Rail B Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

284 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Harness Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14,
15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 0, 1, 7 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 11 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step G.
• If Fault Code 275 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. 3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and there is no damage.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 285
Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail B Position Sensor internal re-
C sistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 36 to 37 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 35 to 37 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 36 and Pin 37. Record reading in table.

36 37

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 35 and Pin 37. Record reading in table.

35 37

286 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B
D Drive Gear Low and Splitter Gear. E Synchronizer.

1. Key off. 1. Inspect Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke

slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low for excessive fore and
aft movement.

2. Install Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool

(RR1088TR).
Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure
on page 666 of the Appendix.
3. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
(if necessary).
4. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
Drive Gear Low engagement position (fore) and
4. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft return to neutral.
movement.
5. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Split-
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect ter Gear engagement position (aft) and return to
Main Shaft assembly for cause of excessive neutral.
movement and repair. Go to Step V.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go all three positions, replace Mechatronic Trans-
to Step E. mission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into all three positions, go to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 287
Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail B Purpose: Verify Rail B Position Sensor internal re-
F Yoke. G sistance and power supply at TCM.

1. Measure Rail B Yoke wear pads with a micrometer. 1. Key off.

Record reading in table.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

• If readings are in range, replace Rail B Syn- Pin 36 and Pin 37. Record reading in table.
chronizer Assembly. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, replace Rail B
Synchronizer Assembly and Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

Shift Yoke Range Reading(s)

Rail B Yoke 9.500–9.950 mm

Wear Pads (0.374-0.392 in) 36 37

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 35 and Pin 37. Record reading in table.

35 37

288 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table. 3. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 54 and Pin 55. Record reading in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step H.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 36 to 37 7.5k–22k

Ohms 54 55

Key on 35 to 37 4.75–5.25 V
4. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
Purpose: Verify Input and Countershaft speed sen-
H sor supply voltage at TCM. • If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
Pin 32 and Pin 42. Record reading in table. State

Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V

Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V

32 42

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 289
Fault Code 275 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 275 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 275 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

290 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 295: Rail C Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4220 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31

Overview FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail C Position Sensor did

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with 5 not detect Shift Rail C magnet for 1 second.
shift rail position sensors and 5 magnets mounted shift
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail C Position value
rails A, B, C, D and E. The shift rail positions sensors moni-
rate of change exceeded when no Shift Rail C movement
tor the position of the shift rail magnet and provide the
commanded for 1 second.
information to the Transmission Control Module for the
purpose of making shift decisions, confirming gear engage- FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail C Position Sensor
ment, and monitoring shift rail positions. Shift Rail C actu- circuit self-check failure for 1 second.
ates the Rail C Sliding Clutch to engage the Splitter Gear or
Driven Gear 2nd. The position sensors are located in the FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position value indi-
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and connected cated Driven Gear 2nd engagement position, but Rail D
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way Position Sensor and speed sensors confirmed Driven Gear
Transmission Harness Connector. 1st or Reverse Gear engagement for 1 second.

FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Detection
Uncommanded Shift Rail C movement from neutral position
The TCM monitors Shift Rail C position. If a system failure
toward Splitter Gear while Driven Gear 1st or Reverse Gear
is detected, the fault is set Active.
was engaged for 2 seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Shift Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail C movement from Split-
Rail C movement beyond the calibrated Splitter Gear ter Gear toward neutral position while speed sensors con-
engagement position for 1 second. tinued to indicate a Splitter Gear ratio.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Shift FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail C movement beyond the calibrated Driven Gear 2nd Uncommanded Shift Rail C movement from neutral position
engagement position for 1 second. toward Driven Gear 2nd while Driven Gear 1st or Reverse
Gear was engaged for 2 seconds.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail C Position duty cycle out of range
for 1 second. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail C movement from
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail C
Driven Gear 2nd toward neutral position while speed sen-
Position Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
sors continued to indicate a Driven Gear 2nd ratio.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail C
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail C Position value indicated
Position Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
Splitter Gear disengagement but speed sensors and torque
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail C continued to indicate a Splitter Gear ratio for 2 seconds.
Position Sensor circuit open for 1 second.
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail C Position value indicated
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail C Driven Gear 2nd disengagement but speed sensors and
Position Sensor signal out of normal operating voltage torque continued to indicate a Driven Gear 2nd ratio for 2
(4.75V to 5.25V) for 1 second. seconds.

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Shift Rail C FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail C Position value indicated
failed interlock function test. Uncommanded Shift Rail C Splitter Gear engagement position, but Rail D Position Sen-
movement from neutral position while Driven Gear 1st or sor and speed sensors confirmed Driven Gear 1st or
Reverse Gear was engaged. Reverse Gear engagement for 1 second.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail C Position Sensor signal

frequency out of range for 1 second.

291 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fallback Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, FMI 0, 1:
20, 21, 31
• MTM
• If Rail C position is known and Rail C is either fully - Rail C Yoke
engaged or disengaged:
• Internal Transmission
- Amber warning lamp on
- Rail C Sliding Clutch
- Shift Rail C movement prohibited
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
• If Rail C position is not known and Rail C is either
not fully engaged or disengaged: • MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
- Amber warning lamp on - Damaged
- Shift Rail C movement prohibited - Internal failure
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited • MTM - Transmission Harness
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
- PTO Mode Prohibited open.

- If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on • TCM

FMI 7 - Software issue

- Internal failure
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7:
• No degraded modes
• MTM - Rail C
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive - Valve Pack B
FMI 0, 1, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle
and fault condition no longer exist. - Valve Pack C
- Rail C cylinder
FMI 2: Rail C Position duty cycle in range for 10 seconds.
- Rail C yoke
FMI 3: Rail C Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power - Rail C detent
for 10 seconds.
• Internal Transmission
FMI 4: Rail C Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground - Rail C sliding clutch
for 10 seconds.
- Main Shaft
FMI 5: Rail C Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- FMI 9:
onds.
• MTM - Rail C Cylinder
FMI 6: Rail C Position Sensor signal voltage between 4.75
and 5.25 volts for 10 seconds. - Magnet loose
- Magnet detached
FMI 8: Rail C Position Sensor signal frequency in range for
10 seconds. • MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
- Loose
FMI 9: Shift Rail C magnet detected for 10 seconds.
- Damaged
FMI 12: Rail C Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range FMI 12:
for 10 seconds.
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

292 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 295: Rail C Position

FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:

• MTM- Rail C Position Sensor

- Internal failure
FMI 15, 16, 17, 18:

• MTM - Rail C Position Sensor

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail C Detent
- Weak or broken spring
- Worn shift rail or detent

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 293
Fault Code 295: Rail C Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

294 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 295 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 295 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Vent LCA and Check for active or inactive Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A fault codes. B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity TCM Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Body Harness Connector20-Way TCM Vehicle Har-
ness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14,
Connector connected.
15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 0, 1, 7 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 295 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect the TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission

Harness Connector, verify the connector is free
from any corrosion; the terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to the con-
nector body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 295
Fault Code 295 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail C Position Sensor internal re-
C sistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 26 to 27 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 13 to 27 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 26 and Pin 27. Record reading in table.

26 27

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 13 and Pin 27. Record reading in table.

13 27

296 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 295 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Splitter Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C
D Gear and Driven Gear 2nd. E Sliding Clutch.

1. Key off. 1. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Splitter Gear
engagement position (fore) and return to neutral.
4. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 2nd
engagement position (aft) and return to neutral.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
4. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd for excessive fore and aft • If Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
movement. three positions, go to Step F.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft for cause of excessive movement
and repair. Go to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step E.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 297
Fault Code 295 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail C Purpose: Verify repair.

F Yoke. V
1. Inspect Rail C Yoke for wear. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 295 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 295 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

• If no yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Slid-

ing Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of
restricted movement and repair. Go to Step V.
• If yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Sliding
Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of restricted
movement and repair. Replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

298 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315: Rail D Position

Fault Code 315: Rail D Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5941 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31

Overview FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail D Position Sensor did

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with 5 not detect Shift Rail D magnet for 1 second.
shift rail position sensors and 5 magnets mounted on shift
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail D Position value
rails A, B, C, D and E. The shift rail position sensors monitor
rate of change exceeded when no Shift Rail D movement
the position of the shift rail magnet and provide the infor-
commanded for 1 second.
mation to the Transmission Control Module for the purpose
of making shift decisions, confirming gear engagement, FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail D Position Sensor
and monitoring shift rail positions. Shift Rail D actuates the circuit self-check failure for 1 second.
Rail D Sliding Clutch to engage the Driven Gear 1st or
Reverse Gear. The position sensors are located in the FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position value indi-
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and are con- cated Reverse Gear engagement position, but Rail C Posi-
nected to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the tion Sensor and speed sensors confirmed Splitter Gear or
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. Driven Gear 2nd engagement for 1 second.

FMI 15 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Detection
Uncommanded Shift Rail D movement from neutral posi-
The TCM monitors Shift Rail D position. If a system failure
tion toward Driven Gear 1st while Splitter Gear or Driven
is detected, the fault is set Active.
Gear 2nd was engaged for 2 seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Shift Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail D movement from
Rail D movement beyond the calibrated Driven Gear 1st Driven Gear 1st toward neutral position while speed sen-
engagement position for 1 second. sors continued to indicate a Driven Gear 1st ratio.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Shift FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail D movement beyond the calibrated Reverse Gear Uncommanded Shift Rail D movement from neutral posi-
engagement position for 1 second. tion toward Reverse Gear while Splitter Gear or Driven Gear
2nd was engaged for 2 seconds.
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail D Position duty cycle out of
range for 1 second. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail D movement from
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail D
Reverse Gear toward neutral position while speed sensors
Position Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
continued to indicate a Reverse Gear ratio.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail D
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail D Position value indicated
Position Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
Driven Gear 1st disengagement but speed sensors and
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail D torque continued to indicate a Driven Gear 1st ratio for 2
Position Sensor circuit open for 1 second. seconds.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail D FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail D Position value indicated
Position Sensor circuit supply voltage out of normal operat- Reverse Gear disengagement but speed sensors and torque
ing range (4.75V to 5.25V) for 1 second. continued to indicate a Reverse Gear ratio for 2 seconds.

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Shift Rail D FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Rail D Position value indicated
failed interlock function test. Uncommanded Shift Rail D Driven Gear 1st engagement position, but Rail C Position
movement from neutral position while Splitter Gear or Sensor and speed sensors confirmed Splitter Gear or
Driven Gear 2nd was engaged. Driven Gear 2nd engagement for 1 second.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail D Position Sensor sig-

nal frequency out of range for 1 second.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 299
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fallback Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, FMI 0, 1:
20, 21, 31
• MTM
• If Rail D position is known and Rail D is either fully - Rail D Yoke
engaged or disengaged:
• Internal Transmission
- Amber warning lamp on
- Rail D Sliding Clutch
- Shift Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
• If Rail D position is not known and Rail D is either
not fully engaged or disengaged: • MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
- Amber warning lamp on - Damaged
- Shift Rail D movement prohibited - Internal failure
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited • MTM - Transmission Harness
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
- PTO Mode Prohibited open.

- If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on • TCM

FMI 7 - Software issue

- Internal failure
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7:
• No degraded modes
• MTM - Rail D
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive - Valve Pack C
FMI 0, 1, 7, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and
fault condition no longer exist. - Valve Pack D
- Rail D cylinder
FMI 2: Rail D Position duty cycle in range for 10 seconds.
- Rail D yoke
FMI 3: Rail D Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power - Rail D detent
for 10 seconds.
• Internal Transmission
FMI 4: Rail D Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground - Rail D sliding clutch
for 10 seconds.
- Main Shaft
FMI 5: Rail D Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- FMI 9:
onds.
• MTM - Rail D Cylinder
FMI 6: Rail D Position Sensor signal voltage between 4.75
and 5.25 volts for 10 seconds. - Magnet loose
- Magnet detached
FMI 8: Rail D Position Sensor signal frequency in range for
10 seconds. • MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
- Loose
FMI 9: Shift Rail D magnet detected for 10 seconds.
- Damaged
FMI 12: Rail D Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range FMI 10, 14, 20, 21, 31:
for 10 seconds.
• MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
- Internal failure

300 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315: Rail D Position

FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 15, 16, 17, 18:

• MTM - Rail D Position Sensor

- Internal failure
• MTM - Rail D Detent
- Weak or broken spring
- Worn shift rail or detent

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 301
Fault Code 315: Rail D Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

302 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 315 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove the TCM from the MTM with the 20-Way
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Vehicle Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Harness Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 315 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14,
15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 31 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 315 FMI 0, 1, 7 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step D.
• I If Fault Code 315 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 303
Fault Code 315 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail D Position Sensor internal re-
C sistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 14 to 15 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 15 to 25 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 14 and Pin 15. Record reading in table.

14 15

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 15 and Pin 25. Record reading in table.

15 25

304 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 315 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Driven Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail D
D Gear 1st and Reverse Gear. E Sliding Clutch.

1. Key off. 1. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
2. Remove MTM.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Inspect Driven Gear 1st for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 1st
engagement position (fore) and return to neutral.
4. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into the Reverse Gear
engagement position (aft) and return to neutral.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions, go to Step F.
4. Inspect Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
the Main Shaft for cause of excessive move-
ment and repair. Go to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step E.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 305
Fault Code 315 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the Rail D Purpose: Verify repair.

F Yoke. V
1. Inspect Rail D Yoke for wear. 1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 315 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 315 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
• If no yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail D Slid-
dure Index on page 13.
ing Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of
restricted movement and repair. Go to Step V.
• If yoke wear is evident, inspect Rail C Sliding
Clutch and Main Shaft for cause of restricted
movement and repair. Replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

306 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 320: Rail E Position

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5942 FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Rail E Position Sensor

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with 5 circuit self-check failure for 1 second.
shift rail position sensors and 5 magnets mounted on shift
FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
rails A, B, C, D and E. The shift rail position sensors monitor
Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail E movement from High
the position of the shift rail magnet and provide the infor-
Range toward neutral position while speed sensors contin-
mation to the Transmission Control Module for the purpose
ued to indicate a High Range gear ratio.
of making shift decisions, confirming gear engagement,
and monitoring shift rail positions. Shift Rail E actuates the FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Rail E Synchronizer to engage High and Low Range. The Severe): Uncommanded Shift Rail E movement from Low
position sensors are located in the Mechatronic Transmis- Range toward neutral position while speed sensors contin-
sion Module (MTM) and are connected to the Transmission ued to indicate a Low Range gear ratio.
Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rail E Position value indicated
High Range disengagement but speed sensors and torque
Detection continued to indicate a High Range gear ratio for 2 seconds.
The TCM monitors Shift Rail E position. If a system failure
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Rail E Position Sensor indi-
is detected, the fault is set Active.
cated Low Range disengagement but speed sensors and
torque continued to indicate a Low Range gear ratio for 2
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
seconds.
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Shift
Rail E movement beyond the calibrated High Range engage-
Fallback
ment position for 1 second.
FMI 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 16, 18, 20, 21
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Shift
• If Rail E position is known and Rail E is either fully
Rail E movement beyond the calibrated Low Range engage-
engaged or disengaged:
ment position for 1 second.
- Amber warning lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Rail E Position duty cycle out of range
- Shift Rail E movement prohibited
for 1 second.
• If Rail E position is not known and Rail E is either
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Rail E not fully engaged or disengaged:
Position Sensor circuit shorted to power for 1 second.
- Amber warning lamp on
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Rail E - Shift Rail E movement prohibited
Position Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 1 second.
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Rail E - Non-Neutral Modes prohibited
Position Sensor circuit open for 1 second.
- PTO mode prohibited
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Rail E - If vehicle is moving – Red stop lamp on
Position Sensor circuit supply voltage out of normal operat-
ing range (4.75V to 5.25V) for 1 second.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Rail E Position Sensor signal

frequency out of range for 1 second.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rail E Position Sensor did

not detect Shift Rail E magnet for 1 second.

FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate Of Change: Rail E Position value

rate of change exceeded when no Shift Rail E movement
commanded for 1 second.

307 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 320: Rail E Position | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 9:

FMI 0, 1, 10, 16, 18, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition
• MTM Installation
no longer exists.
- Rail E notch facing down
FMI 2: Rail E Position duty cycle in range for 10 seconds.
• MTM - Rail E Cylinder
FMI 3: Rail E Position Sensor circuit not shorted to power - Magnet loose
for 10 seconds.
- Magnet detached
FMI 4: Rail E Position Sensor circuit not shorted to ground • MTM - Rail E Position Sensor
for 10 seconds.
- Loose
FMI 5: Rail E Position Sensor circuit not open for 10 sec- - Damaged
onds.
FMI 12:
FMI 6: Rail E Position Sensor signal voltage between 4.75
• TCM
and 5.25 volts for 10 seconds.
- Software issue
FMI 8: Rail E Position Sensor signal frequency in range for
- Internal failure
10 seconds.
FMI 10, 20, 21:
FMI 9: Shift Rail E magnet detected for 10 seconds.
• MTM - Rail E Position Sensor
FMI 12: Rail E Position Sensor circuit self-checks in range
- Internal failure
for 10 seconds.
FMI 16, 18:
Possible Causes
• MTM - Rail E Position Sensor
FMI 0, 1:
- Internal failure
• MTM
• Internal transmission
- Rail E Yoke
- Rail E Detent
• Internal Transmission
- Rail E Shift Rail
- Rail E Synchronizer
- Rail E Synchronizer
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8:
Additional Tools
• MTM - Rail E Position Sensor
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
- Damaged
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
- Internal failure
Adapter - RR1029TR
• MTM - Transmission Harness
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open.
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

308 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 320: Rail E Position

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 309
Fault Code 320 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 320 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 0, 1 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step D.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 16,
18, 20, 21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 9 is Active and MTM was
recently replaced, go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 9 is Active or Inactive
and MTM was not recently replaced, go to
Step B.
• If Fault Code 320 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, 3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur- tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

310 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 320 Troubleshooting

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Rail E Position Sensor internal re-
C sistance and power supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key off 73 to 74 7.5k–22k

Ohms

Key on 72 to 74 4.75–5.25 V

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Pin 73 and Pin 74. Record reading in table.

73 74

4. Key on.
5. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 72 and Pin 74. Record reading in table.

72 74

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 311
Fault Code 320 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the Rail Purpose: Verify orientation of Rail E.
D E Synchronizer. E
1. Key off. 1. Refer to Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Service
2. Remove MTM.
Procedure.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
2. Verify notch on Rail E is facing up.
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto
main housing.
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail E
Procedure.
4. Using the Rail E Lever, move Rail E to neutral posi-
tion (if necessary).
5. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
(fore) and return to neutral position.
6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
(aft) and return to neutral position.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail E fac-

ing down, refer Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM) Service Procedure. Go to Step V.
Note: If MTM is installed on the transmission
with the notch on Rail E facing down, Fault
Code 320 (SPN 5942) FMI 9 sets Active and
the transmission will not shift out of neutral.
• If MTM was installed with notch on Rail E fac-
ing up, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

312 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 320 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 320 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 320 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 313
Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 345 Engine (Over) Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5052 FMI 0

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM)) receives the vehi- FMI 0: Engine speed message indicates engine speed less
cle’s Engine Speed messages from a vehicle Electronic Con- than 2500 rpm or clutch closed for 10 seconds.
trol Unit (ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). The
TCM uses the Engine Speed as the primary engine speed Possible Causes
message during normal transmission operation. The Pri- FMI 0:
mary Data Link is connected to the TCM at the 20-Way TCM
Vehicle Harness Connector. • Descending an overly steep grade
• Excessive vehicle weight
Detection
The TCM monitors Engine Speed messages. If messages Additional Tools
are not received or are invalid, the TCM sets the fault code • None
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 0 – Data Erratic: Engine speed message indicates
engine rpm greater than 2600 rpm with the clutch open.

Fallback
FMI 0:

• No degraded modes

314 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 345 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 345 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 1. Key off.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
• If Fault Code 345 FMI 0 is Active or Inactive,
3. Key on with engine off.
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur- 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 345 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 345 sets Active, go to
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 315
Fault Code 350: Input Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 350: Input Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 161 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 20, 21

Overview FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Input Speed value greater than
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with expected when compared to calculated input speeds based
speed sensors to monitor: Input, Countershaft and Output on known Engine, Countershaft, and Output speeds and
speeds. The speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for the purpose
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Input Speed value less than
of verifying clutch engagement, making shift decisions, and
expected when compared to calculated input speeds based
confirming gear engagements. The Input Speed Sensor
on known Engine, Countershaft, and Output speeds and
measures the rotational speed of the Input Shaft. The Input
gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
and Countershaft speed sensors are located in the Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM) and are connected to
Fallback
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the 74-Way
All FMIs
Transmission Harness Connector.
• Amber warning lamp on
Detection
• If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on
The TCM monitors the Input Speed Sensor signal. If a sys-
tem failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • If Fault Codes 350 and 370 are both Active and
transmission is in gear:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Input Speed Sensor signal out of
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
range for 5 seconds.
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Input
- Upshifts prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to power for 5 seconds.
- Clutch engagements prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Input
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
- PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Input
• If Fault Codes 350 and 370 are both Active and
Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5 sec-
transmission is not in gear:
onds.
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: Input
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage out of normal operat-
ing range (4.75V to 5.25V) for 5 seconds. - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
- PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Input Speed Sensor signal
frequency out of range for 5 seconds.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Input Speed Sensor speed

direction unknown for 5 seconds.

FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Input Speed Sensor

signal rate of change exceeded for 2 seconds.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Input Speed value out of

range (near 0 RPM) when compared to calculated input
speeds based on known Engine, Countershaft, and Output
speeds and gear ratio, for 5 seconds.

316 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350: Input Speed

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10:

FMI 2: Input Speed Sensor signal in range for 10 seconds.
• MTM - Input Speed Sensor
FMI 3: Input Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to power for - Internal failure
10 seconds.
- Damaged
FMI 4: Input Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to ground for • MTM - Input Shaft Speed Sensor Harness
10 seconds.
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 5: Input Speed Sensor circuit not open or shorted to open
power for 10 seconds. • MTM - Transmission Harness
FMI 6: Input Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage between - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
4.75V and 5.25V for 10 seconds. open
• TCM
FMI 8: Input Speed Sensor signal frequency in range for 10
seconds. - Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 9: Input Speed Sensor speed direction known for 10
seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 10: Input Speed Sensor signal rate of change in range • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
for 10 seconds.
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
FMI 14, 20, 21: Input Speed Sensor signal matches calcu- Adapter
lated input speeds for 10 seconds. • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

Possible Causes
FMI 2, 14, 20, 21:

• MTM - Input Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• Internal Transmission
- Mechanical failure
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 317
Fault Code 350: Input Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

318 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 350 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 350 FMI 2, 14, 20, 21 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step D.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 319
Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Input Speed Sensor power supply
C at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 54 and Pin 55. Record reading in table.

54 55

320 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec- Purpose: Verify Input Speed Sensor power supply
D tor. E at TCM.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle 2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector.
Connector connected.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body. 3. Key on.

4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed 4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
and not damaged. Pin 54 and Pin 55. Record reading in table.

• If contamination or damage is found, replace

Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
54 55
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 321
Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the PTO
• If readings are in range, go to Step F.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
F Drive Gear.

sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

1. Key off.
2. Remove MTM.
Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
State Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
Key on 54 to 55 4.75–5.25 V
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Inspect the PTO Drive Gear for missing teeth and
excessive movement.

• If no missing teeth or no excessive movement

evident, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If missing teeth and/or excessive movement
evident, identify cause for missing teeth and/or
excessive movement and repair. Go to Step V.

322 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 350 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 350 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 350 sets Active, go to
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 323
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 160 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 20, 21

Overview FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Countershaft Speed value

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with greater than expected when compared to calculated
speed sensors to monitor Input, Countershaft and Output countershaft speeds based on known Input speed, Output
speeds. The speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs speed and gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for the purpose
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Countershaft Speed value less
of verifying clutch engagement, making shift decisions, and
than expected when compared to calculated countershaft
confirming gear engagements. The Countershaft Speed
speeds based on known Input speed, Output speed and
Sensor measures the rotational speed of the Countershaft.
gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
The Input and Countershaft speed sensors are located in
the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and are con-
Fallback
nected to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 14, 20, 21:
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
• Amber warning lamp on
Detection
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
The TCM monitors the Countershaft Speed Sensor signal. If
a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • If Fault Codes 350 and 375 are both Active and
vehicle is moving
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Red stop lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Countershaft Speed Sensor signal out
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
of range for 5 seconds.
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Counter-
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
shaft Speed Sensor circuit shorted to power for 5 seconds.
- PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Counter-
shaft Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 2: Countershaft Speed Sensor signal in range for 10
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Counter-
seconds.
shaft Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5
seconds. FMI 3: Countershaft Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to
power for 10 seconds.
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: Counter-
shaft Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage out of normal FMI 4: Countershaft Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to
operating range (4.75V to 5.25V) for 5 seconds. ground for 10 seconds.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Countershaft Speed Sensor FMI 5: Countershaft Speed Sensor circuit not open or
signal frequency out of range for 5 seconds. shorted to power for 10 seconds.
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Countershaft Speed Sen- FMI 6: Countershaft Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage
sor speed direction unknown for 5 seconds. between 4.75V and 5.25V for 10 seconds.
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Countershaft Speed FMI 8: Countershaft Speed Sensor signal frequency in
Sensor signal rate of change exceeded for 2 seconds. range for 10 seconds.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Countershaft Speed value FMI 9: Countershaft Speed Sensor speed direction known
out of range (near 0 RPM) when compared to calculated for 10 seconds.
countershaft speeds based on known Input speed, Output
speed and gear ratio, for 5 seconds. FMI 10: Countershaft Speed Sensor signal rate of change in
range for 10 seconds.

FMI 14, 20, 21: Countershaft Speed Sensor signal matches

calculated countershaft speeds for 10 seconds.

324 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed

Possible Causes
FMI 2, 14, 20, 21:

• MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• Internal Transmission
- Mechanical failure
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10:

• MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Countershaft Speed Sensor Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 325
Fault Code 370: Countershaft Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

326 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 370 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 370 FMI 2, 14, 20, 21 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step D.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 327
Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Countershaft Speed Sensor power
C supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 32 and Pin 42. Record reading in table.

32 42

328 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-

D tor.

1. Key off.
2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Connector connected.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step E.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 329
Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Countershaft Speed Sensor power
E supply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, go to Step F.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)
State

Key on 32 to 42 4.75–5.25 V

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 32 and Pin 42. Record reading in table.

32 42

330 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of the lower Purpose: Verify condition of the Countershaft
F countershaft. G Speed Sensor.

1. Key off. 1. Inspect the Countershaft Speed Sensor in the MTM

for damage.
2. Remove MTM.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
3. Inspect the lower countershaft Splitter Driven Gear
for missing teeth and excessive movement.

• If no Countershaft Speed Sensor damage is

evident, go to Step V.
• If Countershaft Speed Sensor damage is
evident, Replace the Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

• If no missing teeth or no excessive movement

evident, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If missing teeth and/or excessive movement
evident, identify cause for missing teeth and/or
excessive movement and repair. Go to Step G.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 331
Fault Code 370 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 370 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 370 sets Active, go to
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on page
13.

332 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 375: Output Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 375: Output Speed

J1939: SA 3 SPN 191 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 20, 21, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Output Speed value out of

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with range (near 0 RPM) when compared to calculated output
speed sensors to monitor Input, Countershaft, and Output speeds based on known Input, Countershaft, and J1939
speeds. The speed sensors provide rotational speed inputs Front Axle speeds and gear ratio, for 5 seconds.
to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for the purpose
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Output Speed value greater
of verifying clutch engagement, making shift decisions, and
than expected when compared to calculated output speeds
confirming gear engagements. The Output Speed Sensor
based on known Input, Countershaft, and J1939 Front Axle
measures the rotational speed and direction of the Plane-
speeds and gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
tary Output Shaft Assembly. The Output Speed Sensor is
mounted externally on the rear of the transmission and con- FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Output Speed value less than
nects to a 3-Way connector on the side of the Mechatronic expected when compared to calculated output speeds
Transmission Module (MTM). The 3-Way connector is con- based on known Input, Countershaft, and J1939 Front Axle
nected to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the speeds and gear ratio, for 2 seconds.
74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Output Speed value out of range
Detection (near 0 RPM) when compared to calculated output speeds
The TCM monitors the Output Speed Sensor signal. If a based on known Input, Countershaft, and J1939 Front Axle
system failure is detected, the fault is set Active. speeds and gear ratio, for 2 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Fallback

FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Output Speed Sensor signal out of All FMIs
range for 5 seconds.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Output • If vehicle is moving - Red stop lamp on
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to power for 5 seconds.
• If Fault Code 375 and 170 are both Active and
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Output transmission is in gear:
Speed Sensor circuit shorted to ground for 5 seconds. - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Output - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit open or shorted to power for 5 sec- - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
onds.
- Upshifts prohibited
FMI 6 - Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Output - Clutch engagements prohibited
Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage out of normal operat-
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
ing range (4.75V to 5.25V) for 5 seconds.
- PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Output Speed Sensor signal
• If Fault Code 375 and 170 are both Active and
out of normal operating frequency for 5 seconds.
transmission is not in gear:
FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Output Speed Sensor sig- - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
nal frequency out of range for 5 seconds.
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Output Speed Sensor - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
signal rate of change exceeded for 2 seconds.
- PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Output Speed value above
1 RPM when known countershaft and J1939 Front Axle
speeds indicated 0 RPM for 5 seconds.

333 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 375: Output Speed | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10:

FMI 2: Output Speed Sensor signal in range for 10 seconds.
• Output Speed Sensor
FMI 3: Output Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to power - Internal failure
for 10 seconds.
- Damaged
FMI 4: Output Speed Sensor circuit not shorted to ground • Output Speed Sensor Harness
for 10 seconds.
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
FMI 5: Output Speed Sensor circuit not open or shorted to open.
power for 10 seconds. • MTM - Transmission Harness
FMI 6: Output Speed Sensor circuit supply voltage between - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
4.75V and 5.25V for 10 seconds. open
• TCM
FMI 8: Output Speed Sensor signal frequency in range for
10 seconds. - Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 9: Output Speed Sensor speed direction known for 10
seconds.
Additional Tools
FMI 10: Output Speed Sensor signal rate of change in range • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
for 10 seconds.
• 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter - RR1060TR
FMI 11, 14, 20, 21, 31: Output Speed Sensor signal • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
matches calculated output speeds for 10 seconds. Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
Possible Causes
FMI 2, 11, 14, 20, 21, 31:

• MTM - Output Speed Sensor

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• Internal Transmission
- Mechanical failure
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

334 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 375: Output Speed

Component Identification

6
5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. 3-Way Output Speed Sensor
7. 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 335
Fault Code 375 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 375 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of 3-Way Output Speed
A B Sensor Connector and power supply.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Disconnect the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Con-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nector at the MTM by lifting up on the yellow latch.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Verify the connector is free from contamination and
• If Fault Code 375 FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, corrosion; the terminals are not bent, spread or
14, 20, 21, 31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step loose; and there is no damage to the connector
B. body.
4. Connect the 3-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter (EDA)
to the 3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector at
the MTM.
5. Key on.
6. Measure voltage at the 3-Way EDA between Pin 2
(signal) and Pin 3 (5V). Record reading in table.

2 3

7. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, replace the Output
Speed Sensor. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 2 to 3 4.75–5.25 V

336 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 375 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-

C tor.

1. Key off.
2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Connector connected.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 337
Fault Code 375 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Output Speed Sensor power sup-
D ply at TCM.
• If readings are in range, replace Mechatronic
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
1. Key off. transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Diagnostic Adapter to TCM 74-Way Connector. Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If readings are out of range, replace Transmis-
sion Control Module (TCM). Go to Step V.

Ignition Pins Range Reading(s)

State

Key on 52 to 64 4.75–5.25 V

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage at Eaton Breakout Box between
Pin 52 and Pin 64. Record reading in table.

52 64

338 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 375 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 375 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 375 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 339
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor

Fault Code 385: Grade Sensor

J1939: SA 3 SPN 583 FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31:
Grade Sensor to monitor the vehicle's incline position. The
Grade Sensor is internal to the Transmission Control Mod- • Amber warning lamp on
ule (TCM) and provides incline input information needed for • HSA may be reduced
the purpose of making launch and shift decisions. The • Shift strategy may be altered
Grade Sensor is critical for the Hill Start Aid feature.
• Shift and launch quality may degrade
Note: Initial calibration of the Grade Sensor must be com-
pleted at the OEM assembly plant or anytime the TCM is Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
replaced. The Grade Sensor calibration requires Ser- FMI 2: Grade Sensor signal in range for 10 seconds
viceRanger to complete the procedure.
FMI 12: Grade Sensor circuit self-checks in range for 10
Detection seconds.
The TCM monitors the Grade Sensor signal. If the signal is FMI 13: Successful Grade Sensor calibration
out of range or a system failure is detected, the fault is set
Active. FMI 8, 10, 11, 13, 14, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and fault con-
dition no longer exists.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: Grade Sensor signal out of range for Possible Causes
1 second. FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 21, 31:

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Grade Sensor signal out of • TCM

range. - Internal failure
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: No change in Grade - Software issue
Sensor value detected over significant distance. - Grade Sensor not calibrated
FMI 11 – Failure Mode Not Identifiable: Acceleration up a FMI 13:
grade with no accelerator input for 3 seconds.
• Calibration
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Grade Sensor self-check - Grade Sensor not calibrated
failure for 1 second.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Grade Sensor out of calibra- Additional Tools

tion. • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Deceleration down a grade

with near maximum accelerator input for 3 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Grade sensor

message received in error.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Grade percentage average

greater than 25%.

FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Grade percentage average less

than -25%.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Grade Sensor signal out of

range. Greater than 50% or less than -50% for 2 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 340
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 385 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 385 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 385 FMI 13 is Active, go to Step
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
B.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
• If Fault Code 385 FMI 13 is Inactive, Grade
Sensor Calibration has been completed. Go to 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
Step V.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
• If Fault Code 385 FMI 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 19, or duplicate the previous complaint.
20, 21, or 31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
B.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 385 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 385 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.
Purpose: Perform Grade Sensor Calibration.
B
1. Key off.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go to “Service Routines”.
6. Select "Start" Grade Sensor Calibration and follow
on-screen prompts.
• If the Grade Sensor Calibration completed with
no errors or faults indicated, go to Step V.
• If the Grade Sensor Calibration could not be
performed or errors or faults are indicated,
replace Transmission Control Module (TCM).
Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 341
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent

Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5614 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

Overview FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Clutch Release Sole-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with noid commanded on longer than expected to maintain
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from clutch disengagement for 10 seconds.
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
The clutch control system includes four solenoid valves –
internal processing error.
two for engagement (Vent) and two for disengagement
(Fill). FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): CES1 commanded on for longer than expected
The Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (CES1) valve is energized by
increasing solenoid temperature.
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to exhaust Supply
Air from the LCA, engaging the clutch. The CES1 valve is FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Severe): CES1 commanded on longer than expected
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- increasing solenoid temperature.
ness Connector.
Fallback
Detection FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
The TCM monitors the CES1 circuit. If a circuit or system
failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
• May experience slow clutch engagement
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe):
CES1 Low-Side Current value greater than commanded cur- FMI 3, 4:
rent for 1 second.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
CES1 Low-Side Current value less than commanded current
• Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
for 1 second.
• Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CES1 cir-
• Raised shift points
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after CES1 commanded
off.

FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CES1 cir-

cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CES1 com-
manded off.

FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CES1 cir-

cuit open for 2 seconds after CES1 commanded off.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CES1

circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CES1 com-
manded on.

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Unable to

achieve clutch disengagement while clutch control system
is attempting to disengage clutch for 1 second.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CES1 signal frequency out of

range for 1 second.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 342
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent

FMI 7, 10: FMI 7:

• If the transmission is in gear: • LCA

- Amber warning lamp on - Stuck piston
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited - LCA to MTM seal air leak
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited - Internal failure
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited • MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Upshifts prohibited - Stuck open
- Clutch engagements prohibited - Air leak
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited • Clutch Housing
- PTO Mode prohibited - Damaged Release Bearing
- Raised shift points - Damaged Front Bearing Cover
• If transmission is not in gear: - Damaged Release Yoke
- Red stop lamp on - Damaged Clutch
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited • TCM
- Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Software issue
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited FMI 10:
- PTO Mode prohibited • MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive - Stuck open
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault condi- - Air leak
tion no longer exists. • TCM
FMI 3: CES1 circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. - Software issue

FMI 4: CES1 circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. • LCA

- Internal failure
FMI 5: CES1 circuit not open for 10 seconds.
FMI 12:
Possible Causes • TCM
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18
- Software issue
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 - Internal failure
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 343
Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 16

• LCA
- Stuck piston
- LCA to MTM seal air leak
- Internal failure
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Stuck open
- Air leak
• Clutch Housing
- Damaged Release Bearing
- Damaged Front Bearing Cover
- Damaged Release Yoke
- Damaged Clutch

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

344 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511: Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 (C4) – Coarse Vent

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 345
Fault Code 511 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 511 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 7 or 10 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 12 or 16 is Active or
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals re not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

346 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 resis- Pin 67 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C tance and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

67

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 18 and Pin 67. Record reading in table.
18 to 67 2.7–3.3 Ohms

67 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

18 67

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 347
Fault Code 511 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
D E supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
line to MTM.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
supply line at MTM.
nents are properly installed.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
5. Key on with engine off.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
6. Connect ServiceRanger. debris.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. of contamination and/or debris.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Active, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 511 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step F.

348 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 511 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Purpose: Verify repair.

F Bearing Cover and Release Yoke. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Bearing 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Cover and Release Yoke for binding or damage.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If no binding or damage is found, replace
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM). 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.

• If binding or damage is found, contact Eaton 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo- • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic erly, test complete.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 511 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 511 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 349
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent

Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5615 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): CES2 commanded on longer than expected
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from increasing solenoid temperature.
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
The clutch control system includes four solenoid valves –
Severe): CES2 circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
two for engagement (Vent) and two for disengagement
second after CES2 commanded on.
(Fill).

The Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (CES2) valve is energized by Fallback

the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to exhaust Supply FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
Air from the LCA, engaging the clutch. The CES2 valve is
• Amber warning lamp on
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- • Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
ness Connector. • May experience harsh clutch engagement
FMI 10:
Detection
The TCM monitors the CES2 circuit. If a circuit or system • Amber warning lamp on
failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Raised shift points
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe):
CES2 Low-Side Current value greater than commanded cur- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
rent for 1 second. FMI 0, 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault condition
no longer exist.
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
CES2 Low-Side Current value less than commanded current FMI 3: CES2 circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
for 1 second.
FMI 4: CES2 circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CES2 cir-
FMI 5: CES2 circuit not open for 10 seconds.
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after CES2 commanded
off.
Possible Causes
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CES2 cir- FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CES2 com-
• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 2
manded off.
- Internal failure
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CES2 cir-
- Damaged
cuit open for 2 seconds after CES2 commanded off.
• MTM - Transmission Harness
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CES2
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CES2 com-
open
manded on.
• TCM
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CES2 signal frequency out of
- Internal failure
range for 1 second.
FMI 12:
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Clutch Release Sole-
noid commanded on longer than expected to maintain • TCM
clutch disengagement for 10 seconds. - Software issue
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an - Internal failure
internal processing error.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 350
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent

FMI 10:

• MTM – Clutch Engage Solenoid 1 and/or 2

- Stuck open
- Air leak

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 351
Fault Code 512: Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 (C3) – Fine Vent | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

352 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 512 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 512 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 10 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 353
Fault Code 512 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Clutch Engage Solenoid 2 resis- Pin 60 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C tance and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

60

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 60 and Pin 61. Record reading in table.
60 to 61 4.0–4.8 Ohms

60 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

61 60

354 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 512 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
D E supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
line to the MTM.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
supply line at MTM.
nents are properly installed.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
5. Key on with engine off.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
6. Connect ServiceRanger. debris.Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air
inlet port for contamination, moisture, corrosion
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
and/or debris.Inspect vehicle air supply line and
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
MTM air inlet port for contamination, moisture,
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 corrosion and/or debris.
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod-
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
of contamination and/or debris.
• If Fault Code 512 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 355
Fault Code 512 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Purpose: Verify repair.

F Bearing Cover and Release Yoke. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Bearing 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Cover and Release Yoke for binding or damage.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If no binding or damage is found, replace
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM). 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.

• If binding or damage is found, contact Eaton 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo- • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic erly, test complete.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 512 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 512 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

356 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill

Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

Overview FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Clutch Engage Sole-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with noid commanded on longer than expected to maintain
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from clutch engagement for 10 seconds.
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position.
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
The clutch control system includes four solenoid valves –
internal processing error.
two for engagement (Vent) and two for disengagement
(Fill). FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): CRS1 commanded on longer than expected
The Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (CRS1) valve is energized by
increasing solenoid temperature.
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply
Air to the LCA, disengaging the clutch. The CRS1 valve is FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) Severe): CRS1 circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- second after CRS1 commanded on.
ness Connector.
Fallback
Detection FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
The TCM monitors the CRS1 circuit. If a circuit or system
failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Clutch Release Solenoid 1 operation prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
• Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe):
CRS1 Low-Side Current value greater than commanded • Raised shift points
current for 1 second. FMI 7, 10:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • If the transmission is in gear:
CRS1 Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
- Amber warning lamp on
rent for 1 second.
- Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CRS1 cir-
- Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after CRS1 com-
manded off. - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Upshifts prohibited
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CRS1 cir-
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CRS1 com- - Clutch engagements prohibited
manded off. - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CRS1 cir- - PTO Mode prohibited
cuit open for 2 seconds after CRS1 commanded off. - Raised shift points
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CRS1 • If transmission is not in gear:
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CRS1 com- - Red stop lamp on
manded on.
- Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Unable to - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
achieve clutch engagement while clutch control system is
- PTO mode prohibited
attempting to engage clutch for 1 second.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CRS1 signal frequency out Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
of range for 1 second. FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault condi-
tion no longer exists.

FMI 3: CRS1 circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 357
Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 4: CRS1 circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 5: CRS1 circuit not open for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7:

• Clutch Housing
- Damaged Release Bearing
- Damaged Front Bearing Cover
- Damaged Release Yoke
- Damaged Clutch
• LCA
- Stuck piston
- LCA to MTM seal air leak
• MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or 2
- Stuck open
- Air leak
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 10:

• MTM - Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or 2

- Stuck open
- Air leak

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

358 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513: Clutch Release Solenoid 1 (C5) – Coarse Fill

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 359
Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 7, 10 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle.
Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

360 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting

5. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 1 resis- Pin 41 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C tance and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

41

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle.
Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box

Pins Range Reading(s)
4. between Pin 40 and Pin 41. Record reading in
table. 40 to 41 2.7–3.3 Ohms

41 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

40 41

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 361
Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
D E supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
line to MTM.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
supply line at MTM.
nents are properly installed.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
5. Key on with engine off.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
6. Connect ServiceRanger. debris.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. of contamination and/or debris.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 513 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-
lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step F.

362 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 513 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Purpose: Verify repair.

F Bearing Cover and Release Yoke. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Bearing 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Cover and Release Yoke for binding or damage.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If no binding or damage is found, replace
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM). 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.

• If binding or damage is found, contact Eaton 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo- • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic erly, test complete.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 513 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 513 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 363
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18

Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): CRS2 commanded on longer than expected
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from increasing solenoid temperature.
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
The clutch control system includes four solenoid valves –
Severe): CRS2 circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
two for engagement (Vent) and two for disengagement
second after CRS2 commanded on.
(Fill).

The Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (CRS2) valve is energized by Fallback

the Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
Air to the LCA, disengaging the clutch. The CRS2 valve is
• Amber warning lamp on
located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Har- • Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
ness Connector. • Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
• Raised shift points
Detection
The TCM monitors the CRS2 circuit. If a circuit or system FMI 3, 4:
failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Amber warning lamp on
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Clutch Release Solenoid 2 operation prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Clutch Engagement Solenoid 1 operation prohib-
CRS2 Low-Side Current value greater than commanded ited
current for 1 second.
• Urge to Move and Creep mode prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • Raised shift points
CRS2 Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
FMI 10:
rent for 1 second.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: CRS2 cir-
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after CRS2 com- • No degraded modes
manded off.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: CRS2 cir- FMI 0, 1, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault condition
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CRS2 com- no longer exist.
manded off.
FMI 3: CRS2 circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: CRS2 cir-
cuit open for 2 seconds after CRS2 commanded off. FMI 4: CRS2 circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: CRS2 FMI 5: CRS2 circuit not open for 10 seconds.
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after CRS2 com-
manded on.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: CRS2 signal frequency out

of range for 1 second.

FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Clutch Engage Sole-

noid commanded on longer than expected to maintain
clutch engagement for 10 seconds.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

internal processing error.

364 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM – Clutch Release Solenoid 2

- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM – Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 10:

• MTM – Clutch Release Solenoid 1 and/or 2

- Stuck open
- Air leak

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 365
Fault Code 514: Clutch Release Solenoid 2 (C6) – Fine Fill | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

366 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 514 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 514 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 10 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission to be removed from vehicle. Ref-
erence Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service
Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 367
Fault Code 514 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Clutch Release Solenoid 2 resis- Pin 19 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C tance and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

19

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 18 and Pin 19. Record reading in table.
18 to 19 4.0–4.8 Ohms

19 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

18 19

368 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 514 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
D E supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic Adapter. 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
line to MTM.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
supply line at MTM.
nents are properly installed.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
5. Key on with engine off.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
6. Connect ServiceRanger. debris.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. of contamination and/or debris.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Active, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 514 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 18 is
Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 369
Fault Code 514 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Purpose: Verify repair.

F Bearing Cover and Release Yoke. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Front Bearing 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Cover and Release Yoke for binding or damage.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If no binding or damage is found, replace
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM). 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.

• If binding or damage is found, contact Eaton 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo- • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic erly, test complete.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 514 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 514 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

370 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)

Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 787 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18

Overview FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with a internal processing error.
solenoid valve that directs vehicle Supply Air to and from
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: During a clutch calibration,
the Inertia Brake. When actuated the Inertia Brake slows
Inertia Brake did not slow countershaft speed as expected
countershaft speed allowing for synchronized gear engage-
for 2 seconds.
ment.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: IBS hold current greater
The Inertia Brake Solenoid (IBS) valve is energized by the
than commanded current when:
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct supply air to
the Inertia Brake. Once the gear shift is complete the IBS is • Transmission is gear
de-energized, venting supply air, and allowing the Inertia
or
Brake to release by return spring pressure. The Inertia
Brake assembly is mounted in the clutch housing. The IBS • Clutch and Splitter are still engaged
valve is located in the Mechatronic Transmission Module FMI 15 - Data Valid But Above Normal (Least Severe):
(MTM) and is connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Trans- Inertia Brake temperature was higher than expected when
mission Harness Connector. PTO was engaged.

Detection FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The TCM monitors the IBS circuit. If a circuit or system fail- Severe): IBS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1 sec-
ure is detected, the fault is set Active. ond after CRS2 commanded on.

FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Severe): IBS commanded on below expected voltage.
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): IBS
Low-Side Current value greater than commanded current
Fallback
for 1 second.
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 14, 16, 18:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): IBS
• Amber warning lamp on
Low-Side Current value less than commanded current for 1
second. • Inertia Brake engagement prohibited
• May delay engagement of start gear
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: IBS circuit
shorted to power for 2 seconds after IBS commanded off. • May experience longer shift times
FMI 7:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: IBS circuit
shorted to ground for 2 seconds after IBS commanded off. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: IBS circuit • Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
open for 2 seconds after IBS commanded off. • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: IBS cir- • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after IBS commanded • Upshifts prohibited
on.
• Clutch engagements prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
clutch calibration, the Inertia Brake was unable to slow the
• PTO Mode prohibited
countershaft.
• If vehicle is moving:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: IBS signal frequency out of
- Red stop lamp on
range for 1 second.

FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: Inertia Brake did not

slow countershaft speed as expected for 2 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 371
Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 10, 13: FMI 10, 13:

• Amber warning lamp on • MTM

• May delay engagement of a start gear - Air leak
• May experience longer shift times • Clutch Housing
FMI 15: - Air leak

• Inertia Brake engagement prohibited - Inertia Brake air line and/or fitting air leak

• May delay engagement of a start gear • Inertia Brake

• May experience longer shift times - Air leak

- Clutch pack worn
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive - Internal failure
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault
condition no longer exist. • Clutch
- Drag
FMI 3: IBS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
• Transmission fluid
FMI 4: IBS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. - Ambient extreme cold
FMI 5: IBS circuit not open for 10 seconds. - Incorrect grade

FMI 10, 13: IBS performance in range for 10 seconds. FMI 12, 14:

• TCM
Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18: - Software issue
- Internal failure
• MTM - IBS
FMI 15:
- Internal failure
- Damaged • PTO

• MTM - Transmission Harness - Installation

- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or - Operation

open - Specification
• TCM
Additional Tools
- Internal failure
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
FMI 7:
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
• MTM - IBS Adapter - RR1029TR
- Stuck closed • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
- MTM to Main Housing o-ring air leak
• Clutch Housing
- Air leak
- Inertia Brake air line and/or fitting air leak
• Inertia Brake
- Air leak
- Clutch pack worn
- Internal failure

372 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570: Inertia Brake Solenoid (A5)

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 373
Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 7, 10, is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step E.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 13 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step F.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 15 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step G.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 12, 14 is Active or Inac-
tive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated 3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
Transmission Technologies at ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
instructions. Go to Step V. spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found to TCM
side of 74-Way Transmission Harness Connec-
tor, replace Transmission Control Module
(TCM) and Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

374 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Inertia Brake Solenoid resistance Pin 4 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 3 and Pin 4. Record reading in table.
3 to 4 4.0–4.8 Ohms

4 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

3 4

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 375
Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Use Inertia Brake Deceleration Test to
D E Verify Inertia Brake Performance.

1. Key off. 1. Key on.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
Diagnostic Adapter.
3. Go To Service Routines.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM.
4. Start "Inertia Brake Test" and follow on-screen
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- prompts.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key off and allow TCM to perform a complete
5. Key on with engine off. power down.
6. Connect ServiceRanger. 6. Key on with engine off.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, 7. Connect ServiceRanger.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
8. Select “Service Activity Report”.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 15, 16,
9. Enter information and select “Start Report”.
18 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V. Note: Transmission information is downloaded into
the report.
• If Fault Code 570 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 15, 16,
18 is Inactive, go to Step E. 10. Select “Send to Eaton”.
Note: Internet connection is required.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

376 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Perform Clutch Calibration. Purpose: Verify PTO Installation, Operation and
F G Specification.

Note: If Fault Code 250 FMI 13 was set Active after clutch Note: Fault Code 570 FMI 15 sets Active when Inertia Brake
installation and a Clutch Calibration was not successful, temperature is higher than expected during PTO operation,
clutch assembly is not releasing properly. indicating an excessive PTO load condition.
1. Key off and perform a complete power down. 1. Key off.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Inspect PTO installation, operation and specifica-
tion.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
• Refer to OEM and/or Body Builder guidelines
4. Go To Service Routines.
for repair or replacement of PTO. Go to Step
5. Select "Start" Clutch Calibration and follow V.
on-screen prompts.
Note: Reference Eaton PTO Information Guide
• If the Clutch Calibration was successful and TRIG2600; PTO Configurations, Heavy-Duty
Fault Code 250 FMI 13 and Fault Code 570 FMI Automated - Endurant.
3 are Inactive, go to Step V.
• If the Clutch Calibration was not successful
and Fault Code 250 FMI 13 and Fault Code 570
FMI 13 are Active, Contact Eaton Cummins
Automated Transmission Technologies at
+1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 377
Fault Code 570 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 570 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 570 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

378 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 576: Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 576: Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5900 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18

Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): RAFS commanded on longer than expected
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from increasing solenoid temperature.
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
Rail A Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
manded movement from Main Drive Gear toward neutral
The Rail A Fore Solenoid (RAFS) valve is energized by the position.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail A Cylinder to move the Rail A Shift Yoke and
Severe): RAFS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
Rail A Synchronizer in the fore or forward direction. The
second after RAFS commanded on.
RAFS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 18:
Detection
The TCM monitors the RAFS circuit and Shift Rail A posi- • Amber warning lamp on
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• If Main Drive Gear is disengaged
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Shift Rail A movement prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • If Main Drive Gear is engaged
RAFS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
- Shift Rail A movement in fore direction prohib-
current for 1 second.
ited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 4:
RAFS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
rent for 1 second. • Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RAFS cir-
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RAFS commanded • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
off. FMI 7:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RAFS cir- • No degraded modes
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RAFS com-
FMI 16:
manded off.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RAFS cir-
cuit open for 2 seconds after RAFS commanded off. • Shift Rail A movement in fore direction prohibited
FMI 17:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RAFS
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RAFS com- • Amber warning lamp on
manded on.
• Shift Rail A movement in aft direction prohibited
FMI 7 - Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail A Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
movement from Main Drive Gear toward neutral position. FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle and fault condi-
tion no longer exist.
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RAFS signal frequency out
of range for 1 second. FMI 3: RAFS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an FMI 4: RAFS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
internal processing error.
FMI 5: RAFS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

379 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 576: Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM - RAFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:

• MTM - RAFS
- Partially stuck open
• Internal transmission
- Main Drive Gear
- Rail A Synchronizer
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

380 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 576: Rail A Fore Solenoid (A3)

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 381
Fault Code 576 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 576 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 576 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 576 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 576 FMI 7, 17 is Active or Inac-
tive, Go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

382 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 576 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail A Fore Solenoid resistance and Pin 48 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

48

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 3 and Pin 48. Record reading in table.
3 to 48 4.0–4.8 Ohms

48 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

3 48

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 383
Fault Code 576 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main
D E Drive Gear.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Main Drive Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 576 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 576 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect

Main Drive Gear and Main Shaft Assembly for
cause and repair. Go to Step V.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Main Shaft Disassembly/Assem-
bly Service Procedure
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

384 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 576 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail A Purpose: Verify repair.

F Synchronizer and clutching teeth. V
Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure on page 1. Key off.
of the Appendix.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
1. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral nents are properly installed.
position (if necessary).
3. Key on with engine off.
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear and Rail A Synchronizer 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
3. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
Drive Gear engagement position (aft). 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
both positions and no clutching teeth wear is or duplicate the previous complaint.
present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not erly, test complete.
shift into both positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail A Synchronizer • If Fault Code 576 sets Active, go to Step A.
Assembly, Main Drive Gear, and Mechatronic
• If a fault code other than 576 sets Active, trou-
Transmission Module (MTM). Go to Step V. bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 385
Fault Code 577: Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 577: Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5908 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18

Overview FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): RAAS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from second after RAAS commanded on.
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2 Fallback
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft. FMI 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 18:

The Rail A Aft Solenoid (RAAS) valve is energized by the • Amber warning lamp on
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to • If Main Drive Gear is disengaged
the Shift Rail A Cylinder to move the Rail A Shift Yoke and
- Shift Rail A movement prohibited
Rail A Synchronizer in the aft or rearward direction. The
RAAS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the • If Main Drive Gear is engaged
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. - Shift Rail A movement in aft direction prohibited
FMI 4:
Detection
The TCM monitors the RAAS circuit and Shift Rail A posi- • Amber warning lamp on
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 16:
RAAS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
current for 1 second. • Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail A movement in aft direction prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
RAAS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
rent for 1 second.
FMI 0, 1, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18: Key cycle and fault condition no
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RAAS cir- longer exist.
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RAAS com-
FMI 3: RAAS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
manded off.
FMI 4: RAAS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RAAS cir-
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RAAS com- FMI 5: RAAS circuit not open for 10 seconds.
manded off.
Possible Causes
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RAAS cir-
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
cuit open for 2 seconds after RAAS commanded off.
• MTM - RAAS
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RAAS
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RAAS com- - Internal failure
manded on. - Damaged
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RAAS signal frequency out • MTM - Transmission Harness
of range for 1 second. - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
internal processing error. • TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
Severe): RAAS commanded on longer than expected
increasing solenoid temperature.

386 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 577: Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2)

FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 387
Fault Code 577: Rail A Aft Solenoid (A2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

388 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 577 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 577 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 577 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 577 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 389
Fault Code 577 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail A Aft Solenoid resistance and Pin 48 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

48

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 48 and Pin 49. Record reading in table.
48 to 49 4.0–4.8 Ohms

48 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

48 49

390 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 577 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
D V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nostic Adapter. nents are properly installed.
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
nents are properly installed.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
5. Key on with engine off.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, or duplicate the previous complaint.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 577 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod-
erly, test complete.
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 577 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 577 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission • If a fault code other than 577 sets Active, trou-
Module (MTM). Go to Step V. bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 391
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5901 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B Position value indi-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from toward Main Drive Gear Low immediately after a shift into
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission neutral position.
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
Severe): RBFS commanded on longer than expected
The Rail B Fore Solenoid (RBFS) valve is energized by the increasing solenoid temperature.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
the Shift Rail B Cylinder to move the Rail B Shift Yoke and
Rail B Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Rail B Synchronizer in the fore or forward direction. The
manded movement from Splitter Gear toward neutral posi-
RBFS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
tion.
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Detection Severe): RBFS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
The TCM monitors the RBFS circuit and Shift Rail B posi- second after RBFS commanded on.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail B
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Main Drive Gear Low immediately
RBFS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded after a shift into neutral position.
current for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RBFS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
rent for 1 second. • Amber warning lamp on
• If Shift Rail B is in neutral position
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RBFS cir-
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RBFS commanded - Shift Rail B movement prohibited
off. • If Shift Rail B is not in neutral position
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RBFS cir- - Shift Rail B movement in fore direction prohib-
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RBFS com- ited
manded off. - Shift Rail A movement prohibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RBFS cir- FMI 3, 4:
cuit open for 2 seconds after RBFS commanded off.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RBFS • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RBFS com-
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
manded on.
FMI 7:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail B Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded • No degraded modes
movement from Splitter Gear toward neutral position. FMI 14, 31:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RBFS signal frequency out • Amber warning lamp on
of range for 1 second.
• Shift Rail B movement prohibited
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
internal processing error.

392 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5)

FMI 16: Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail B movement in fore direction prohibited • MTM - RBFS
FMI 17: - Internal failure
- Damaged
• Amber warning lamp on
• MTM - Transmission Harness
• Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive open
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle and • TCM
fault condition no longer exist.
- Internal failure
FMI 3: RBFS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. FMI 7, 14, 17:
FMI 4: RBFS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. • MTM - RBFS
FMI 5: RBFS circuit not open for 10 seconds. - Partially stuck open
• Internal transmission
- Splitter Gear
- Rail B Synchronizer
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 31:

• MTM - RBFS
- Partially stuck open

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool (RR1088TR)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 393
Fault Code 596: Rail B Fore Solenoid (A5) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

394 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 7, 14, 17 is Active or
Inactive, Go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 395
Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail B Fore Solenoid resistance and Pin 39 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

39

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 38 and Pin 39. Record reading in table.
38 to 39 4.0–4.8 Ohms

39 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

38 39

396 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main
D E Drive Gear Low and Splitter Gear.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on. 3. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low for excessive fore and
aft movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 596 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 397
Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

7. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Split-

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail B ter Gear engagement position (aft).
F Synchronizer and clutching teeth. 8. Inspect the Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer
Sliding Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
1. Inspect Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke 9. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
slot for wear. tral position.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
all three positions and no clutching teeth wear
is present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into all three positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail B Synchronizer
Assembly, Main Drive Gear Low, Splitter Gear
and Mechatronic Transmission Module
(MTM). Go to Step V.

2. Install the Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool

(RR1088TR).
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B
Procedure.
3. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
(if necessary).
4. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
Drive Gear Low engagement position (fore).
5. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer
Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
6. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
tral position.

398 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 596 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 596 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 596 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 399
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5909 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B Position value indi-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from toward Splitter Gear immediately after a shift into neutral
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission position.
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
solenoids; a Fore and an Aft.
Severe): RBAS commanded on longer than expected
The Rail B Aft Solenoid (RBAS) valve is energized by the increasing solenoid temperature.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
the Shift Rail B Cylinder to move the Rail B Shift Yoke and
Rail B Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Rail B Synchronizer in the aft or rearward direction. The
manded movement from Main Drive Gear Low toward neu-
RBAS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
tral position.
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Detection Severe): RBAS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
The TCM monitors the RBAS circuit and Shift Rail B posi- second after RBAS commanded on.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail B
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Splitter Gear immediately after a
RBAS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded shift into neutral position.
current for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
RBAS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
rent for 1 second. • Amber warning lamp on
• If Shift Rail B is in neutral position
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RBAS cir-
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RBAS com- - Shift Rail B movement prohibited
manded off. • If Shift Rail B is not in neutral position
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RBAS cir- - Shift Rail B movement in aft direction prohibited
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RBAS com- - Shift Rail A movement prohibited
manded off.
FMI 3,4:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RBAS cir-
• Amber warning lamp on
cuit open for 2 seconds after RBAS commanded off.
• Shift Rail B movement prohibited
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RBAS
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RBAS com-
manded on. FMI 7:

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail B Posi- • No degraded modes

tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded FMI 14, 31:
movement from Main Drive Gear Low toward neutral posi-
tion. • Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail B movement prohibited
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RBAS signal frequency out
of range for 1 second. FMI 16:

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an • Amber warning lamp on
internal processing error. • Shift Rail B movement in aft direction prohibited

400 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1)

FMI 17:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Main Drive Gear Low engagement prohibited

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle and
fault condition no longer exist.

FMI 3: RBAS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.

FMI 4: RBAS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 5: RBAS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM - RBAS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 14, 17:

• MTM - RBAS
- Partially stuck open
• Internal transmission
- Main Drive Gear Low
- Rail B Synchronizer
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 31:

• MTM - RBAS
- Partially stuck open

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool (RR1088TR)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 401
Fault Code 597: Rail B Aft Solenoid (A1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

402 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 597 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 597 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 7, 14, 17 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 403
Fault Code 597 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail B Aft Solenoid resistance and Pin 5 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 5 and Pin 20. Record reading in table.
5 to 20 4.0–4.8 Ohms

5 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

5 20

404 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 597 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main
D E Drive Gear Low and Splitter Gear.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low for excessive fore and
aft movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 597 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 405
Fault Code 597 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

8. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer Slid-

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail B ing Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
F Synchronizer and clutching teeth. 9. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
tral position.
1. Inspect Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke • If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
slot for wear. all three positions and no clutching teeth wear
is present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). go to Step V.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into all three positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail B Synchronizer
Assembly, Main Drive Gear Low, Splitter Gear
and Mechatronic Transmission Module
(MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Install the Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
(RR1088TR). nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B 3. Key on with engine off.
Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
position (if necessary). 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.

4. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
Drive Gear Low engagement position (fore). 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
5. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer or duplicate the previous complaint.
Sleeve clutching teeth for wear. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
6. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu- • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
tral position. erly, test complete.
7. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Split- • If Fault Code 597 sets Active, go to Step A.
ter Gear engagement position (aft).
• If a fault code other than 597 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

406 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5902 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position value indi-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from toward Splitter Gear immediately after a shift into neutral
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission position.
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
solenoids; a Fore and an Aft.
Rail C Position value indicated uncommanded movement
The Rail C Fore Solenoid (RCFS) valve is energized by the from neutral position toward Splitter Gear for 2 seconds.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail C Cylinder to move the Rail C Shift Yoke and
Severe): RCFS commanded on longer than expected
Rail C Sliding Clutch in the fore or forward direction. The
increasing solenoid temperature.
RCFS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail C Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Detection manded movement from Driven Gear 2nd toward neutral
The TCM monitors the RCFS circuit and Shift Rail C posi- position.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Severe): RCFS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): second after RCFS commanded on.
RCFS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail C
current for 1 second.
Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Splitter Gear immediately after a
RCFS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur- shift into neutral position.
rent for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RCFS cir- FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RCFS commanded
off. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Shift Rail C is not in neu-
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RCFS cir-
tral position
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RCFS com-
manded off. - Shift Rail C movement in the fore direction pro-
hibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RCFS cir-
• If vehicle is moving and Shift Rail C is in neutral
cuit open for 2 seconds after RCFS commanded off.
position
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RCFS - Shift Rail C movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RCFS com-
FMI 3, 4:
manded on.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded • Shift Rail C movement prohibited
movement from Driven Gear 2nd toward neutral position. • If vehicle is moving and no start gear is available
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RCFS signal frequency out - Red stop lamp on
of range for 1 second. FMI 7:
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an • No degraded modes
internal processing error.

407 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 14: Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited • MTM - RCFS
FMI 15: - Internal failure
- Damaged
• Amber warning lamp on
• MTM - Transmission Harness
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
open
• Upshifts prohibited
• TCM
• Clutch engagements prohibited
- Internal failure
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 7, 17:
• PTO mode prohibited
• MTM - RCFS
• If vehicle is moving:
- Partially stuck open
- Red stop lamp on
• Internal transmission
FMI 17:
- Splitter Gear
• Amber warning lamp on
- Rail C Sliding Clutch
• Driven Gear 2nd engagement prohibited
FMI 12:
FMI 31:
• TCM
If Shift Rail C is in a fully engaged or fully disengaged posi-
- Software issue
tion:
- Internal failure
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 14, 15:
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
• MTM - RCFS
If Shift Rail C is not in a fully engaged or fully disengaged
position: - Partially stuck open
• MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
- Internal failure
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 31:
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
• Clutch engagements prohibited • MTM - RCFS
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Partially stuck open
• PTO Mode prohibited
Additional Tools
• If vehicle is moving:
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
- Red stop lamp on
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle and • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
fault condition no longer exist.

FMI 3: RCFS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.

FMI 4: RCFS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 5: RCFS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

408 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 616: Rail C Fore Solenoid (C1)

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 409
Fault Code 616 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 616 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 7, 14, 15, 17 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

410 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 616 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail C Fore Solenoid resistance and Pin 16 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

16

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 16 and Pin 17. Record reading in table.
16 to 17 4.0–4.8 Ohms

16 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

16 17

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 411
Fault Code 616 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Splitter
D E Gear and Driven Gear 2nd.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 616 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

412 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 616 Troubleshooting

7. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail C wear.
F Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 8. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
1. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail C Sliding Clutch, Splitter Gear,
Driven Gear 2nd and MTM. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
2. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if 3. Key on with engine off.
necessary).
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Splitter Gear
engagement position (fore). 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.

4. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
wear. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
5. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position. or duplicate the previous complaint.

6. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 2nd 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
engagement position (aft). • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 616 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 616 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 413
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)

Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5910 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C Position value indi-

The Rail C Aft Solenoid (RCAS) valve is energized by the cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to toward Driven Gear 2nd immediately after a shift into neu-
the Shift Rail C Cylinder to move the Rail C Shift Yoke and tral position.
Rail C Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction. The
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
RCAS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
Rail C Position value indicated uncommanded movement
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
from neutral position toward Driven Gear 2nd for 2 sec-
The Transmission Control Module (TCM) energizes the Rail onds.
C Aft Solenoid (RCAS) valve, allowing vehicle supplied air
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
pressure to the Shift Rail C Cylinder to move the Rail C Shift
Severe): RCAS commanded on longer than expected
Yoke and Rail C Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direc-
increasing solenoid temperature.
tion. The RCAS is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail C Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Detection manded movement from Splitter Gear toward neutral posi-
The TCM monitors the RCAS circuit and Shift Rail C posi- tion.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Severe): RCAS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): second after RCAS commanded on.
RCAS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail C
current for 1 second.
Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Driven Gear 2nd immediately after a
RCAS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur- shift into neutral position.
rent for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RCAS cir- FMI 0, 1, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RCAS com-
manded off. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Shift Rail C is not in
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RCAS cir-
Driven Gear 2nd or neutral position:
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RCAS com-
manded off. - Shift Rail C movement in the aft direction pro-
hibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RCAS cir-
• If vehicle is moving and Shift Rail C is in the Driven
cuit open for 2 seconds after RCAS commanded off.
Gear 2nd or neutral position:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RCAS - Shift Rail C movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RCAS com-
FMI 3, 4:
manded on.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded • Shift Rail C movement prohibited
movement from Splitter Gear toward neutral position. • If vehicle is moving and no start gear is available:
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RCAS signal frequency out - Red stop lamp on
of range for 1 second. FMI 7:
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an • No degraded modes
internal processing error.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 414
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1)

FMI 14: Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited • MTM - RCAS
FMI 15: - Internal failure
- Damaged
• Amber warning lamp on
• MTM - Transmission Harness
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
open
• Upshifts prohibited
• TCM
• Clutch engagements prohibited
- Internal failure
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 7, 17:
• PTO mode prohibited
• MTM - RCAS
FMI 17:
- Partially stuck open
• Amber warning lamp on
• Internal transmission
• Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
- Driven Gear 2nd
FMI 31:
- Rail C Sliding Clutch
If Shift Rail C is in a fully engaged or fully disengaged posi- FMI 12:
tion:
• TCM
• Amber warning lamp on
- Software issue
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
- Internal failure
If Shift Rail C is not in a fully engaged or fully disengaged
FMI 14, 15:
position:
• MTM - RCAS
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
- Partially stuck open
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
• MTM - Rail C Position Sensor
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
- Internal failure
• Clutch engagements prohibited
FMI 31:
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited • MTM - RCAS
• If vehicle is moving: - Partially stuck open
- Red stop lamp on
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle and • Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
fault condition no longer exist. Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 3: RCAS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

FMI 4: RCAS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 5: RCAS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 415
Fault Code 617: Rail C Aft Solenoid (B1) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

416 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 617 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 7, 14, 15, 17 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 417
Fault Code 617 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail C Aft Solenoid resistance and Pin 28 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

28

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 28 and Pin 29. Record reading in table.
28 to 29 4.0–4.8 Ohms

28 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

28 29

418 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 617 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Splitter
D E Gear and Driven Gear 2nd.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 617 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 419
Fault Code 617 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 2nd

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail C engagement position (aft).
F Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
1. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 8. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail C Sliding Clutch, Splitter Gear,
Driven Gear 2nd and Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
2. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if 1. Key off.
necessary). 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
3. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Splitter Gear nents are properly installed.
engagement position (fore). 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
wear.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
5. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 617 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 617 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

420 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5903 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position value indi-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from toward Driven Gear 1st immediately after a shift into neutral
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission position.
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
Rail D Position value indicated uncommanded movement
The Rail D Fore Solenoid (RDFS) valve is energized by the from neutral position toward Driven Gear 1st for 2 seconds.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail D Cylinder to move the Rail D Shift Yoke and
Severe): RDFS commanded on longer than expected
Rail D Sliding Clutch in the fore or forward direction. The
increasing solenoid temperature.
RDFS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail D Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Detection manded movement from Reverse Gear toward neutral posi-
The TCM monitors the RDFS circuit and Shift Rail D posi- tion.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Severe): RDFS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): second after RDFS commanded on.
RDFS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail D
current for 1 second.
Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Driven Gear 1st immediately after a
RDFS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur- shift into neutral position.
rent for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RDFS cir- FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RDFS com-
manded off. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Shift Rail D is not in
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RDFS cir-
Driven Gear 1st or neutral position:
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RDFS com-
manded off. - Shift Rail D movement in the fore direction pro-
hibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RDFS cir-
• If vehicle is moving and Shift Rail D is in Driven
cuit open for 2 seconds after RDFS commanded off.
Gear 1st or neutral position:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RDFS - Shift Rail D movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RDFS com-
FMI 7:
manded on.
• No degraded modes
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded FMI 14:
movement from Reverse Gear toward neutral position.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RDFS signal frequency out • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
of range for 1 second.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

internal processing error.

421 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 15: Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited • MTM - RDFS
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Internal failure
• Upshifts prohibited - Damaged
• Clutch engagements prohibited • MTM - Transmission Harness
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• PTO mode prohibited
• TCM
• If vehicle is moving:
- Internal failure
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 7, 17:
FMI 17:
• MTM - RDFS
• Amber warning lamp on
- Partially stuck open
• Reverse Gear engagement prohibited
• Internal transmission
FMI 31:
- Driven Gear 1st
If Shift Rail D is in a fully engaged or fully disengaged posi-
- Rail D Sliding Clutch
tion:
FMI 12:
• Amber warning lamp on
• TCM
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
- Software issue
If Shift Rail D is not in a fully engaged or fully disengaged
position: - Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited • MTM - RDFS
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Partially stuck open
• Clutch engagements prohibited • MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Internal failure
• PTO Mode prohibited FMI 31:
• If vehicle is moving: • MTM - RDFS
- Red stop lamp on • Partially stuck open

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive Additional Tools

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle and
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
fault condition no longer exist.
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
FMI 3: RDFS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 4: RDFS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

FMI 5: RDFS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

422 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 636: Rail D Fore Solenoid (C2)

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 423
Fault Code 636 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 636 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive,go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 7, 14, 15, 17 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

424 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 636 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail D Fore Solenoid resistance Pin 51 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

51

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 50 and Pin 51. Record reading in table.
50 to 51 4.0–4.8 Ohms

51 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

50 51

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 425
Fault Code 636 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Driven
D E Gear 1st and Reverse Gear.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Driven Gear 1st for excessive fore and aft
movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 636 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

426 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 636 Troubleshooting

6. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Reverse Gear

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail D engagement position (aft).
F Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
1. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 8. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail D Sliding Clutch, Driven Gear
1st, Reverse Gear, and Mechatronic Trans-
mission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
2. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position (if 1. Key off.
necessary).
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
3. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 1st nents are properly installed.
engagement position (fore).
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.

5. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position. 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.

6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 636 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 636 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 427
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)

Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4216 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D Position value indi-

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with cated uncommanded movement from neutral position
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from toward Reverse Gear immediately after a shift into neutral
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission position.
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
Rail D Position value indicated uncommanded movement
The Rail D Aft Solenoid (RDAS) valve is energized by the from neutral position toward Reverse Gear for 2 seconds.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail D Cylinder to move the Rail D Shift Yoke and
Severe): RDAS commanded on longer than expected
Rail D Sliding Clutch in the aft or rearward direction. The
increasing solenoid temperature.
RDAS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector. FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Rail D Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
Detection manded movement from Driven Gear 1st toward neutral
The TCM monitors the RDAS circuit and Shift Rail D posi- position.
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Severe): RDAS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): second after RDAS commanded on.
RDAS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail D
current for 1 second.
Position value indicated uncommanded movement from
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): neutral position toward Reverse Gear immediately after a
RDAS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur- shift into neutral position.
rent for 1 second.
Fallback
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: RDAS cir- FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after RDAS com-
manded off. • Amber warning lamp on
• If vehicle is stationary and Shift Rail D is not in the
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: RDAS cir-
neutral position:
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RDAS com-
manded off. - Shift Rail D movement in the aft direction pro-
hibited
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: RDAS cir-
• If vehicle is moving and Shift Rail D is in neutral
cuit open for 2 seconds after RDAS commanded off.
position:
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: RDAS - Shift Rail D movement prohibited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after RDAS com-
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
manded on.
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D Posi-
FMI 7:
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded
movement from Driven Gear 1sst toward neutral position. • No degraded modes
FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: RDAS signal frequency out FMI 14:
of range for 1 second.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
internal processing error.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 428
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3)

FMI 15: Possible Causes

FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:
• Amber warning lamp on
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited • MTM - RDAS
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Internal failure
• Upshifts prohibited - Damaged
• Clutch engagements prohibited • MTM - Transmission Harness
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• PTO Mode prohibited
• TCM
• If vehicle is moving:
- Internal failure
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 7, 17:
FMI 17:
• MTM - RDAS
• Amber warning lamp on
- Partially stuck open
• Driven Gear 1st engagement prohibited
• Internal transmission
FMI 31:
- Reverse Gear
If Shift Rail D is not in a fully engaged or fully disengaged
- Rail D Sliding Clutch
position:
FMI 12:
• Amber warning lamp on
• TCM
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
- Software issue
If Shift Rail D is in a fully engaged or fully disengaged posi-
tion: - Internal failure
FMI 14, 15:
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited • MTM - RDAS
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited - Partially stuck open
• Clutch engagements prohibited • MTM - Rail D Position Sensor
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited - Internal failure
• PTO Mode prohibited FMI 31:
• If vehicle is moving: • MTM - RDAS
- Red stop lamp on • Partially stuck open

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive Additional Tools

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 31: Key cycle and
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
fault condition no longer exists.
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
FMI 3: RDAS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds. Adapter - RR1029TR
FMI 4: RDAS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds. • Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)

FMI 5: RDAS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 429
Fault Code 637: Rail D Aft Solenoid (B3) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

430 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 637 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 7, 14, 15, 17 is Active or
Inactive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 431
Fault Code 637 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail D Aft Solenoid resistance and Pin 1 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 1 and Pin 2. Record reading in table.
1 to 2 4.0–4.8 Ohms

1 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

1 2

432 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 637 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Driven
D E Gear 1st and Reverse Gear.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Inspect Driven Gear 1st for excessive fore and aft
movement.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes,
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Active, replace Transmission Control
Module (TCM). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 637 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18,
31 is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

4. Inspect Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 433
Fault Code 637 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Reverse Gear

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail D engagement position (aft).
F Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth. 7. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear.
1. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear. 8. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail D Sliding Clutch, Driven Gear
1st, Reverse Gear, and Mechatronic Trans-
mission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
2. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position (if 1. Key off.
necessary).
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
3. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 1st nents are properly installed.
engagement position (fore).
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch clutching teeth for
wear. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.

5. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position. 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.

6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 637 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 637 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

434 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 768 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18

Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): REFS commanded on longer than expected
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from increasing solenoid temperature.
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
Rail E Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
manded movement from Low Range toward neutral posi-
The Rail E Fore Solenoid (REFS) valve is energized by the tion.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail E Cylinder to move the Rail E Shift Yoke and
Severe): REFS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
Rail E Synchronizer in the fore or forward direction. The
second after REFS commanded on.
REFS valve is located in the MTM and connected to the
TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18:
Detection
The TCM monitors the REFS circuit and Shift Rail E posi- • Amber warning lamp on
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Shift Rail E movement in the fore direction prohib-
ited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 7:
REFS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded cur-
• No degraded modes
rent for 1 second.
FMI 17:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe):
REFS Low-Side Current value less than commanded current • Amber warning lamp on
for 1 second. • Low Range engagement prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: REFS cir-
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after REFS commanded
FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle and fault condi-
off.
tion no longer exists.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: REFS cir-
FMI 3: REFS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after REFS com-
manded off. FMI 4: REFS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: REFS cir- FMI 5: REFS circuit not open for 10 seconds.
cuit open for 2 seconds after REFS commanded off.

FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: REFS

circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after REFS com-
manded on.

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail E Posi-

tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded
movement from Low Range toward neutral position.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: REFS signal frequency out of

range for 1 second.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM detected an internal

processing error.

435 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM - REFS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:

• MTM - REFS
- Partially stuck open
• Internal transmission
- Rail E Detent
- Rail E Synchronizer
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)

436 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 646: Rail E Fore Solenoid (A6)

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 437
Fault Code 646 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 646 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Key off. 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
3. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur-
Connector connected.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 7, 17 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step E.
3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-
ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

438 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 646 Troubleshooting

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail E Fore Solenoid resistance Pin 63 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C and not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

63

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 62 and Pin 63. Record reading in table.
62 to 63 4.0–4.8 Ohms

63 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

62 63

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 439
Fault Code 646 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E
D E Range Synchronizer.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
nents are properly installed.
5. Key on with engine off. 3. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto
main housing.
6. Connect ServiceRanger.
Note: Reference Appendix/Manually Actuate Rail E
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, Procedure.
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps.
4. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 (if necessary).
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod-
ule (TCM). Go to Step V. 5. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
(fore) and return to neutral position.
• If Fault Code 646 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission 6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
Module (MTM). Go to Step V. (aft) and return to neutral position.

Note: MTM removal and installation requires • Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

440 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 646 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 646 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 646 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 441
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)

Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)

J1939: SA 3 SPN 769 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18

Overview FMI 16 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): REAS commanded on longer than expected
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from increasing solenoid temperature.
the shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
Module (MTM). Movement of each shift rail is controlled 2
Rail E Position value and speed sensors confirmed uncom-
solenoids; a Fore and a Aft.
manded movement from High Range toward neutral posi-
The Rail E Aft Solenoid (REAS) valve is energized by the tion.
Transmission Control Module (TCM) to direct Supply Air to
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
the Shift Rail E Cylinder to move the Rail E Shift Yoke and
Severe): REAS circuit voltage lower than expected for 1
Rail E Synchronizer in the aft or reward direction. The REAS
second after REAS commanded on.
valve is located in the MTM and connected to the TCM at
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.
Fallback
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, 18:
Detection
The TCM monitors the REAS circuit and Shift Rail E posi- • Amber warning lamp on
tion. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set Active.
• If Range is in a fully engaged position
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Shift Rail E movement prohibited
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • If Range Shift is not in a fully engaged position
REAS Low-Side Current value greater than commanded
- Shift Rail E movement toward Low Range pro-
current for 1 second.
hibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): - Urge to move prohibited
REAS Low-Side Current value less than commanded cur-
- Non-Neutral modes prohibited
rent for 1 second.
- PTO Mode Prohibited
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: REAS cir-
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
cuit shorted to power for 2 seconds after REAS com-
manded off. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 7:
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: REAS cir-
cuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after REAS com- • No degraded modes
manded off.
FMI 16:
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: REAS cir-
• Amber warning lamp on
cuit open for 2 seconds after REAS commanded off.
• Shift Rail E movement toward Low Range prohib-
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Shorted Circuit: REAS ited
circuit shorted to ground for 2 seconds after REAS com-
FMI 17:
manded on.
• Amber warning lamp on
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail E Posi-
tion value and speed sensors confirmed uncommanded • High Range engagement prohibited
movement from High Range toward neutral position.

FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: REAS signal frequency out

of range for 1 second.

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM detected an internal

processing error.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 442
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4)

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 6, 7, 8, 12, 16, 17, 18: Key cycle and fault condi-
tion no longer exist.

FMI 3: REAS circuit not shorted to power for 10 seconds.

FMI 4: REAS circuit not shorted to ground for 10 seconds.

FMI 5: REAS circuit not open for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18:

• MTM - REAS
- Internal failure
- Damaged
• MTM - Transmission Harness
- Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
open
• TCM
- Internal failure
FMI 7, 17:

• MTM - REAS
- Partially stuck open
• Internal transmission
- Rail E Detent
- Rail E Synchronizer
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton Diagnostic
Adapter - RR1029TR
• Digital Volt/Ohm Meter (DVOM)
• MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 443
Fault Code 647: Rail E Aft Solenoid (A4) | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
5
4
3

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

444 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 647 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Vent LCA and Check for active or inactive Purpose: Verify condition of TCM 74-Way Connec-
A fault codes. B tor.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Remove TCM from MTM with 20-Way TCM Vehicle
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity Harness Connector and 20-Way TCM Body Harness
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure. Connector connected.
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18
is Active or Inactive, go to Step B.
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 7, 17 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step E.

3. Inspect TCM side of the 74-Way Transmission Har-

ness Connector, verify connector is free from con-
tamination and corrosion; terminals are not bent,
spread or loose; and there is no damage to connec-
tor body.
4. Inspect TCM Seal, verify seal is properly installed
and not damaged.
• If contamination or damage is found, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM) and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination or damage is found, go to
Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 445
Fault Code 647 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between

Purpose: Verify Rail E Aft Solenoid resistance and Pin 31 and Ground (TCM mounting stud). Record
C not shorted to ground. reading in table.

1. Key off.
2. Connect Eaton Breakout Box with 74-Way Eaton
Diagnostic Adapter to MTM side of 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

31

5. Compare reading(s) in table.

• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
• If readings are out of range, replace Mecha-
tronic Transmission Module (MTM). Go to
Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.

3. Measure resistance at Eaton Breakout Box between Pins Range Reading(s)

Pin 30 and Pin 31. Record reading in table.
30 to 31 4.0–4.8 Ohms

31 to ground (TCM Open Circuit

mounting stud) (OL)

30 31

446 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 647 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E
D E Range Synchronizer.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Remove Eaton Breakout Box 74-Way Eaton Diag- 2. Remove MTM.
nostic Adapter.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
3. Reinstall TCM to MTM. mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
4. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo- Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal and MTM Removal Service Pro-
nents are properly installed.
cedures.
5. Key on with engine off.
3. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto
6. Connect ServiceRanger. main housing.
7. Retrieve and record transmission fault codes, Note: Reference Appendix/Manually Actuate Rail E
FMIs, occurrences, and timestamps. Procedure.
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 4. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position
is Active, replace Transmission Control Mod- (if necessary).
ule (TCM). Go to Step V.
5. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
• If Fault Code 647 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 16, 18 (fore) and return to neutral position.
is Inactive, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V. 6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
(Low) and return to neutral position.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer- • If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Range, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Transmission Removal Service Procedure. Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
or Low Range, go to Step F.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 447
Fault Code 647 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E Purpose: Verify repair.

F Range Synchronizer without detent. V
1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent. 1. Key off.
2. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
main housing. nents are properly installed.
3. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position 3. Key on with engine off.
(if necessary).
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
(fore) and return to neutral position.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
5. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
(aft) and return to neutral position. 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
• If Rail E Detent could not be removed, go to
Step G. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Rail E shifts between neutral, High and Low • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
Range, contact Eaton Cummins Automated erly, test complete.
Transmission Technologies at +1
• If Fault Code 647 sets Active, go to Step A.
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V. • If a fault code other than 647 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
• If Rail E does not shift between neutral, High
dure Index on page 13.
and Low Range, go to Step G.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail E

G Synchronizer and Shift Rail E.

1. Remove Rear Housing.

2. Inspect Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent and
Rear Housing Detent bore.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

448 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6150 FMI 0, 1, 14, 17, 18

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with FMI 0, 17, 18:
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position. • Amber warning lamp on
A position sensor monitors clutch position and provides the • Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
information to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
the purpose of making clutch engagement or disengage-
ment decisions. The TCM compares the clutch command, • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
clutch position and input shaft speed to ensure the trans- • Upshifts prohibited
mission is operating properly. • Clutch engagements prohibited
The LCA is mounted to the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
ule (MTM). The solenoids and position sensor are located • PTO Mode prohibited
in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector. • If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
Detection FMI 1:
The TCM monitors clutch operation. If a system failure is
detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• High start gears prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): FMI 14:
Clutch operation overspeed, exceeding 3,000 RPM for 1 • Amber warning lamp on
second.
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Severe clutch slip when clutch is fully engaged and a shift is
not in process. Engine Speed 80 RPM or greater than Input • PTO Mode prohibited
Speed for 1 second. • If vehicle is moving:

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Inappropriate clutch - Red stop lamp on

engagement command based on operating conditions.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe): FMI 0, 14, 17, 18: Key cycle and fault Condition no longer
Clutch operation overspeed during clutch engagement. exists
Input Speed 1,300 RPM or less than Engine Speed for 1
second. FMI 1: Clutch operating speeds in range for 10 seconds.

FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Clutch operation overspeed. Input Speed 3000
RPM or less than Engine Speed for 1 second.

449 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 0, 17, 18:

• Vehicle Air System

- Contamination
• Clutch Housing
- Clutch Assembly
- Release Bearing
- Release Yoke
- Input Shaft Cover
• MTM
- LCA
- Clutch Control Solenoids
• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 1, 14:

• Vehicle Air System

- Contamination
• Clutch Housing
- Clutch Assembly
- Release Bearing
- Release Yoke
- Input Shaft Cover
• MTM
- LCA
- LCA Position Sensor
- Clutch Control Solenoids

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

450 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 700: Clutch Operation

Component Identification

1. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)

2. Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)
3. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 451
Fault Code 700 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 700 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 700 FMI 1 is Active or Inactive, supply line at MTM.
go to Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
• If Fault Code 700 FMI 0, 14, 17, 18 is Active or port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated debris.
Transmission Technologies at +1
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc-
of contamination and/or debris.
tions. Go to Step V.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

452 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 700 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Inspect Clutch, Release Bearing, Release Purpose: Verify repair.

C Yoke and Input Shaft Cover. V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Remove transmission. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Transmission Removal Service Proce- 3. Key on with engine off.
dure. 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Inspect Clutch Assembly, Release Bearing, Release 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Yoke and Input Shaft Cover.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur- 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 700 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 700 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 453
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status

Fault Code 701: Clutch Engagement Status

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7847 FMI 14, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with FMI 14, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position. Possible Causes
A position sensor monitors clutch position and provides the FMI 14, 31:
information to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for
the purpose of making clutch engagement or disengage- • TCM
ment decisions. The TCM compares the clutch command, - Software issue
clutch position and input shaft speed to ensure the trans- - Internal failure
mission is operating properly.

The LCA is mounted to the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- Additional Tools

ule (MTM). The solenoids and position sensor are located • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM monitors clutch operation. If a system failure is
detected, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Inappropriate clutch
engagement command based on operating conditions.
Engaged gear direction doesn't match driver selected
mode.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Inappropriate clutch engage-

ment command based on operating conditions. Vehicle
launch without driver input.

Fallback
FMI 14:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 31:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 454
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 701 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 701 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM Software
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 701 FMI 14 is Active or Inactive,
Go to Step B. 5. Go to “Programming”.
If Fault Code 701 FMI 31 is Active or Inactive, 6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis- software in table.
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
• If TCM software is less than 5516018, update
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
TCM software to latest available version. Go to
Step V.
• If TCM software is equal to or greater than
5516018, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies at +1
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V.

TCM Software Version

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 455
Fault Code 701 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 701 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 701 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

456 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement

J1939: SA 3 SPN 560 FMI 2, 11, 12, 14, 20, 21, 31

Overview FMI 31 – Condition Exists: Inappropriate delay in clutch

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with torque after commanded during vehicle launch.
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) and shift rail cylinders for Fallback
clutch and shift rail actuation. Position sensors monitor FMI 2:
clutch and shift rail positions, and speed sensors monitor
• Amber warning lamp on
shaft speeds.
• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making clutch
engagement or disengagement decisions, making shift • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
decisions, and confirming gear engagement. The TCM com- • Upshifts prohibited
pares the clutch and shift rail commands to the clutch and
• Clutch engagements prohibited
shift rail positions and the shaft speeds (ratio calculation) to
ensure the transmission is operating properly. • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
The solenoids, sensors, LCA and shift rails are located in
the Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM) and con- • If vehicle is moving:
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Red stop lamp on
Connector.
FMI 11:
Detection If Shift Rail D is disengaged:
The TCM monitors clutch and shift rail operation. If a sys-
tem failure is detected, the fault is set Active. • Amber warning lamp on
• Driven Gear 1st engagement prohibited Amber
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active warning lamp on
FMI 2 – Data Erratic, Intermittent Or Incorrect: During a
• Reverse Gear engagement prohibited
Clutch Calibration, position sensor values indicated main
shaft neutral position but speed sensors indicated in gear If Shift Rail D is engaged:
ratio.
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: Output Speed Sensor sig- • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
nal and Countershaft Speed Sensor signal direction mis-
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
match for 2 seconds.
• PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate clutch
• If vehicle is moving:
engagement on disengaged main shaft without speed sen-
sor confirmation of mainshaft neutral for 1 second. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 12, 14, 31:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Inappropriate shift rail
movement commanded when vehicle is stationary resulting • Amber warning lamp on
in drive line engagement for 1 second.
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Shift Rail C and E Position • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Sensor values indicated gear engagement but speed sen-
• PTO Mode prohibited
sors did not for 2 seconds.
• If vehicle is moving:
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: Shift Rail D and E Position Sen-
- Red stop lamp on
sor values indicated gear engagement but speed sensors
did not for 2 seconds.

457 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 702: Driveline Engagement | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 20, 21:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Clutch engagements prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

All FMIs: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

Possible Causes
FMI 2:

• Rail C or D Position Sensors

FMI 11, 12, 14:

• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue
FMI 20, 21:

• Rail C, D or E Position Sensors

FMI 31:

• Parking Brake Switch/signal

- Vehicle Parking Brake set and the driver selected
a Reverse or Drive Mode
- Internal failure
• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue

Additional Tools
• None

458 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 702 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 702 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Vehicle Parking Brake Switch sig-
A B nal with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 702 FMI 2, 14, 20, 21 is Active or
Inactive, contact Eaton Cummins Automated 5. Connect ServiceRanger.
Transmission Technologies at +1
6. Go To “Data Monitor”.
800-826-4357 for further diagnostic instruc-
tions. Go to Step V. 7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Vehicle Brake Messages”.
• If Fault Code 702 FMI 31 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step B. 8. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
reading in table.
• If Fault Code 702 FMI 11, 12 is Active or Inac-
tive, go to Step C. 9. Depress and hold service brake.
10. Release vehicle parking brake.
11. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value.
Record reading in table.
12. Set vehicle parking brake.
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
reading in table.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 459
Fault Code 702 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

14. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify TCM Software
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the C
Parking Brake Switch/signal. Go to Step V.
• f readings are in range, contact Eaton Cum- 1. Key off.
mins Automated Transmission Technologies at 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go to “Programming”.
Parking Parameter Range Reading(s)
Brake State 6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
software in table.
Set 70-Parking Set • If TCM software is less than 5516018, update
brake switch TCM software to latest available version. Go to
status Step V.

Not set 70-Parking Not set • If TCM software is equal to or greater than
brake switch 5516018, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
status Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.
Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
status
TCM Software Version

460 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 702 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 702 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 702 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 461
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator

Fault Code 705: Transmission Clutch Actuator

J1939: SA 3 SPN 788 FMI 12, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with FMI 12, 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position. Possible Causes
A position sensor monitors clutch position and provides the FMI 12, 14:
information to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for
the purpose of making clutch engagement or disengage- • TCM
ment decisions. The TCM compares the clutch command, - Software issue
clutch position and input shaft speed to ensure the trans- - Internal failure
mission is operating properly.

The LCA is mounted to the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- Additional Tools

ule (MTM). The solenoids and position sensor are located • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM monitors clutch operation. If a system failure is
detected, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM did not prohibit
Creep Mode as expected based on operating conditions.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: TCM did not disengage

clutch as expected based on operating conditions.

Fallback
FMI 12, 14:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 462
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 705 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 705 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify TCM software.
A B
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 705 FMI 14 is Active or Inactive,
and the vehicle is equipped with a Navistar A26 5. Go to “Programming”.
engine, go to Step B.
6. Under "Software Information", record TCM software
• If Fault Code 705 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive, in table.
Go to Step C.
• If TCM software is less than 5516014, update
• If Fault Code 705 FMI 14 is Active or Inactive TCM software to latest available version. Go to
and the vehicle is not equipped with a Navistar Step V.
A26 engine, contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
• If TCM software is equal to or greater than
mated Transmission Technologies at
5516014, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
Transmission Technologies at
instructions. Go to Step V.
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V.

TCM Software Version

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 463
Fault Code 705 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify TCM Software Purpose: Verify repair.

C V
1. Key off. 1. Key off.
2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go to “Programming”.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Under “Software Information”, record TCM
software in table. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If TCM software is less than 5516018, update 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
TCM software to latest available version. Go to or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If TCM software is equal to or greater than
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
5516018, contact Eaton Cummins Automated
erly, test complete.
Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic • If Fault Code 705 sets Active, go to Step A.
instructions. Go to Step V.
• If a fault code other than 705 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13
TCM Software Version

464 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 706: Clutch Position Out of Range

J1939: SA 3 SPN 2983 FMI 17, 18

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with FMI 17, 18:
solenoid valves that direct vehicle Supply Air to and from
the Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) to control clutch position. • Amber warning lamp on
A position sensor monitors clutch position and provides the • No degraded modes
information to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for
the purpose of making clutch engagement or disengage- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
ment decisions. The TCM compares the clutch command, FMI 17, 18:
clutch position - Full Exhaust Position (FEP) and input shaft
speed to ensure proper clutch operation. • Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

The LCA is mounted to the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- Possible Causes

ule (MTM). The solenoids and position sensor are located FMI 17, 18:
in the MTM and connected to the TCM at the 74-Way Trans-
mission Harness Connector. • Clutch Housing
- Clutch Assembly
Detection - Release Bearing
The TCM monitors clutch FEP. If FEP is out of range, the
fault is set Active. - Release Yoke

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Additional Tools

FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe): • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
Clutch calibrated FEP is above 35 mm after more than 10
actuations during a key cycle.

FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately

Severe): Clutch calibrated FEP is above 37 mm after more
than 10 actuations during a key cycle.

465 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 706 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 706 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 706 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 706 FMI 17, 18 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, clutch components (i.e. related linkages /
or duplicate the previous complaint.
and or clutch) resulted in the fully engaged
position to be out of range. Clutch compo- 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
nents must be inspected. Contact Eaton
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
erly, test complete.
gies at +1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
instructions. Go to Step V. • If Fault Code 706 sets Active, contact Eaton
Cummins Automated Transmission Technolo-
Note: Refer to Endurant XD Service Manual
gies at +1 800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
TRSM0960, Clutch Service Procedure.
instructions.
• If a fault code other than 706 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index on page 13

466 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 716: Transmission Selected Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 524 FMI 12

Overview
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with
position sensors to monitor shift rail positions and speed
sensors to monitor shaft speeds.

The sensor information is provided to the Transmission

Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation)
to ensure the transmission is operating properly.

The sensors and shift rails are located in the Mechatronic

Transmission Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM monitors the transmission operation. If a system
failure is detected, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device or Component: Inappro-
priate selected gear commanded relative to output shaft
speed.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• Gear engagements prohibited
• Range engagement prohibited

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 12: Key on and fault condition no longer exist.

Possible Causes
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• None

467 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 716 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 716 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 716 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
If the TCM is greater than 5516014, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 716 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 716 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

468 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 717: Transmission Requested Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 525 FMI 12

Overview
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with
position sensors to monitor shift rail positions and speed
sensors to monitor shaft speeds.

The sensor information is provided to the Transmission

Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation)
to ensure the transmission is operating properly.

The sensors and shift rails are located in the Mechatronic

Transmission Module (MTM) and connected to the TCM at
the 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector.

Detection
The TCM monitors the transmission operation. If a system
failure is detected, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate requested
gear commanded relative to the selected gear.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving:
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

Possible Causes
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• None

469 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 717 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 717 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 717 FMI 12 is Active or Inactive,
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
If the TCM is greater than 5516014, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 717 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 717 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

470 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 730: Rail A Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 730: Rail A Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6144 FMI 1, 2, 10, 14, 17, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail A

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with travel was less than expected.
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- Fallback
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and FMI 1:
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position
• Amber warning lamp on
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
monitor shaft speeds. • Main Drive Gear disengagement prohibited
FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci- If Rail A position is known and Rail A is either fully engaged
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift or fully disengaged:
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation) • Amber warning lamp on
to ensure the transmission is operating properly. • Shift Rail A movement prohibited
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con- If Rail A position is not known and Rail A is not fully
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness engaged or fully disengaged:
Connector.
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
Detection • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
The TCM monitors Shift Rail A operation. If a system failure • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • PTO Mode prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail • If vehicle is moving:
A unable to disengage Main Drive Gear, move fore, for 2
- Red stop lamp on
seconds.
FMI 14, 17:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a rail calibration, Rail A unable
to move to neutral position. • Amber warning lamp on
• Main Drive Gear engagement prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: During a rail calibra-
tion, Rail A Position Sensor unable to confirm low rail • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
velocity. - Red stop lamp on
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail A unable to move from FMI 18:
neutral position toward Main Drive Gear, move aft, for 2
• Amber warning lamp on
seconds.
• Main Drive Gear disengagement prohibited
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
Rail A unable to engage Main Drive Gear, move aft, for 2
seconds. - Red stop lamp on

FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Severe): Rail A unable to move from Main Drive Gear to FMI 1, 14, 18: Fault condition no longer exists for 1 sec-
neutral position, move fore, for 2 seconds. ond.
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail A FMI 2, 10, 17, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition no lon-
travel was greater than expected. ger exists.

471 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 730: Rail A Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
All FMIs:

• MTM
- Contamination from vehicle air system
- Air leaks
- Rail A Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail A Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail A Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail A shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail A shift rail or yoke – broken
• Internal transmission
- Rail A Synchronizer
- Main Drive Gear

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

472 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 730: Rail A Operation

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 473
Fault Code 730 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 730 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 730 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

474 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 730 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail A
C Drive Gear. D Synchronizer and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. Note: Reference Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure

on page 664 of the Appendix.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference 1. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans- position (if necessary).
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear and Rail A Synchronizer
2. Inspect the Main Drive Gear for excessive fore and Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
aft movement.
3. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
4. Return Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
tral position.
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
both positions and no clutching teeth wear is
present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into both positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail A Yoke, Rail A
Synchronizer Assembly, Main Drive Gear and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.

• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect

Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 475
Fault Code 730 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 730 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 730 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

476 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6145 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): Rail B unable to move from Main Drive Gear Low
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted to neutral position, move aft, for 2 seconds.
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and
Rail B unable to engage Splitter Gear, move aft, for 2 sec-
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position
onds.
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
monitor shaft speeds. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Rail B unable to move from Splitter Gear to neutral
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
position, move fore, for 2 seconds.
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail B
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands travel was greater than expected.
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation)
to ensure the transmission is operating properly. FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail B
travel was less than expected.
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Fallback
Connector. FMI 0:

Detection • Amber warning lamp on

The TCM monitors Shift Rail B operation. If a system failure • Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
is detected, the fault is set Active.
• Rail B movement to neutral position prohibited
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active FMI 1:
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail
• Amber warning lamp on
B unable to disengage Main Drive Gear Low, move aft, for 2
seconds. • Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
• Rail B movement to neutral position prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail
B unable to disengage Splitter Gear, move fore, for 2 sec- • PTO Mode prohibited
onds. FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a rail calibration, Rail B unable If Rail B position is known and Rail B is either fully engaged
to move to neutral position. or fully disengaged:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail B • Amber warning lamp on
unable move from neutral position toward Main Drive Gear
• Shift Rail B movement prohibited
Low, move fore, for 2 seconds.
If Rail B position is not known and Rail B is not fully
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: During a rail calibra- engaged or fully disengaged:
tion, Rail B Position Sensor unable to confirm low rail
velocity. • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail B unable to move from
neutral position toward Splitter Gear, move aft, for 2 sec- • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
onds. • Non-neutral modes prohibited
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): • PTO Mode prohibited
Rail B unable to engage Main Drive Gear Low, move fore, • If vehicle is moving:
for 2 seconds.
- Red stop lamp on

477 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 7, 15:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Main Drive Gear Low engagement prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 14, 17:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 16, 18:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Rail B movement to neutral position prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 7, 14, 16, 18: Fault condition no longer exists for
1 second.

FMI 2, 10, 15, 17, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition no
longer exist.

Possible Causes
All FMIs:

• MTM
- Contamination from vehicle air system
- Air leaks
- Rail B Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail B Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail B Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail B shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail B shift rail or yoke – broken
• Internal transmission
- Rail B Synchronizer
- Main Drive Gear Low
- Splitter Gear

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool - RR1088TR

478 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 740: Rail B Operation

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 479
Fault Code 740 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 740 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 740 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

480 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 740 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail B
C Drive Gear Low and Splitter Gear. D Synchronizer and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke

slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low for excessive fore and
aft movement.

2. Install the Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool

(RR1088TR).
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B
Procedure on page 666
3. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
position (if necessary).
4. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
3. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
Drive Gear Low engagement position (fore).
movement.
5. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer Slid-
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
ing Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 481
Fault Code 740 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-

tral position. Purpose: Verify repair.
7. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Split- V
ter Gear engagement position (aft).
8. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low and Rail B Synchro- 1. Key off.
nizer Sliding Sleeve clutching teeth for wear. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
9. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu- nents are properly installed.
tral position. 3. Key on with engine off.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
all three positions and no clutching teeth wear
is present, replace Mechatronic Transmission 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
Module (MTM). Go to Step V. 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not 7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
shift into all three positions or clutching teeth or duplicate the previous complaint.
wear is present, replace Rail B Synchronizer
Assembly, Main Drive Gear Low, Splitter Gear 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
and Mechatronic Transmission Module • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
(MTM). Go to Step V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 740 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 740 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

482 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation

Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6146 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): Rail C unable to move from Splitter Gear to neutral
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted position, move aft, for 2 seconds.
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and
Rail C unable to engage Driven Gear 2nd, move aft, for 2
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position
seconds.
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
monitor shaft speeds. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Rail C unable to move from Driven Gear 2nd to
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
neutral position, move fore, for 2 seconds.
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail C
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands travel was greater than expected.
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation)
to ensure the transmission is operating properly. FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail C
travel was less than expected.
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Fallback
Connector. FMI 0, 1:

Detection • Amber warning lamp on

The TCM monitors Shift Rail C operation. If a system failure • Rail C movement prohibited
is detected, the fault is set Active.
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear is available
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active - Red stop lamp on
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
C unable to disengage Splitter Gear, move aft, for 2 sec-
onds. If Rail C position is known and Rail C is either fully engaged
or fully disengaged:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail
C unable to disengage Driven Gear 2nd, move fore, for 2 • Amber warning lamp on
seconds. • Shift Rail C movement prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a rail calibration, Rail C unable If Rail C position is not known and Rail C is not fully
to move to neutral position. engaged or fully disengaged:

FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail C • Shift Rail C movement prohibited
unable move from neutral position toward Splitter Gear, • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
move fore, for 2 seconds.
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: During a rail calibra- • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
tion, Rail C Position Sensor unable to confirm low rail
• PTO Mode prohibited
velocity.
• If vehicle is moving:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail C unable to move from
- Red stop lamp on
neutral position toward Driven Gear 2nd, move aft, for 2
seconds.

FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Rail C unable to engage Splitter Gear, move fore, for 2 sec-
onds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 483
Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 7, 15:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Splitter Gear engagement prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 14, 17:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Driven Gear 2nd engagement prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 16, 18:

• Amber warning lamp on

• If the vehicle is not moving:
- Rail C movement to neutral position prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available:
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 7, 14, 16, 18: Fault condition no longer exists for
1 second.

FMI 2, 10, 15, 17, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition no
longer exists.

Possible Causes
All FMIs:

• MTM
- Contamination from vehicle air system
- Air leaks
- Rail C Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail C Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail C Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail C shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail C shift rail or yoke – broken
• Internal transmission
- Rail C Sliding Clutch
- Splitter Gear
- Driven Gear 2nd

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

484 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 760: Rail C Operation

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 485
Fault Code 760 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 760 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 760 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

486 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 760 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Splitter Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail C
C Gear and Driven Gear 2nd. D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Splitter Gear
engagement position (fore).
4. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd and Rail C Sliding Clutch
clutching teeth for wear.
5. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
6. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 2nd
3. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd for excessive fore and aft
engagement position (aft).
movement.
7. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail C Sliding Clutch
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
clutching teeth for wear.
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V. 8. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go • If Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
to Step D. positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail C Sliding Clutch, Splitter Gear,
Drive Gear 2nd and Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 487
Fault Code 760 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 760 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 760 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

488 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6147 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Severe): Rail D unable to move from Driven Gear 1st to
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted neutral position, move aft, for 2 seconds.
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and
Rail D unable to engage Reverse Gear, move aft, for 2 sec-
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position
onds.
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
monitor shaft speeds. FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
Severe): Rail D unable to move from Reverse Gear to neu-
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
tral position, move fore, for 2 seconds.
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail D
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands travel was greater than expected.
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation)
to ensure the transmission is operating properly. FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail D
travel was less than expected.
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness Fallback
Connector. FMI 0, 1:

Detection • Amber warning lamp on

The TCM monitors Shift Rail D operation. If a system failure • Rail D movement prohibited
is detected, the fault is set Active.
FMI 2, 10, 20, 21:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active If Rail D position is known and Rail D is either fully engaged
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail or fully disengaged:
D unable to disengage Driven Gear 1st, move aft, for 2 sec-
onds. • Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail
D unable to disengage Reverse Gear, move fore, for 2 sec- If Rail D position is not known and Rail D is not fully
onds. engaged or fully disengaged:

FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a rail calibration, Rail D unable • Shift Rail C movement prohibited
to move to neutral position. • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail D • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
unable move from neutral position toward Driven Gear 1st, • Rail D movement prohibited
move fore, for 2 seconds.
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: During a rail calibra- • PTO Mode prohibited
tion, Rail D Position Sensor unable to confirm low rail
• If vehicle is moving
velocity.
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail D unable to move from
FMI 7, 15:
neutral position toward Reverse Gear, move aft, for 2 sec-
onds. • Amber warning lamp on
FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe): • Driven Gear 1st engagement prohibited
Rail D unable to engage Driven Gear 1st, move fore, for 2 • If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
seconds.
- Red stop lamp on

489 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 14, 17: Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 0, 1, 7, 14, 16, 18: Fault condition no longer exists for
• Amber warning lamp on
1 second.
• Reverse Gear engagement prohibited
FMI 2, 10, 15, 17, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condition no
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
longer exists.
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 16, 18: Possible Causes
All FMIs:
• Amber warning lamp on
• MTM
• If vehicle is not moving
- Contamination from vehicle air system
- Rail D movement to neutral position prohibited
- Air leaks
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
- Rail D Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail D movement prohibited
- Rail D Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Red stop lamp on
- Rail D Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail D shift cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail D shift rail or yoke – broken
• Internal transmission
- Rail D Sliding Clutch
- Driven Gear 1st
- Reverse Gear

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960

490 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 775: Rail D Operation

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 491
Fault Code 775 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 775 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 775 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

492 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 775 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Driven Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail D
C Gear 1st and Reverse Gear. D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Driven Gear 1st for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Driven gear 1st
engagement position (fore).
4. Inspect Reverse Gear and Rail D Sliding Clutch
clutching teeth for wear.
5. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
6. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Reverse Gear
engagement position (aft).
7. Inspect Driven Gear 1st and Rail D Sliding Clutch
3. Inspect Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft clutching teeth for wear.
movement.
8. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go • If Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
to Step V. positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
to Step D.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail D Sliding Clutch, Driven Gear
1st, Reverse Gear and Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 493
Fault Code 775 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 775 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 775 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

494 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6148 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21

Overview FMI 17 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Least Severe):

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with Rail E unable to engage Range Low for 2 seconds.
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
FMI 18 – Data Valid but Below Normal (Moderately
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
Severe): Rail E unable to move from Low Range to neutral
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and
position for 2 seconds.
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail E
monitor shaft speeds. travel was greater than expected.
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail E
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci- travel was less than expected.
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift
rail positions. The TCM compares the shift rail commands Fallback
to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation) FMI 0, 14, 16, 17:
to ensure the transmission is operating properly.
• Amber warning lamp on
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
• Low Range engagement prohibited
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. • Transmission may launch in High Range
FMI 1:
Detection
The TCM monitors Shift Rail D operation. If a system failure • Amber warning lamp on
is detected, the fault is set Active. • High Range engagement prohibited
FMI 2:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): Rail If Rail C and D positions are known and Rail C or D are
E unable to disengage High Range, move aft, for 2 seconds. either fully engaged or fully disengaged:
FMI 1 – Data Valid But Below Normal (Most Severe): Rail • Amber warning lamp on
E unable to disengage Low Range, move fore, for 2 sec-
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
onds.
• Shift Rail D movement prohibited
FMI 2 – Data Erratic: During a rail calibration, Rail E unable
If Rail C and D positions are not known and Rail C or D are
to move to neutral position.
not fully engaged or fully disengaged:
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: Rail E unable
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
move from neutral position toward High Range for 2 sec-
onds. • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
• Inertia Brake activation prohibited
FMI 10 – Abnormal Rate of Change: During a rail calibra-
tion, Rail E Position Sensor unable to confirm low rail • PTO Mode prohibited
velocity. • If vehicle is moving:
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Rail E unable to move from - Red stop lamp on
neutral position toward Low Range for 2 seconds.

FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Rail E unable to engage High Range for 2 seconds.

FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

Severe): Rail E unable to move from High Range to neutral
position for 2 seconds.

495 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 10, 20, 21: Additional Tools

If Rail E position is known and Rail E is fully engaged in • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
either High or Low Range: • MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
• Amber warning lamp on
• Shift Rail E movement prohibited
If Rail E position is not known and Rail E is not fully
engaged in High or Low Range:

• Shift Rail E movement prohibited

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• If vehicle is moving
- Red stop lamp on
FMI 7, 15, 18:

• Amber warning lamp on

• High Range engagement prohibited
• If vehicle is moving and no start gear available
- Red stop lamp on

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 7, 14, 16, 18: Fault condition no longer exists for 1
second.

FMI 0, 1, 2, 10, 15, 17, 20, 21: Key cycle and fault condi-
tion no longer exists.

Possible Causes
All FMIs:

• Vehicle Air System

- Contamination
• MTM
- Rail E Fore Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail E Aft Solenoid – internal failure
- Rail E Shift Cylinder – stuck piston or damaged
seals
- Rail E Position Sensor – in range internal failure
- Rail E Shift Rail – broken, detached
- Rail E Shift Yoke – broken, detached
• Rear Housing
- Rail E Detent – binding
- Rail E Shift Rail – binding
- Rail E Bushing – worn
- Rail E Synchronizer

496 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 780: Rail E Operation

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 497
Fault Code 780 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 780 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• f Fault Code 780 FMI 0, 1, 2, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16, supply line at MTM.
17, 18, 20, 21 is Active or Inactive, go to Step
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
B.
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

498 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 780 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E
C Synchronizer. D Range Synchronizer without detent.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Remove the Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans- 2. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference main housing.
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
3. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position
mission Removal Service Procedures.
(if necessary).
2. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto 4. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
main housing. (fore).
Note: Reference Appendix/Manually Actuate Rail E 5. Return Rail E to neutral position.
Procedure.
6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
3. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position (aft).
(if necessary).
7. Return Rail E to neutral position.
4. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
(fore). • If Rail E Detent could not be removed, go to
Step E.
5. Return Rail E to neutral position.
• If Rail E shifts into all three positions, replace
6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position Rail E Detent Plug, Spring, Detent and Rear
(aft). Housing. Go to Step V.
7. Return Rail E to neutral position. • If Rail E does not into all three positions, go to
• If Rail E shifts into all three positions replace Step E.
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
• If Rail E does not shift into all three positions,
go to Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 499
Fault Code 780 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail E

E Synchronizer and Shift Rail E.

1. Remove Rear Housing.

2. Inspect Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent and
Rear Housing Detent bore.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 780 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 780 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13

500 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 785: Rail A Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 785: Rail A Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5951 FMI 7, 20, 31

Overview If Rail A position is not known and Rail A is not fully

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with engaged or fully disengaged:
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
• Shift Rail A movement prohibited
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
monitor shaft speeds.
• PTO Mode prohibited
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
• If vehicle is moving:
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift - Red stop lamp on
rail positions. The TCM routinely performs shift rail calibra-
tions to ensure gear engagement and disengagement posi- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions are within specifications. The TCM compares the shift FMI 7, 20, 31: Key on and fault condition no longer exists.
rail commands to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds
(ratio calculation) to ensure the transmission is operating Possible Causes
properly. FMI 7, 20, 31:

The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con- • MTM - Rail A
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail A Solenoids
Connector.
- Rail A Cylinder
Detection - Rail A Detent
The TCM monitors the rail calibration. If a system failure is - Rail A Yoke
detected, the fault is set Active.
- Rail A Position Sensor
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Internal transmission
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a rail - Rail A Synchronizer
calibration, Rail A Position Sensor indicated no movement
- Main Drive Gear
in aft direction.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail A Additional Tools
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in aft • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
direction.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail A

Position Sensor indicated no movement in fore direction.

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 31:

If Rail A position is known and Rail A is either fully engaged

or fully disengaged:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Shift Rail A movement prohibited

501 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 785: Rail A Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

502 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 785 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 785 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 786 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 503
Fault Code 785 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail C
C Drive Gear. D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. Note: Reference Appendix; Manually Actuate Rail A

Procedure on page 664.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference 1. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans- position (if necessary).
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear and Rail A Synchronizer
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear for excessive fore and aft Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
movement.
3. Shift Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
Drive Gear engagement position (aft).
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
both positions and no clutching teeth wear is
present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail A Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into both positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail A Yoke, Rail A
Synchronizer Assembly, Main Drive Gear and
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.

• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect

Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
Note: Reference Endurant XD Service Manual
TRSM0960, Main Shaft Disassembly/Assem-
bly Service Procedure.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step D.

504 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 785 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 785 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 785 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 505
Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5952 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod- If Rail B position is known and Rail B is either fully engaged
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and or fully disengaged:
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position • Amber warning lamp on
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
monitor shaft speeds. • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
If Rail B position is not known and Rail B is not fully
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission engaged or fully disengaged:
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift • Shift Rail B movement prohibited
rail positions. The TCM routinely performs shift rail calibra- • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
tions to ensure gear engagement and disengagement posi-
tions are within specifications. The TCM compares the shift • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
rail commands to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
(ratio calculation) to ensure the transmission is operating • PTO Mode prohibited
properly.
• If vehicle is moving:
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con- - Red stop lamp on
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness
Connector. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Key on and fault condition no longer
Detection exists.
The TCM monitors the rail calibration. If a system failure is
detected, the fault is set Active. Possible Causes
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a rail • MTM - Rail B
calibration, Rail B Position Sensor indicated no movement - Rail B Solenoids
in aft direction.
- Rail B Cylinder
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail B - Rail B Detent
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in aft
direction. - Rail B Yoke
- Rail B Position Sensor
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail B
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in fore • Internal transmission
direction. - Rail B Synchronizer

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail B - Main Drive Gear Low
Position Sensor indicated no movement in fore direction. - Splitter Gear

Additional Tools
• Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
• Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool - RR1088TR

506 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 786: Rail B Calibration

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 507
Fault Code 786 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 786 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 786 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

508 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 786 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Main Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail B
C Drive Gear Low and Splitter Gear. D Synchronizer and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve yoke

slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low for excessive fore and
aft movement.

2. Install Rail B Synchronizer Engagement Tool

(RR1088TR).
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail B
Procedure.
3. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into neutral
position (if necessary).
4. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Main
3. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
Drive Gear Low engagement position (fore).
movement.
5. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail B Synchronizer Slid-
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
ing Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V. 6. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
tral position.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step D.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 509
Fault Code 786 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

7. Shift Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve into Split-

ter Gear engagement position (aft).
8. Inspect Main Drive Gear Low and Rail B Synchro-
nizer Sliding Sleeve clutching teeth for wear.
9. Return Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve to neu-
tral position.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve shifts into
all three positions and no clutching teeth wear
is present, replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If Rail B Synchronizer Sliding Sleeve does not
shift into all three positions or clutching teeth
wear is present, replace Rail B Synchronizer
Assembly, Main Drive Gear Low, Splitter Gear
and Mechatronic Transmission Module
(MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 786 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 786 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

510 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration

Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5953 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

Overview If Rail C position is not known and Rail C is not fully

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with engaged or fully disengaged:
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
monitor shaft speeds.
• PTO Mode prohibited
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
• If vehicle is moving:
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift - Red stop lamp on
rail positions. The TCM routinely performs shift rail calibra-
tions to ensure gear engagement and disengagement posi- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions are within specifications. The TCM compares the shift FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Key on and fault condition no longer
rail commands to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds exists.
(ratio calculation) to ensure the transmission is operating
properly. Possible Causes
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness • MTM - Rail C
Connector. - Rail C Solenoids
- Rail C Cylinder
Detection
The TCM monitors the rail calibration. If a system failure is - Rail C Detent
detected, the fault is set Active. - Rail C Yoke
- Rail C Position Sensor
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a rail • Internal transmission
calibration, Rail C Position Sensor indicated no movement - Rail C Sliding Clutch
in aft direction.
- Main Shaft Assembly
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail C - Splitter Gear
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in aft
- Driven Gear 2nd
direction.

FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail C Additional Tools
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in fore • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
direction.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail C

Position Sensor indicated no movement in fore direction.

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:

If Rail C position is known and Rail C is either fully engaged

or fully disengaged:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Shift Rail C movement prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 511
Fault Code 787: Rail C Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

512 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 787 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 787 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 787 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 513
Fault Code 787 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Splitter Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail C
C Gear and Driven Gear 2nd. D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail C Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Splitter Gear for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Splitter Gear
engagement position (fore).
4. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd and Rail C Sliding Clutch
clutching teeth for wear.
5. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral position.

3. Inspect Driven Gear 2nd for excessive fore and aft

movement.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go
to Step V.
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go
to Step D.

514 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 787 Troubleshooting

6. Shift Rail C Sliding Clutch into Driven Gear 2nd

engagement position (aft).
7. Inspect Splitter Gear and Rail C Sliding Clutch
clutching teeth for wear.
8. Return Rail C Sliding Clutch to neutral.
• If the Rail C Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
• If the Rail C Sliding Clutch does not shift into
all three positions or clutching teeth wear is
present, replace Rail C Sliding Clutch, Splitter
Gear, Drive Gear 2nd and Mechatronic Trans-
mission Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 787 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 787 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 515
Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5954 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

Overview If Rail D position is not known and Rail D is not fully

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with engaged or fully disengaged:
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
• Shift Rail C movement prohibited
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and • Shift Rail D movement prohibited
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position • Inertia Brake activation prohibited
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
monitor shaft speeds.
• PTO Mode prohibited
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
• If vehicle is moving:
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift - Red stop lamp on
rail positions. The TCM routinely performs shift rail calibra-
tions to ensure gear engagement and disengagement posi- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions are within specifications. The TCM compares the shift FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
rail commands to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds exist.
(ratio calculation) to ensure the transmission is operating
properly. Possible Causes
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness • MTM - Rail D
Connector. - Rail D Solenoids
- Rail D Cylinder
Detection
The TCM monitors the rail calibration. If a system failure is - Rail D Detent
detected, the fault is set Active. - Rail D Yoke
- Rail D Position Sensor
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a rail • Internal transmission
calibration, Rail D Position Sensor indicated no movement - Rail D Sliding Clutch
in aft direction.
- Main Shaft Assembly
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail D - Driven Gear 1st
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in aft
- Reverse Gear
direction.

FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail D Additional Tools
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in fore • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
direction.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail D

Position Sensor indicated no movement in fore direction.

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:

If Rail D position is known and Rail D is either fully engaged

or fully disengaged:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Shift Rail D movement prohibited

516 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 788: Rail D Calibration

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 517
Fault Code 788 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 788 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 788 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

518 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 788 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Driven Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail D
C Gear 1st and Reverse Gear. D Sliding Clutch and clutching teeth.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Inspect Rail D Sliding Clutch yoke slot for wear.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans-
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
mission Removal Service Procedure.
2. Inspect Driven Gear 1st for excessive fore and aft
movement.

2. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into neutral position (if

necessary).
3. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Driven gear 1st
engagement position (fore).
4. Inspect Reverse Gear and Rail D Sliding Clutch
clutching teeth for wear.
5. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
6. Shift Rail D Sliding Clutch into Reverse Gear
engagement position (aft).
7. Inspect Driven Gear 1st and Rail D Sliding Clutch
3. Inspect Reverse Gear for excessive fore and aft clutching teeth for wear.
movement.
8. Return Rail D Sliding Clutch to neutral position.
• If excessive gear movement is evident, inspect
Main Shaft Assembly for cause and repair. Go • If Rail D Sliding Clutch shifts into all three
to Step V. positions and no clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
• If no excessive gear movement is evident, go ule (MTM). Go to Step V.
to Step D.
• If Rail D Sliding Clutch does not shift into all
three positions or clutching teeth wear is pres-
ent, replace Rail D Sliding Clutch, Driven Gear
1st, Reverse Gear and Mechatronic Transmis-
sion Module (MTM). Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 519
Fault Code 788 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 788 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 788 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

520 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration

Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5955 FMI 7, 20, 21, 31

Overview If Rail E position is not known and Rail E is not fully

The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with engaged in High or Low Range:
five Shift Rails: A, B, C, D, and E. The shift rails are mounted
• Shift Rail E movement prohibited
in shift rail cylinders in the Mechatronic Transmission Mod-
ule (MTM). Solenoid valves direct vehicle Supply Air to and • Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
from the shift rail cylinders for shift rail actuation. Position • Non-Neutral modes prohibited
sensors monitor shift rail positions and speed sensors
• PTO Mode prohibited
monitor shaft speeds.
• If vehicle is moving:
The sensor information is provided to the Transmission
- Red stop lamp on
Control Module (TCM) for the purpose of making shift deci-
sions, confirming gear engagement, and monitoring shift
Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
rail positions. The TCM routinely performs shift rail calibra-
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31: Key cycle and fault condition no longer
tions to ensure gear engagement and disengagement posi-
exists
tions are within specifications. The TCM compares the shift
rail commands to the shift rail positions and shaft speeds
Possible Causes
(ratio calculation) to ensure the transmission is operating
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:
properly.
• MTM - Rail E
The sensors and shift rails are located in the MTM and con-
nected to the TCM at the 74-Way Transmission Harness - Rail E Solenoids
Connector. - Rail E Cylinder
- Rail E Yoke
Detection
The TCM monitors the rail calibration. If a system failure is - Rail E Position Sensor
detected, the fault is set Active. • Rear Housing
- Rail E Detent
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: During a rail • Internal Transmission
calibration, Rail E Position Sensor indicated no movement - Rail E Synchronizer
in aft direction.
- Range Assembly
FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: During a rail calibration, Rail E
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in aft Additional Tools
direction. • Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960
FMI 21 – Data Drifted Low: During a rail calibration, Rail E • MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1)
Position Sensor indicated insufficient movement in fore
direction.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: During a rail calibration, Rail E

Position Sensor indicated no movement in fore direction.

Fallback
FMI 7, 20, 21, 31:

If Rail E position is known and Rail E is fully engaged in

either High or Low Range:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Shift Rail E movement prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 521
Fault Code 789: Rail E Calibration | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

6
2

5
4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Cover

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (TCM-side)
4. 74-Way Transmission Harness Connector (MTM-side)
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) Seal
6. MTM Air Inlet Port

522 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 789 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 789 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle air system
A B supply line and MTM air inlet port.

1. Set the vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Refer to OEM guidelines and vent vehicle air supply
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity line to MTM.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Refer to OEM guidelines and remove vehicle air
• If Fault Code 789 is Active or Inactive, go to supply line at MTM.
Step B.
4. Inspect vehicle air supply line and MTM air inlet
port for contamination, moisture, corrosion and/or
debris.
Note: Verify MTM inlet screen is installed and free
of contamination and/or debris.

• If contamination is found, refer to OEM guide-

lines for repair or replacement of vehicle air
system. Replace Mechatronic Transmission
Module (MTM) and Inertia Brake Assembly.
Go to Step V.
Note: MTM removal and installation requires
transmission be removed from vehicle. Refer-
ence Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960,
Transmission Removal Service Procedure.
• If no contamination is found, go to Step C.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 523
Fault Code 789 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of Rail E
C Synchronizer. D Range Synchronizer without detent.

1. Remove MTM. 1. Remove Rail E Detent Plug, Spring and Detent.

Note: MTM removal and installation requires trans- 2. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto
mission be removed from vehicle. Reference main housing.
Endurant XD Service Manual TRSM0960, Trans-
3. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position
mission Removal Service Procedure.
(if necessary).
2. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) onto 4. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
main housing. (fore).
Note: Reference Appendix, Manually Actuate Rail E 5. Return Rail E to neutral position.
Procedure on page 668.
6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position
3. Using Rail E Lever, shift Rail E into neutral position (aft).
(if necessary).
7. Return Rail E to neutral position.
4. Shift Rail E into High Range engagement position
(fore). • If Rail E Detent could not be removed. Go to
Step E.
5. Return Rail E to neutral position.
• If Rail E shifts into all three positions, replace
6. Shift Rail E into Low Range engagement position Rail E Detent Plug, Spring, Detent and Rear
(aft). Housing. Go to Step V.
7. Return Rail E to neutral position. • If Rail E does not into all three positions, go to
• If Rail E shifts into all three positions replace Step E.
Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM).
Go to Step V.
• If Rail E does not shift into all three positions,
go to Step D.

Purpose: Verify mechanical condition of Rail E

E Synchronizer and Shift Rail E.

1. Remove Rear Housing.

2. Inspect Rail E Synchronizer, Shift Rail, Detent and
Rear Housing Detent bore.
• Contact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmis-
sion Technologies at +1 800-826-4357 for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

524 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 789 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 789 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 789 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 525
Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 815: Clutch Temperature

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5939 FMI 0, 15, 16

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) monitors clutch The operation that is overheating the clutch is discontinued
performance to calculate the Clutch Temperature. If the and Clutch Temperature value is within normal operating
Clutch Temperature exceeds the normal operating range the range.
TCM will modify transmission operation to prevent clutch
damage and notify the driver that a clutch abuse event is Possible Causes
occurring. FMI 0, 15, 16

Detection • Using accelerator pedal to hold vehicle on a grade

The TCM monitors clutch operation. If the calculated Clutch • Vehicle overloading
Temperature value exceeds the normal operating range, the • Abusive or extreme operating conditions
fault is set Active.
Additional Tools
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 0 – Data Valid But Above Normal (Most Severe): • Endurant XD Driver Instructions TRDR0960
Clutch Temperature value above normal, most severe,
clutch protection is required.

FMI 15 – Data Valid but Above Normal (Least Severe):

Clutch Temperature value above normal, least severe,
clutch abuse is warning is displayed.

FMI 16 - Data Valid but Above Normal (Moderately

Severe): Clutch Temperature reports above normal, moder-
ately severe, clutch abuse warning is displayed.

Fallback
FMI 0:

• Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)

• Red stop lamp on (OEM specific)
• Audible warning tone (OEM specific)
• Clutch Temperature Message (OEM specific)
• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited
• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited
• High Start Gears prohibited
FMI 15:

• High Start Gears prohibited

FMI 16:

• Amber warning lamp on (OEM specific)

• Audible warning tone (OEM specific)
• Clutch Temperature Message (OEM specific)
• High Start Gears prohibited

526 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 815 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 815 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 815 FMI 0, 15, 16 is Active or
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
Inactive, the clutch experienced abusive or
extreme operating conditions. Refer to service 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
bulletin TAIB0876. Go to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 815 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 815 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 527
Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3452 FMI 3, 4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31

Overview FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- internal processing error.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 1 Request message not
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
available for 5 seconds.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM has detected
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM invalid I/O Package calibration.
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer-
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 1 Request
PTO operation. messages invalid for 5 seconds.

The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: PTO 1 Request circuit input
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay
Package calibration.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features.
Fallback
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper- All FMIs:
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a
• Amber warning lamp on
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- • PTO 1 Mode prohibited
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one FMI 3: PTO 1 Request circuit not shorted to power for 10
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. seconds.

PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in FMI 4: PTO 1 Request circuit not shorted to ground for 10
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and seconds.
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
FMI 9, 13, 19: PTO 1 Request messages received and valid
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for 10 seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Request J1939 messages or FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
the hardwired PTO 1 Request circuit input signal. If the in TCM.
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault
FMI 20: PTO 1 Request circuit input signal in range for 10
is set Active.
seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Possible Causes
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1
FMI 3, 4, 20:
Request circuit input signal shorted to power for 5 seconds.
• Vehicle Harness - PTO 1 Request circuit
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 1
Request circuit input signal indicated short to ground for 5 - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
seconds. cuit

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 1 Request messages

not received for 5 seconds.

528 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request

FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- PTO 1 Request J1939 message not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 529
Fault Code 900 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 900 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 1 configuration with Ser-
A B viceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 900 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "PTO 1" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "PTO 1" Current Value indicates “Disabled”
to Step V.
and PTO 1 circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Active, go to wired, select “Hardwire control only” and fol-
Step B. low on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Inactive, the • If "PTO 1" Current Value indicates “Hardwire
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely control only" and PTO 1 Request circuit is
that the problem is in the PTO 1 Request cir- properly installed and wired, go to Step C.
cuit. Go to Step C.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 9, 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
vehicle PTO 1 Request message (SPN 3452).
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 12 is Active, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable PTO 1 Request message
(SPN 3452). Go to Step V..
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 13 is Inactive, PTO 1 is
properly configured. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 14, 31 is Active, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 900 FMI 14, 31 is Inactive, go to
Step V.

530 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 900 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "PTO 1" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of PTO 1 Request circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 900: PTO 1 Request

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 1 on page 674: PTO 1 + Reverse Output 14 15

+ Neutral (Range) Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 4 on page 677: PTO 1 14 15

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page 678: PTO 1 + PTO 2 5 15

Input / Output Calibration Package 6 on page 679: PTO 1 + Secondary 14 15

Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 7 on page 680: PTO 1 + Secondary 14 15

Mode + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 8 on page 681: PTO 1 + Reverse Output 14 15

+ Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 11 on page 684:PTO 1 + Reverse Output 14 15

Input / Output Calibration Package 18 on page 690: 2 Speed Axle + PTO 1 14 15

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25 on page 692: PTO 1 + 14 15

Force/Hold Neutral

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page 693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + 5 15

Force/Hold Neutral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 531
Fault Code 900 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 900 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 900 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

532 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 902: Split Shaft PTO Request | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 902: Split Shaft PTO Request

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3454 FMI 3, 4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31

Overview FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- internal processing error.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Split-shaft PTO Request mes-
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
sage not available for 5 seconds.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM I/O Package calibration.
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer-
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Split-shaft PTO
PTO operation. Request messages invalid for 5 seconds.

The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Split-shaft PTO Request circuit
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay
Package calibration.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features.
Fallback
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper- All FMIs:
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a
• Amber warning lamp on
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- • Split-shaft PTO Mode prohibited
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one FMI 3: Split-shaft PTO Request circuit not shorted to power
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. for 10 seconds.

PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in FMI 4: Split-shaft PTO Request circuit not shorted to
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and ground for 10 seconds.
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
FMI 9, 13, 19: Split-shaft PTO Request messages received
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
and valid for 10 seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
Detection
The TCM monitors the Split-shaft PTO Request J1939 mes- FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
sages or the hardwired split-shaft PTO Request circuit input in TCM.
signal. If the messages or signal are not received or are
FMI 20: Split-shaft PTO Request circuit input signal in
invalid, the fault is set Active.
range for 10 seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Possible Causes
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Split-shaft
FMI 3, 4, 20:
PTO Request circuit input signal shorted to power for 5 sec-
onds. • Vehicle Harness - Split-shaft PTO Request circuit
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Split-shaft - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
PTO Request circuit input signal indicated short to ground cuit
for 5 seconds.

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Split-shaft PTO Request

messages not received for 5 seconds.

533 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 902: Split Shaft PTO Request | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- Split-shaft PTO Request J1939 message not
enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

534 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 902 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 902 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Split-shaft PTO configuration with
A B ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 902 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value indicates
to Step V.
“Disabled” and Split-shaft PTO circuit is prop-
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Active, go to erly installed and wired, select “Hardwire con-
Step B. trol only” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Inactive, the
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely • If "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value indicates
that the problem is in the Split-shaft PTO “Hardwire control only" and Split-shaft PTO
Request circuit. Go to Step C. Request circuit is properly installed and wired,
go to Step C.
Note: Split-shaft PTO and circuit wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
vehicle Split-shaft PTO Request message (SPN
3454). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 12 is Active, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable Split-shaft PTO Request mes-
sage (SPN 3454). Go to Step V..
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 13 is Inactive, Split-shaft
PTO is properly configured. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 902 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 535
Fault Code 902 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Split-shaft PTO Request circuit. Go to Step
V.
Note: Split-shaft PTO and circuit wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 902: SSPTO Request

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

536 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 902 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 900 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 900 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 537
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request

Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3453 FMI 3, 4, 9, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20, 31

Overview FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- internal processing error.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 2 Request message not
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
available for 5 seconds.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal FMI 14 - Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid I/O
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM Package calibration.
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer-
ence Product Functions on page 720o f the Appendix for FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 2 Request
PTO operation. messages invalid for 5 seconds.

The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: PTO 2 Request circuit input
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM
FMI 31 - Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay
Package calibration.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features.
Fallback
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper- All FMIs:
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a
• Amber warning lamp on
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- • PTO 2 Mode prohibited
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one FMI 3: PTO 2 Request circuit not shorted to power for 10
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. seconds.

PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in FMI 4: PTO 2 Request circuit not shorted to ground for 10
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and seconds.
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
FMI 9, 13, 19: PTO 2 Request messages received and valid
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for 10 seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Request J1939 messages or FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
the hardwired PTO 2 Request circuit input signal. If the in TCM.
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault
FMI 20: PTO 2 Request circuit input signal in range for 10
is set Active.
seconds.
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active Possible Causes
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 2
FMI 3, 4, 20:
Request circuit input signal shorted to power for 5 seconds.
• Vehicle Harness - PTO 2 Request circuit
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 2
Request circuit input signal indicated short to ground for 5 - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
seconds. cuit

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 2 Request messages

not received for 5 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 538
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request

FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- PTO 2 Request J1939 message not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 539
Fault Code 905 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 905 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 2 configuration with Ser-
A B viceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 905 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "PTO 2" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "PTO 2" Current Value indicates “Disabled”
to Step V.
and PTO 2 circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Active, go to wired, select “Hardwire control only” and fol-
Step B. low on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 3, 4, 20 is Inactive, the • If "PTO 2" Current Value indicates “Hardwire
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely control only" and PTO 2 Request circuit is
that the problem is in the PTO 2 Request cir- properly installed and wired, go to Step C.
cuit. Go to Step C.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
vehicle PTO 2 Request message (SPN 3453).
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 12 is Active, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable PTO 2 Request message
(SPN 3453). Go to Step V..
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 13 is Inactive, PTO 2 is
properly configured. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 905 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

540 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 905 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of PTO 2 Request circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 905: PTO 2 Request

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page 678:

PTO 1 + PTO 2
6 14 PTO 2 Request Switch
Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page
693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Force/Hold
Neutral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 541
Fault Code 905 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 905 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 905 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

542 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3456 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 11, 12, 13, 14, 31

Overview FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: PTO 1

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- Engage circuit output current out of range for 5 seconds.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 1
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
Engage commanded, but PTO 1 Confirm message or signal
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
not received.
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM FMI 11 – Root Cause Unknown: TCM has detected an inter-
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer- nal processing error.
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for
PTO operation. FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate PTO 1 con-
sent engagement.
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes-
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected I/O Package
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM calibration file is incompatible with application software
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay version.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
Package to support various vocational features.
I/O Package calibration.
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper-
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a
Package calibration.
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out-
Fallback
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has
All FMIs:
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one • Amber warning lamp on
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit.
• PTO 1 Mode prohibited
PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer- FMI 3: PTO 1 Engage circuit not shorted to power for 10
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 4: PTO 1 Engage circuit not shorted to ground for 10
seconds.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Engage J1939 messages or FMI 5: PTO 1 Engage circuit not open for 10 seconds.
the hardwired PTO 1 Engage circuit output signal. If the
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault FMI 6: PTO 1 Engage circuit output current in range for 10
is set Active. seconds.

FMI 7: PTO 1 Confirm circuit corrected.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1 FMI 11, 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exits.
Engage circuit output signal shorted to power for 5 sec-
onds. FMI 13: Correct I/O Package calibration file is configured in
TCM.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 1
Engage circuit output signal shorted to ground for 5 sec- FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
onds. in TCM.

FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: PTO 1

Engage circuit open for 5 seconds.

543 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 1 Engage Circuit

- Shorted to power, shorted to ground, or open
circuit
FMI 7:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 1 Confirm Circuit

- Open circuit
• Vehicle Components - PTO 1 Confirm and Engage
Circuits
- Switch stuck open
- Relay latch failure
• Vehicle Components - PTO Mechanical
- Failure to engage
FMI 11, 12:

• TCM
- Internal failure
- Software issue
FMI 13, 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

544 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 910 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 910 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 1 configuration with Ser-
A B viceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 910 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "PTO 1" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "PTO 1" Current Value indicates “Disabled”
to Step V.
and PTO 1 circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Active, go to wired, select “Hardwire control only” and fol-
Step B. low on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Inactive, the • If "PTO 1" Current Value indicates “Hardwire
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely control only" and PTO 1 Engage circuit is prop-
that the problem is in the PTO 1 Engage circuit. erly installed and wired, go to Step D.
Go to Step D.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 11, 12 is Active, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 11, 12 is Inactive, go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 13, 14, 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 910 FMI 13, 14, 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 545
Fault Code 910 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify PTO 1 operation and Confirm feed- Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with
C back. D ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine running. 1. Key on with engine off.

2. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to off (if 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
necessary).
3. Go To “Configuration”.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
4. Go To “Data Monitor”
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
5. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
“Transmission PTO”.
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value. OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
Record reading in table. of PTO 1 Engage circuit. Go to Step V.
7. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to on. Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
8. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value. OEM or body builder.
Record reading in table.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the PTO, PTO 1
confirmation switch and/or wiring. Go to Step
D.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

PTO 1 Off

520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

PTO 1 On

520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

546 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 910 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 910: PTO 1 Engage

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 1 on page 674: PTO 1 + Reverse

Output + Neutral (Range) Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 4 on page 677: PTO 1

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page 678: PTO 1 + PTO 2

Input / Output Calibration Package 6 on page 679: PTO 1 + Second-

ary Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 7 on page 680: PTO 1 + Second-

ary Mode + Rock Free
PTO 1 PTO 1
Chassis
Input / Output Calibration Package 8 on page 681: PTO 1 + Reverse 2 Engage Fuse 2
Ground
Output + Rock Free Relay Amp

Input / Output Calibration Package 11 on page 684:PTO 1 + Reverse

Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 18 on page 690: 2 Speed Axle +

PTO 1

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25 on page 692: PTO 1 +

Force/Hold Neutral

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page 693: PTO 1 +

PTO 2 + Force/Hold Neutral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 547
Fault Code 910 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 910 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 910 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

548 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 912: Split Shaft PTO Engage

Fault Code 912: Split Shaft PTO Engage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3458 FMI 3, 4, 5, 14, 31

Overview FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- I/O Package calibration.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
Package calibration.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal
Fallback
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM
All FMIs:
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer-
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for • Amber warning lamp on
PTO operation.
• Split-shaft PTO Mode prohibited
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes-
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM FMI 3: Split-shaft PTO Engage circuit not shorted to power
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay for 10 seconds.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
FMI 4: Split-shaft PTO Engage circuit not shorted to ground
Package to support various vocational features.
for 10 seconds.
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper-
FMI 5: Split-shaft PTO Engage circuit not open for 10 sec-
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a
onds.
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has in TCM.
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one Possible Causes
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. FMI 3, 4, 5:
PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in • Vehicle Harness - Split-shaft PTO Engage Circuit
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground, or open
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
circuit
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 for recom-
mended PTO circuit wiring diagrams. FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
Detection
The TCM monitors the Split-shaft PTO Engage J1939 mes- - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
sages or the hardwired Split-shaft PTO Engage circuit out- TCM
put signal. If the messages or signal are not received or are
invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Split-shaft
PTO Engage circuit output signal shorted to power for 5
seconds.

FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Split-shaft

PTO Engage circuit output signal shorted to ground for 5
seconds.

FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Split-shaft

PTO Engage circuit open for 5 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 549
Fault Code 912 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 912 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Split-shaft PTO configuration with
A B ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 912 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value indicates
to Step V..
“Disabled” and Split-shaft PTO circuit is prop-
• If Fault Code 912 FMI 3, 4, or 5 is Active, go to erly installed and wired, select “Hardwire con-
Step B. trol only” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 912 FMI 3, 4, or 5 is Inactive, the
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely • If "Split-shaft PTO" Current Value indicates
that the problem is in the Split-shaft PTO “Hardwire control only" and Split-shaft PTO
Engage circuit. Go to Step C. Request circuit is properly installed and wired,
go to Step C.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 912 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 912 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

550 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 912 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Split-shaft PTO Engage circuit. Go to Step
V.
Note: Split-shaft PTO and circuit wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 912: SSPTO Engage

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 551
Fault Code 912 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 905 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 905 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

552 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage

Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3457 FMI 3, 4, 5, 7, 14, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 2
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera- Engage circuit output signal shorted to power for 5 sec-
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) onds.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: PTO 2
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM Engage circuit output signal shorted to ground for 5 sec-
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer- onds.
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: PTO 2
PTO operation. Engage circuit open for 5 seconds.
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 2
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a Engage commanded, but PTO 2 Confirm message or signal
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM not received.
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O) FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
Package to support various vocational features. I/O Package calibration.

If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper- FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a Package calibration.
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- Fallback
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has All FMIs:
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one • Amber warning lamp on
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. • PTO 2 Mode prohibited

PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and FMI 3: PTO 2 Engage circuit not shorted to power for 10
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer- seconds.
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams. FMI 4: PTO 2 Engage circuit not shorted to ground for 10
seconds.
Detection
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Engage J1939 messages or FMI 5: PTO 2 Engage circuit not open for 10 seconds.
the hardwired PTO 2 Engage circuit output signal. If the FMI 7: PTO 2 Confirm circuit corrected.
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault
is set Active. FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
in TCM.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 553
Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4, 5:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 2 Engage Circuit

- Shorted to power, shorted to ground, or open
circuit
FMI 7:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 2 Confirm Circuit

- Open circuit
• Vehicle Components - PTO 2 Confirm and Engage
Circuits
- Switch stuck open
- Relay latch failure
• Vehicle Components - PTO Mechanical
- Failure to engage
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

554 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 915 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 915 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 2 configuration with Ser-
A B viceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “PTO”.
• If Fault Code 915 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "PTO 2" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "PTO 2" Current Value indicates “Disabled”
to Step V.
and PTO 2 circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 915 FMI 3, 4, or 5 is Active, go to wired, select “Hardwire control only” and fol-
Step B. low on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 915 FMI 3, 4, or 5 is Inactive, the • If "PTO 2" Current Value indicates “Hardwire
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely control only" and PTO 2 Engage circuit is prop-
that the problem is in the PTO 2 Engage circuit. erly installed and wired, go to Step D.
Go to Step D.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 915 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive,
go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 915 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 915 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 555
Fault Code 915 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify PTO 2 operation and Confirm feed-

C back.

1. Key on with engine running.

2. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to off (if
necessary).
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
4. Go To “Data Monitor”
5. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Transmission PTO”.
6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
Record reading in table.
7. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to on.
8. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
Record reading in table.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, no fault was found.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the PTO, PTO 2
confirmation switch and/or wiring. Go to Step
D.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step D.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

PTO 2 Off

520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

PTO 2 On

520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

556 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 915 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

D ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of PTO 2 Engage circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 915: PTO 2 Engage

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page

3
678: PTO 1 + PTO 2
PTO 2
PTO 2 Fuse Chassis
Engage
Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on 2 Amp Ground
Relay
page 693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Force/Hold Neu-
tral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 557
Fault Code 915 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 915 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 915 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

558 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3460 FMI 3, 7, 9, 13, 14, 19, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: PTO 1
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera- Confirm circuit signal shorted to power for 5 seconds.
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM)
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 1 Con-
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal firm message or signal received but PTO 1 Engage not
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM commanded.
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer- FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 1 Confirm messages
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for not received for 5 seconds.
PTO operation.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 1 Confirm message not
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- available for 5 seconds.
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay I/O Package calibration.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features. FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 1 Confirm
messages invalid for 5 seconds.
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper-
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire Package calibration.
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out-
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has Fallback
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the All FMIs:
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one • Amber warning lamp on
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit.
• PTO 1 Mode prohibited
PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer- FMI 3: PTO 1 Confirm circuit signal not shorted to power
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix for 10 seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 7: PTO 1 Confirm circuit signal not continuously
Detection grounded.
The TCM monitors the PTO 1 Confirm J1939 messages or FMI 9, 13, 19: PTO 1 Confirm messages received and valid
the hardwired PTO 1 Confirm circuit input signal. If the for 10 seconds.
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault
is set Active. FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
in TCM.

559 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 3:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 1 Confirm Circuit

- Shorted to power
FMI 7:

• Vehicle Harness - PTO 1 Confirm Circuit

- Shorted to ground
• Vehicle Components - PTO 1 Confirm Circuit
- Switch stuck open
- Relay latch failure
• Vehicle Components - PTO Mechanical
- Failure to engage
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- PTO 1 Confirm J1939 message not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

560 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 920 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 920 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 1 operation and Confirm feed-
A B back.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to off (if
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity necessary).
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 920 is Inactive and there are
4. Go To “Data Monitor”
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
to Step V. “Transmission PTO”.
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 3 or 7 is Active or Inac- 6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
tive, go to Step B. Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- 7. Select transmission PTO 1 request switch to on.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
8. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
vehicle PTO 1 Confirm message (SPN 3460).
Record reading in table.
Go to Step V..
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable PTO 1 Confirm message (SPN • If readings are in range, no fault was found.
3460). Go to Step V. The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the PTO, PTO 1
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 13 is Inactive, PTO 1 is
confirmation switch and/or wiring. Go to Step
properly configured. Go to Step V.
C.
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Parameter Range Reading(s)
• If Fault Code 920 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V. PTO 1 Off

520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

PTO 1 On

520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 561
Fault Code 920 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of PTO 1 Confirm circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 920: PTO 1 Confirm

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Component(s)

Body Connector
Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 1 on page 674: Neutral Output + PTO 1 + 5 16

Reverse Output on page 674

Input / Output Calibration Package 4 on page 677: PTO 1 5 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page 678: PTO 1 + PTO 2 5 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 6 on page 679: PTO 1 + Secondary Mode 5 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 7 on page 680: PTO 1 + Secondary Mode + 14 16

Rock Free
PTO 1 Confirm
Input / Output Calibration Package 8 on page 681: PTO 1 + Reverse Output + Rock 5 16 Relay
Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 11 on page 684:PTO 1 + Reverse Output 5 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 18 on page 690: 2 Speed Axle + PTO 1 5 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25 on page 692: PTO 1 + Force/Hold Neu- 14 16
tral

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page 693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + 5 16

Force/Hold Neutral

562 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 920 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 920 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 920 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 563
Fault Code 922: Split Shaft PTO Confirm | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 922: Split Shaft PTO Confirm

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3462 FMI 9, 13, 14, 19, 31

Overview FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- Package calibration.
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera-
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) Fallback
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if All FMIs:
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal
• Amber warning lamp on
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer- • Split-shaft PTO Mode prohibited
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for
PTO operation. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 9, 13, 19: Split-shaft PTO Confirm messages received
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- and valid for 10 seconds.
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay in TCM.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features. Possible Causes
FMI 9, 13, 19:
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper-
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire - Split-shaft PTO Confirm J1939 message not
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out- enabled
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer- FMI 14, 31:
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670of the Appendix
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams. • TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
Detection TCM
The TCM monitors the Split-shaft PTO Confirm J1939 mes-
sages or the hardwired Split-shaft PTO Confirm circuit input
signal. If the messages or signal are not received or are
invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Split-shaft PTO Confirm
messages not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Split-shaft PTO Confirm mes-

sage not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Split-shaft PTO

Confirm messages invalid for 5 seconds.

564 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 922 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 922 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Split-shaft PTO operation and Con-
A B firm feedback.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Select transmission Split-shaft PTO request switch
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity to off (if necessary).
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 922 is Inactive and there are
4. Go To “Data Monitor”.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
to Step V. “Transmission PTO”.
• If Fault Code 922 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- 6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the Record reading in table.
vehicle Split-shaft PTO Confirm message (SPN
7. Select transmission Split-shaft PTO request switch
3462). Go to Step V.
to on.
• If Fault Code 922 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
8. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
OEM and enable Split-shaft PTO Confirm mes-
Record reading in table.
sage (SPN 3462). Go to Step V..
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If Fault Code 922 FMI 13 is Inactive, Split-shaft
PTO is properly configured. Go to Step V. • If readings are in range, no fault was found.
The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
• If Fault Code 922 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
likely that the problem is in the PTO,
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Split-shaft PTO confirmation switch and/or
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
wiring. Go to Step C.
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 922 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

Split-shaft PTO Off

520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

Split-shaft PTO On

520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 565
Fault Code 922 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Split-shaft PTO Confirm circuit. Go to Step
V.
Note: Split-shaft PTO and circuit wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 922: SSPTO Confirm

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

566 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 922 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 910 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 910 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 567
Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3461 FMI 7, 9, 13, 14, 19, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

The Endurant XD Transmission incorporates enhanced con- FMI 7 – Mechanical System Not Responding: PTO 2 Con-
trols for Power Take-Off (PTO) operation. When PTO opera- firm message or signal received but PTO 2 Engage not
tion is required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) commanded.
receives a request (Input) for PTO operation, determines if
operating conditions are suitable, and supplies a signal FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: PTO 2 Confirm messages
(Output) to engage the PTO. Once engaged the TCM not received for 5 seconds.
receives a confirmation to complete the operation. Refer- FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: PTO 2 Confirm message not
ence Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for available for 5 seconds.
PTO operation.
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
The TCM can be configured to operate a PTO with mes- I/O Package calibration.
sages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a
PTO switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: PTO 2 Confirm
is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay messages invalid for 5 seconds.
outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output (I/O)
Package to support various vocational features. FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Control Only", PTO oper-
ation messages are exchanged between the TCM and a Fallback
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "Hardwire All FMIs:
Control Only, PTO operation is controlled by Input and Out-
put signals from a hardwired switch circuit. The TCM has • Amber warning lamp on
the functionality to support operation of two PTOs at the • PTO 2 Mode prohibited
same time; one over the Primary Data Link J1939A and one
from a hardwired PTO switch circuit. Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
FMI 7: PTO 2 Confirm circuit signal not continuously
PTO circuit inputs and outputs are connected to the TCM in grounded.
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The PTO and
PTO circuit are installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer- FMI 9, 13, 19: PTO 2 Confirm messages received and valid
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix for 10 seconds.
for recommended PTO circuit wiring diagrams.
FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
Detection in TCM.
The TCM monitors the PTO 2 Confirm J1939 messages or
the hardwired PTO 2 Confirm circuit input signal. If the Possible Causes
messages or signal are not received or are invalid, the fault FMI 7:
is set Active. • Vehicle Harness - PTO 2 Confirm Circuit
- Shorted to ground
• Vehicle Components - PTO 2 Confirm Circuit
- Switch stuck open
- Relay latch failure
• Vehicle Components - PTO Mechanical
- Failure to engage

568 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm

FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- PTO 2 Confirm J1939 message not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 14, 31:

• TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 569
Fault Code 925 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 925 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify PTO 2 operation and Confirm feed-
A B back.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on with engine running.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to off (if
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity necessary).
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 925 is Inactive and there are
4. Go To “Data Monitor”
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
to Step V. “Transmission PTO”.
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 7 is Active or Inactive, 6. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
go to Step B. Record reading in table.
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- 7. Select transmission PTO 2 request switch to on.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
8. Monitor 520536 – PTO Confirmation Voltage value.
vehicle PTO 2 Confirm message (SPN 3461).
Record reading in table.
Go to Step V.
9. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable PTO 2 Confirm message (SPN • If readings are in range, no fault was found.
3461). Go to Step V. The intermittent nature of the fault makes it
likely that the problem is in the PTO, PTO 2
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 13 is Inactive, PTO 2 is
confirmation switch and/or wiring. Go to Step
properly configured. Go to Step V.
C.
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
• If readings are out of range, go to Step C.
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
Parameter Range Reading(s)
• If Fault Code 925 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V. PTO 2 Off

520536 – PTO 4.5–5.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

PTO 2 On

520536 – PTO 0.0–0.5 V

Confirmation
Voltage

570 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 925 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of PTO 2 Confirm circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: PTO and circuit wiring are installed by
OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 925: PTO 2 Confirm

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 5 on page 678:

PTO 1 + PTO 2
4 14 PTO 2 Confirm Relay
Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page
693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Force/Hold Neutral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 571
Fault Code 925 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 925 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 925 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

572 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 950: Neutral Status 1

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3648 FMI 12

Overview
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with
position sensors to monitor shift rail positions and speed
sensors to monitor shaft speeds. The sensor information is
provided to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for the
purpose of making shift decisions, confirming gear engage-
ment, and monitoring shift rail positions.

The TCM is configured to accept Shift Mode request mes-

sages from the vehicle Driver Interface Device over the Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939A). A second Shift Mode request
signal from the vehicle Driver Interface Device is also pro-
vided on a separate circuit.

The TCM compares Shift Mode requests to the shift rail

positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation) to ensure the
transmission is operating properly.

Detection
The TCM monitors Shift Mode request messages and gear
position. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Inappropriate selection of
a non-Neutral Shift Mode when Neutral Shift Mode was
requested.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• Clutch engagement prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.

Possible Causes
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• None

573 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 950 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 950 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 950 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 950 FMI 12 is Active, replace
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 950 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 950 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 950 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

574 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2 | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 960: Neutral Status 2

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6159 FMI 12

Overview
The Endurant XD Series transmissions are equipped with
position sensors to monitor shift rail positions and speed
sensors to monitor shaft speeds. The sensor information is
provided to the Transmission Control Module (TCM) for the
purpose of making shift decisions, confirming gear engage-
ment, and monitoring shift rail positions.

The TCM is configured to accept Shift Mode request mes-

sages from the vehicle Driver Interface Device over the Pri-
mary Data Link (J1939A). A second Shift Mode request
signal from the vehicle Driver Interface Device is also pro-
vided on a separate circuit.

The TCM compares Shift Mode requests to the shift rail

positions and shaft speeds (ratio calculation) to ensure the
transmission is operating properly.

Detection
The TCM monitors Shift Mode request messages and gear
position. If a system failure is detected, the fault is set
Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: Failed to disengage gear
when Neutral Shift Mode was requested.

Fallback
FMI 12:

• Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

• Non-Neutral modes prohibited
• Clutch engagement prohibited
• PTO Mode prohibited

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exist.

Possible Causes
FMI 12:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

Additional Tools
• None

575 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 960 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 960 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 960 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes.Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 960 FMI 12 is Active, replace
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
or duplicate the previous complaint.
Step V.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 960 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V. • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 960 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 960 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

576 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 962: Force Hold Neutral Output | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 962: Force Hold Neutral Output

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7694 FMI 3, 4, 13, 14

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

The Endurant XD transmission incorporates a Force Neutral FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Force
and a Hold Neutral feature that allow the use of a separate Hold Neutral Output circuit signal shorted to power for 5
vehicle switch circuit to place and hold the transmission in seconds.
Neutral while a specific vehicle operation is performed. The
Transmission Control Module (TCM) can be configured to FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Force Hold
enable Force Neutral (Force Neutral - TCM Hardwired) or Neutral Output circuit signal shorted to ground for 5 sec-
Hold Neutral (Hold Neutral - TCM Hardwired) based on the onds.
vehicle's application. FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
When Force Neutral operation is required, the TCM receives Package calibration.
the operator's request (Input) for Force Neutral, determines FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
if operating conditions are suitable, then places the trans- I/O Package calibration.
mission in Neutral regardless of the selected Shift Mode
position. The transmission remains in Force Neutral and Fallback
disallows any operator Shift Mode requests until the opera- FMI 3, 4, 13, 14:
tor removes the Force Neutral request by returning the vehi-
cle switch circuit to the deactivated state and selecting • Amber warning lamp on
Neutral on the Driver Interface Device. Reference Product • No degrade modes
Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for Force Neural
operation. • Force Hold/Neutral Mode may not function

When Hold Neutral operation is required, the TCM receives Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
an integrated vehicle switch circuit signal (Input) and disal- FMI 3: Force Hold Neutral Output circuit not shorted to
lows any operator Shift Mode requests out of Neutral until power for 10 seconds.
the integrated vehicle switch circuit is returned to the deac-
tivated state. If the transmission is in a non-Neutral mode FMI 4: Force Hold Neutral Output circuit not shorted to
(i.e. Drive or Reverse) and Hold Neutral is requested, the ground for 10 seconds.
transmission remains in the currently selected Shift Mode. FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
Reference Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix in TCM.
for Hold Neural operation.

The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control

3 relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output
(I/O) Package to support these vocational features. The
Force Neutral and Hold Neutral circuits are connected to the
TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The
Force Neutral and Hold Neutral circuits are installed by the
OEM or body builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration
on page 670 of the Appendix for recommended Force Neu-
tral and Hold Neutral circuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the hardwired Force Hold Neutral Output
circuit signal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is set
Active.

577 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 962: Force Hold Neutral Output | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4:

• Vehicle Harness - Force Hold Neutral Output Circuit

- Shorted to power, shorted to ground, or open
circuit
FMI 13:

• TCM
- Incorrect I/O package configuration
• Vehicle Harness - Secondary Mode Circuit
- Incorrect wiring to TCM for configured I/O pack-
age circuit type
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 14:

• TCM
- Software issue
- Internal failure

578 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 962 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 962 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Force/Hold Neutral Control config-
A B uration with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Options”.
• If Fault Code 962 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value
to Step V..
indicates “Disabled” and Force Hold Neutral
• If Fault Code 962 FMI 3 or 4 is Active, go to Output switch or signal circuit is properly
Step B. installed and wired, select “Force Neutral -
TCM Hardwired" or "Hold Neutral - TCM Hard-
• If Fault Code 962 FMI 3 or 4 is Inactive, the
wired" and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely
Step V.
that the problem is in the Force Hold Neutral
Output circuit. Go to Step C. • If "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value
indicates “Enabled” and Force Hold Neutral
Note: Force Hold Neutral Output circuit wiring
Output switch circuit is properly installed and
is installed by OEM or body builder.
wired, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 962 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 962 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 579
Fault Code 962 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Force Hold Neutral Output signal circuit. Go
to Step V.
Note: Force Hold Neutral Output signal circuit
wiring is installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 962: Force Hold Neutral Output

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 14 &

15 on page 687: Force/Hold Neutral (FHN)

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 &

25 on page 692: PTO 1 + Force/Hold Neu-
1 17 Force/Hold Neutral Switch
tral

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 &

26 on page 693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 +
Force/Hold Neutral

580 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 962 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 962 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 962 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 581
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 963: Force Hold Neutral Input

Fault Code 963: Force Hold Neutral Input

J1939: SA 3 SPN 7695 FMI 5, 8, 9, 13, 14, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

The Endurant XD transmission incorporates a Force Neutral FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Force Hold
and a Hold Neutral feature that allow the use of a separate Neutral Input circuit open for 5 seconds.
vehicle switch circuit to place and hold the transmission in
Neutral while a specific vehicle operation is performed. The FMI 8 – Abnormal Frequency: Force Hold Neutral Input cir-
Transmission Control Module (TCM) can be configured to cuit signal frequency out of range for 1 second.
enable Force Neutral (Force Neutral - TCM Hardwired) or FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Force Hold Neutral Input
Hold Neutral (Hold Neutral - TCM Hardwired) based on the message not received for 5 seconds.
vehicle's application.
FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Force Hold Neutral Input mes-
When Force Neutral operation is required, the TCM receives sage not available for 5 seconds.
the operator's request (Input) for Force Neutral, determines
if operating conditions are suitable, then places the trans- FMI 14 – Special Instructions: Force Hold Neutral Input cir-
mission in Neutral regardless of the selected Shift Mode cuit type not configured in TCM but circuit is installed or
position. The transmission remains in Force Neutral and J1939 message is received.
disallows any operator Shift Mode requests until the opera-
tor removes the Force Neutral request by returning the vehi- FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Force Hold Neu-
cle switch circuit to the deactivated state and selecting tral Input message invalid for 5 seconds.
Neutral on the Driver Interface Device. Reference Product
Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for Force Neural Fallback
operation. FMI 5, 8, 9, 13, 19:

When Hold Neutral operation is required, the TCM receives • Amber warning lamp on
an integrated vehicle switch circuit signal (Input) and disal- • No degrade modes
lows any operator Shift Mode requests out of Neutral until • Force Hold/Neutral Mode will not function
the integrated vehicle switch circuit is returned to the deac-
tivated state. If the transmission is in a non-Neutral mode FMI 14:
(i.e. Drive or Reverse) and Hold Neutral is requested, the • Amber warning lamp on
transmission remains in the currently selected Shift Mode.
Reference Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix - Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited
for Hold Neural operation. - Urge to Move and Creep Mode prohibited

The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control - Inertia Brake activation prohibited
3 relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output - Upshifts prohibited
(I/O) Package to support these vocational features. The - Clutch engagements prohibited
Force Neutral and Hold Neutral circuits are connected to the
TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The - Non-Neutral modes prohibited
Force Neutral and Hold Neutral circuits are installed by the - PTO Mode prohibited
OEM or body builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration
on page 670 of the Appendix for recommended Force Neu-
tral and Hold Neutral circuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the hardwired Force Hold Neutral Input
circuit signal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is set
Active.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 582
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 963: Force Hold Neutral Input

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

FMI 5, 8, 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.

FMI 9, 13, 19: Force Hold Neutral Input messages received

and valid for 10 seconds.

Possible Causes
FMI 5:

• Vehicle Harness - Force Hold Neutral Input Circuit

- Open circuit
FMI 8:

• Vehicle Harness - Force Hold Neutral Input Circuit

- Shorted to power, shorted to ground, or open
circuit
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)

- Force Hold Neutral Input J1939 message not
enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
• Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
cuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
FMI 14:

• TCM
- Not configured for Force Hold Neutral Input cir-
cuit type installed

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 583
Fault Code 963 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 963 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Force/Hold Neutral Control config-
A B uration with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Options”.
• If Fault Code 963 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value
to Step V.
indicates “Disabled” and Force Hold Neutral
• If Fault Code 963 FMI 5, 8 or 14 is Active, go to Input switch or signal circuit is properly
Step B. installed and wired, select “Force Neutral -
TCM Hardwired" or "Hold Neutral - TCM Hard-
• If Fault Code 963 FMI 5, 8 or 14 is Inactive, the
wired" and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely
Step V.
that the problem is in the Force Hold Neutral
Input circuit. Go to Step C. • If "Force/Hold Neutral Control" Current Value
indicates “Enabled” and Force Hold Neutral
Note: Force Hold Neutral Input circuit wiring is
Input circuit is properly installed and wired, go
installed by OEM or body builder
to Step C.
• If Fault Code 963 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
vehicle Force Hold Neutral Input message
(SPN 7695). Go to Step V..
• If Fault Code 963 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
OEM and enable Force Hold Neutral Input mes-
sage (SPN 7695). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 963 FMI 13 is Inactive, Force
Hold Neutral Input is properly configured. Go
to Step V.

584 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 963 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Force Hold Neutral Output signal circuit. Go
to Step V.
Note: Force Hold Neutral Output signal circuit
wiring is installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 963: Force Hold Neutral Input

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 14 & 15 on page 5 17

687: Force/Hold Neutral (FHN)

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25 on page 5 17

Force/Hold Neutral Switch
692: PTO 1 + Force/Hold Neutral

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26 on page 14 17

693: PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Force/Hold Neutral

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 585
Fault Code 963 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 963 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 963 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

586 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 970: Neutral Output | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 970: Neutral Output

J1939: SA 3 SPN 604 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 14, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is configurable to FMI 3: Neutral Output circuit not shorted to power for 10
provide a Neutral Output signal to other circuits or devices seconds.
on the vehicle for an application specific vehicle operation.
When Neutral is selected on the Driver Interface Device and FMI 4: Neutral Output circuit not shorted to ground for 10
is confirmed from transmission rail position and speed sen- seconds.
sors the TCM will provide a 12-volt hardwired output signal FMI 5: Neutral Output circuit not open for 10 seconds.
to an application specific vehicle circuit or device.
FMI 6: Neutral Output circuit current in range for 10 sec-
The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control onds.
3 relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output
(I/O) Package to support this vocational feature. The Neu- FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exits.
tral Output circuit is connected to the TCM in the 20-Way
TCM Body Harness Connector. The Neutral Output circuit is FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
installed by the OEM or body builder. Reference Input / Out- in TCM.
put Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix for recom-
mended Neutral Output circuit wiring diagrams. Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6:
Detection • Vehicle Neutral Output device
The TCM monitors the hardwired Neutral Output circuit sig-
nal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is set Active. • Vehicle Neutral Output wiring
- Neutral Output is configured “Enabled” in the
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active TCM but wiring is not installed.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Neutral - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Output circuit signal shorted to power for 5 seconds. open.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Neutral FMI 12:
Output circuit signal shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
• TCM
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Neutral - Software issue
Output circuit open for 5 seconds.
- Internal failure
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: Neu- FMI 14, 31:
tral Output circuit current out of range for 5 seconds.
• TCM
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
internal processing error. - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
I/O Package calibration.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O

Package calibration.

Fallback
All FMIs:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Devices requiring Neutral Output signal may not
function

587 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 970 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 970 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Neutral Output Signal configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Options”.
• If Fault Code 970 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record the “Neutral Output Signal” Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Neutral Output Signal" Current Value indi-
to Step V.
cates “Disabled” and Neutral Output signal cir-
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Active, go to cuit is properly installed and wired, select
Step B. “Enabled" and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Inactive, the
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely • If "Neutral Output Signal" Current Value indi-
that the problem is in the Neutral Output cir- cates “Enabled” and Neutral Output signal cir-
cuit. Go to Step C. cuit is properly installed and wired, go to Step
C.
Note: Neutral Output circuit and wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 12 is Active, replace
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 970 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

588 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 970 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Neutral Output signal circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Neutral Output circuit and wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 970: Neutral Output

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 1 on page 674:

PTO 1 + Reverse 3
Neutral
Output + Neutral (Range) Output Neutral
Output Chassis
Output
Fuse 2 Ground
Input / Output Calibration Package 24 & 27 on page Relay
Amp
694: Force/Hold Neutral + Reverse Output + Neutral
(Range) Output

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 589
Fault Code 970 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 970 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 970 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

590 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 975: Reverse Output

Fault Code 975: Reverse Output

J1939: SA 3 SPN 767 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 14, 31

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is configurable to FMI 3: Reverse Output circuit not shorted to power for 10
provide a Reverse Output signal to other circuits or devices seconds.
on the vehicle for an application specific vehicle operation.
When Reverse is selected on the Driver Interface Device FMI 4: Reverse Output circuit not shorted to ground for 10
and is confirmed from transmission rail position and speed seconds.
sensors the TCM will provide a 12-volt hardwired output FMI 5: Reverse Output circuit not open for 10 seconds.
signal to an application specific vehicle circuit or device.
FMI 6: Reverse Output circuit current in range for 10 sec-
The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control onds.
3 relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output
(I/O) Package to support this vocational feature. The FMI 12: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exits.
Reverse Output circuit is connected to the TCM in the
20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The Reverse Output FMI 14, 31: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
circuit is installed by the OEM or body builder. Reference in TCM.
Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix for
recommended Reverse Output circuit wiring diagrams. Possible Causes
FMI 3, 4, 5, 6:
Detection • Vehicle Reverse Output device
The TCM monitors the hardwired Reverse Output circuit
signal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is set Active. • Vehicle Reverse Output wiring
- Reverse Output is configured “Enabled” in the
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active TCM but wiring is not installed.
FMI 3 – Voltage Above Normal or Shorted High: Reverse - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Output circuit signal shorted to power for 5 seconds. open.
FMI 4 – Voltage Below Normal or Shorted Low: Reverse FMI 12:
Output circuit signal shorted to ground for 5 seconds.
• TCM
FMI 5 – Current Below Normal or Open Circuit: Reverse - Software issue
Output circuit open for 5 seconds.
- Internal failure
FMI 6 – Current Above Normal or Grounded Circuit: FMI 14, 31:
Reverse Output circuit current out of range for 5 seconds.
• TCM
FMI 12 – Bad Intelligent Device: TCM has detected an
internal processing error. - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
TCM
FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid
I/O Package calibration.

FMI 31 – Condition Exists: The TCM detected invalid I/O

Package calibration.

Fallback
All FMIs:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Devices requiring Reverse Output signal may not
function

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 591
Fault Code 975: Reverse Output | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

592 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 975 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 975 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Reverse Output Signal configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Allow TCM to perform a complete power down.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Key on with engine off.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 975 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Go to “Configuration”.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
6. Select “Options”.
to Step V.
7. Record the “Reverse Output Signal” Current Value.
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Active, go to
Step B. • If "Reverse Output Signal" Current Value indi-
cates “Disabled” and Reverse Output signal
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 3, 4, 5, 6 is Inactive, the
circuit is properly installed and wired, select
intermittent nature of the fault makes it likely
“Enabled" and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
that the problem is in the Reverse Output cir-
Step V.
cuit. Go to Step C.
• If "Reverse Output Signal" Current Value indi-
Note: Reverse Output circuit and wiring are
cates “Enabled” and Reverse Output signal cir-
installed by OEM or body builder.
cuit is properly installed and wired, go to Step
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 12 is Active replace, C.
Transmission Control Module (TCM). Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 12 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 14 or 31 is Active, con-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 975 FMI 14 or 31 is Inactive, go
to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 593
Fault Code 975 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table.Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Reverse Output signal circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Reverse Output circuit and wiring are
installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 975: Reverse Output

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 1 on page 674: 1

PTO 1 + Reverse Output + Neutral (Range) Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 8 on page 681: 1

PTO 1 + Reverse Output + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 10 on page 1 Reverse

Reverse
683: Reverse Output Output Chassis
Output
Fuse 2 Ground
Relay
Input / Output Calibration Package 11 on page 1 Amp
684:PTO 1 + Reverse Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 24 & 27 on 2

page 694: Force/Hold Neutral + Reverse Output +
Neutral (Range)
Output

594 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 975 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 975 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 975 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 595
Fault Code 977: Alternate Shift Schedule Selector | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 977: Alternate Shift Schedule Selector

J1939: SA 3 SPN 6160 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD transmission incorporates Secondary FMI 13, 14, 20:
Mode feature that allows the driver to change system
behavior affecting shift strategy, launch or maneuvering • Amber warning lamp on
characteristics, and ON/OFF road behaviors. The Transmis- • No degraded modes
sion Control Module (TCM) receives a request (Input) to • Secondary Mode switch inoperative
activate Secondary Mode, determines if conditions are suit-
able, implements the change, and supplies a signal (Output) Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
notification. Reference Product Functions on page 720 of FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
the Appendix for Secondary Mode operation. in TCM.
The TCM can be configured to switch to Secondary Mode FM 20: Secondary Mode circuit input signal in range for 10
with messages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A seconds.
or from a switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The
TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 Possible Causes
relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output FMI 13, 14:
(I/O) Package to support various vocational features.
• TCM
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Message" Secondary
Mode control messages are exchanged between the TCM - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
and an OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to " TCM TCM
Hardwired Switch", Secondary Mode operation is controlled FMI 20:
by Input and Output signals from a hardwired switch cir-
cuit. • Vehicle Harness - Secondary Mode Circuit
- Shorted to power
Secondary Mode circuit inputs and outputs are connected
to the TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. Additional Tools
The Secondary Mode circuit is installed by the OEM or body
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of • None
the Appendix for recommended Secondary Mode circuit
wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the transmission Secondary Mode hard-
wired circuit input signal. If the signal is out of range, the
fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Secondary Mode circuit input

signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.

596 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 977 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 977 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Secondary Configuration Switch
A B configuration with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Secondary Config”.
• If Fault Code 977 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Secondary Configuration Switch" Current
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go Value.
to Step V.
• If "Secondary Configuration Switch" Current
• If Fault Code 977 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- Value indicates “Not Configured” and Second-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission ary Mode switch circuit is properly installed
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further and wired, select “TCM Hardwired Switch” and
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. follow on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 977 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go • If "Secondary Configuration Switch" Current
to Step V. Value indicates “TCM Hardwired Switch" and
Secondary Mode switch circuit is properly
• If Fault Code 977 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
installed and wired, go to Step C.
B.
• If Fault Code 977 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter-
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Secondary Mode circuit.
Go to Step C.
Note: Secondary Mode circuit wiring is
installed by OEM or body builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 597
Fault Code 977 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM for repair or replacement of Secondary
Mode switch circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Secondary Mode switch circuit wiring is
installed by the OEM.

Fault Code 977: Alternate Shift Schedule Selector (Secondary Mode, A/B)

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration 1 4 14

Package 1 on page 674: PTO
1 + Reverse Output + Neutral
(Range) Output

Input / Output Calibration 1 4 5

Package 6 on page 679: PTO
1 + Secondary Mode

Input / Output Calibration 1 4 5 Secondary

Secondary
Package 7 on page 680: PTO Mode Secondary Chassis
Mode Fuse 2
1 + Secondary Mode + Rock Momentary Mode Relay Ground
Amp
Free Switch

Input / Output Calibration 1 4 14

Package 8 on page 681: PTO
1 + Reverse Output + Rock
Free

Input / Output Calibration 1 14 15

Package 11 on page 684:PTO
1 + Reverse Output

598 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 977 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 977 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 977 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 599
Fault Code 980: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 980: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3957 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro Transmission can be combined with a FMI 13, 14, 20:
2, 3, or 4-speed auxiliary transmission for additional gear
ratio coverage. When auxiliary transmission operation is • Amber warning lamp on
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a • No degraded modes
gear engagement signal (Input) then adjusts the transmis- • Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator inopera-
sion shift strategy and launch characteristics for the new tive
auxiliary transmission gear ratio. Reference Product Func-
tions on page 720 of the Appendix for Auxiliary Transmis- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
sion operation. FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2, 3, or in TCM.
4-speed auxiliary transmission with messages over the FMI 20: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator circuit
vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a switch circuit input signal in range for 10 seconds.
hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM is equipped to
receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can Possible Causes
be configured in an Input/Output (I/O) Package to support FMI 13, 14:
various vocational features.
• TCM
If the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans...
-J1939”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement mes- - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
sages are provided to the TCM by an OEM vehicle ECU. If TCM
the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... - FMI 20:
TCM Hardwired”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement
notification signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a • Vehicle Harness - Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply
hardwired switch circuit. Actuator Circuit
- Shorted to power
The auxiliary transmission circuit input is connected to the
TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The aux- Additional Tools
iliary transmission circuit is installed by the OEM or body
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of • None
the Appendix for recommended Auxiliary Transmission cir-
cuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply
Actuator hardwired circuit input signal. If the signal is out of
range, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Auxiliary Trans Constant Sup-

ply Actuator circuit input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V)
for 5 seconds.

600 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 980 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 980 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Multi-Speed Driveline Configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 980 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go rent Value.
to Step V.
• If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
• If Fault Code 980 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- rent Value indicates "Not Installed" and Auxil-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission iary Trans Constant Supply Actuator switch
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further circuit is properly installed and wired, select
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. the appropriate "- TCM Hardwired" option and
follow on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 980 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V. • If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
rent Value indicates a " - TCM Hardwired"
• If Fault Code 980 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
option and Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply
B.
Actuator switch circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 980 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter- wired, go to Step C.
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Auxiliary Trans Constant
Supply Actuator circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actua-
tor circuit wiring is installed by OEM or body
builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 601
Fault Code 980 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator
switch circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator
switch circuit wiring is installed by the OEM.

602 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 980 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 980: Auxiliary Trans Constant Supply Actuator

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 3 on page 676: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 12 on page 685: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans

Input / Output Calibration Package 13 on page 686: 5 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 32 on page 698: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 38 on page 703: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD,
D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 39 on page 704: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 40 on page 705: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Secondary Shift Mode Aux Trans Vehicle
Normally Open
Controls High
Pressure Switch
Input / Output Calibration Package 41 on page 706: 14 15 16 Range Air Line
3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free + Secondary
Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 42 on page 707: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Over-
drive (UD, N, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 43 on page 708: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, N, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 44 on page 709: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive
(L, UD, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 45 on page 710: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - (L, UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 46 on page 711: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct,
Overdrive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 603
Fault Code 980 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 980 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 980 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

604 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 981: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 981: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3958 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro Transmission can be combined with a FMI 13, 14, 20:
2, 3, or 4-speed auxiliary transmission for additional gear
ratio coverage. When auxiliary transmission operation is • Amber warning lamp on
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a • No degraded modes
gear engagement signal (Input) then adjusts the transmis- • Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator inoperative
sion shift strategy and launch characteristics for the new
auxiliary transmission gear ratio. Reference Product Func- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions on page 720 of the Appendix for Auxiliary Transmis- FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
sion operation. in TCM.
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2, 3, or FMI 20: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator circuit input
4-speed auxiliary transmission with messages over the signal in range for 10 seconds.
vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a switch circuit
hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM is equipped to Possible Causes
receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can FMI 13, 14:
be configured in an Input/Output (I/O) Package to support
various vocational features. • TCM

If the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
-J1939”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement mes- TCM
sages are provided to the TCM by an OEM vehicle ECU. If FMI 20:
the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... -
TCM Hardwired”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement • Vehicle Harness - Auxiliary Trans High Range Actu-
notification signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a ator Circuit
hardwired switch circuit. - Shorted to power

The auxiliary transmission circuit input is connected to the Additional Tools

TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The aux-
iliary transmission circuit is installed by the OEM or body • None
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of
the Appendix for recommended Auxiliary Transmission cir-
cuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator
hardwired circuit input signal. If the signal is out of range,
the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Auxiliary Trans High Range

Actuator circuit input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for
5 seconds.

605 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 981 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 981 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Multi-Speed Driveline Configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 981 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go rent Value.
to Step V.
• If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
• If Fault Code 981 FMI 13 or 14 is Active,con- rent Value indicates "Not Installed" and Auxil-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission iary Trans High Range Actuator switch circuit
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further is properly installed and wired, select the
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.. appropriate "- TCM Hardwired" option and fol-
low on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 981 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V. • If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
rent Value indicates a " - TCM Hardwired"
• If Fault Code 981 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
option and Auxiliary Trans High Range Actua-
B.
tor switch circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 981 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter- wired, go to Step C.
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Auxiliary Trans High
Range Actuator circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator cir-
cuit wiring is installed by OEM or body builder.

606 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 981 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Refer to
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator switch
circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator
switch circuit wiring is installed by the OEM or
body builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 607
Fault Code 981 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 981: Auxiliary Trans High Range Actuator

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 3 on page 676: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 12 on page 685: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans

Input / Output Calibration Package 13 on page 686: 5 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 32 on page 698: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 38 on page 703: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD,
D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 39 on page 704: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 40 on page 705: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Secondary Shift Mode Aux Trans Vehicle
Normally Open
Controls High
Pressure Switch
Input / Output Calibration Package 41 on page 706: 14 15 16 Range Air Line
3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free + Secondary
Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 42 on page 707: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Over-
drive (UD, N, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 43 on page 708: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, N, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 44 on page 709: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive
(L, UD, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 45 on page 710: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - (L, UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 46 on page 711: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct,
Overdrive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

608 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 981 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 981 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 981 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 609
Fault Code 982: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 982: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3959 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro Transmission can be combined with a FMI 13, 14, 20:
2, 3, or 4-speed auxiliary transmission for additional gear
ratio coverage. When auxiliary transmission operation is • Amber warning lamp on
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a • No degraded modes
gear engagement signal (Input) then adjusts the transmis- • Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator inoperative
sion shift strategy and launch characteristics for the new
auxiliary transmission gear ratio. Reference Product Func- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions on page 720 of the Appendix for Auxiliary Transmis- FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
sion operation. in TCM.
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2, 3, or FMI 20: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator circuit input
4-speed auxiliary transmission with messages over the signal in range for 10 seconds.
vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a switch circuit
hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM is equipped to Possible Causes
receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can FMI 13, 14:
be configured in an Input/Output (I/O) Package to support
various vocational features. • TCM

If the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
-J1939”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement mes- TCM
sages are provided to the TCM by an OEM vehicle ECU. If FMI 20:
the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... -
TCM Hardwired”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement • Vehicle Harness - Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range
notification signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a Actuator Circuit
hardwired switch circuit. - Shorted to power

The auxiliary transmission circuit input is connected to the Additional Tools

TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The aux-
iliary transmission circuit is installed by the OEM or body • None
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of
the Appendix for recommended Auxiliary Transmission cir-
cuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actua-
tor hardwired circuit input signal. If the signal is out of
range, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range

Actuator circuit input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for
5 seconds.

610 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 982 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 982 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Multi-Speed Driveline Configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 982 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go rent Value.
to Step V.
• If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
• If Fault Code 982 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- rent Value indicates "Not Installed" and Auxil-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission iary Trans Neutral Range Actuator switch
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further circuit is properly installed and wired, select
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. the appropriate "- TCM Hardwired" option and
follow on-screen prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 982 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V. • If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
rent Value indicates a " - TCM Hardwired"
• If Fault Code 982 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
option and Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actu-
B.
ator switch circuit is properly installed and
• If Fault Code 982 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter- wired, go to Step C.
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Auxiliary Trans Neutral
Range Actuator circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator
circuit wiring is installed by OEM or body
builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 611
Fault Code 982 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Refer to
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator
switch circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator
switch circuit wiring is installed by the OEM or
body builder.

612 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 982 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 982: Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 3 on page 676: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 12 on page 685: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans

Input / Output Calibration Package 13 on page 686: 5 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 32 on page 698: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 38 on page 703: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD,
D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 39 on page 704: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 40 on page 705: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Secondary Shift Mode Aux Trans Vehicle
Normally Open
Controls High
Pressure Switch
Input / Output Calibration Package 41 on page 706: 14 15 16 Range Air Line
3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free + Secondary
Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 42 on page 707: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Over-
drive (UD, N, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 43 on page 708: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, N, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 44 on page 709: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive
(L, UD, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 45 on page 710: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - (L, UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 46 on page 711: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct,
Overdrive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 613
Fault Code 982 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 982 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 982 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

614 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 983: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 983: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 3960 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro Transmission can be combined with a FMI 13, 14, 20:
2, 3, or 4-speed auxiliary transmission for additional gear
ratio coverage. When auxiliary transmission operation is • Amber warning lamp on
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a • No degraded modes
gear engagement signal (Input) then adjusts the transmis- • Auxiliary Trans Range Switch inoperative
sion shift strategy and launch characteristics for the new
auxiliary transmission gear ratio. Reference Product Func- Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
tions on page 720 of the Appendix for Auxiliary Transmis- FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
sion operation. in TCM.
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2, 3, or FMI 20: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch circuit input signal in
4-speed auxiliary transmission with messages over the range for 10 seconds.
vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or from a switch circuit
hardwired directly to the TCM. The TCM is equipped to Possible Causes
receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can FMI 13, 14:
be configured in an Input/Output (I/O) Package to support
various vocational features. • TCM

If the TCM is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... - - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
J1939”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement messages TCM
are provided to the TCM by an OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM FMI 20:
is configured to “2, 3, or 4-Speed Aux Trans... - TCM Hard-
wired”, auxiliary transmission gear engagement notification • Vehicle Harness - Auxiliary Trans Range Switch Cir-
signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a hardwired cuit
switch circuit. - Shorted to power

The auxiliary transmission circuit input is connected to the Additional Tools

TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The aux-
iliary transmission circuit is installed by the OEM or body • None
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of
the Appendix for recommended Auxiliary Transmission cir-
cuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Auxiliary Trans Range Switch hard-
wired circuit input signal. If the signal is out of range, the
fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch

circuit input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 sec-
onds.

615 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Fault Code 983 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 983 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Hardwire controlled Multi-Speed
A B Driveline Configuration with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 983 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go rent Value.
to Step V.
• If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
• If Fault Code 983 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- rent Value indicates "Not Installed" and Auxil-
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission iary Trans Range Switch circuit is properly
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further installed and wired, select the appropriate "-
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.. TCM Hardwired" option and follow on-screen
prompts. Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 983 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V.. • If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
rent Value indicates a " - TCM Hardwired"
• If Fault Code 983 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
option and Auxiliary Trans Range Switch cir-
B.
cuit is properly installed and wired, go to Step
• If Fault Code 983 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter- C.
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Auxiliary Trans Range
Switch circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch circuit wir-
ing is installed by OEM or body builder.

616 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 983 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Auxiliary Trans Neutral Range Actuator
switch circuit. Go to Step V.
Note: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch circuit wir-
ing is installed by the OEM or body builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 617
Fault Code 983 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 983: Auxiliary Trans Range Switch

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 3 on page 676: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 12 on page 685: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans

Input / Output Calibration Package 13 on page 686: 5 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 32 on page 698: 14 15

2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output

Input / Output Calibration Package 38 on page 703: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD,
D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 39 on page 704: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 40 on page 705: 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Secondary Shift Mode Aux Trans Vehicle
Normally Open
Controls High
Pressure Switch
Input / Output Calibration Package 41 on page 706: 14 15 16 Range Air Line
3-Speed Aux Trans (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free + Secondary
Shift Mode

Input / Output Calibration Package 42 on page 707: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Over-
drive (UD, N, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 43 on page 708: 4 14 15 16

3-Speed Aux Trans - (UD, N, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 44 on page 709: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive
(L, UD, D, OD)

Input / Output Calibration Package 45 on page 710: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - (L, UD, D, OD) + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Package 46 on page 711: 4 14 15 16

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct,
Overdrive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

618 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 983 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 983 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 983 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 619
Fault Code 984: Auxiliary Trans Selected Gear | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 984: Auxiliary Trans Selected Gear

J1939: SA 3 SPN 15202 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Transmission can be combined with a FMI 9, 13, 19:
2-speed auxiliary transmission for additional gear ratio cov-
erage. When auxiliary transmission operation is required • Amber warning lamp on
the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a gear • No degraded modes
engagement signal (Input) then adjusts the transmission • Auxiliary Trans Selected Gear inoperative
shift strategy and launch characteristics for the new auxil-
iary transmission gear ratio. Reference Product Functions Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
on page 720 of the Appendix for Auxiliary Transmission FMI 9, 13, 19: Auxiliary Transmission Selected Gear mes-
operation. sages received and valid for 1 second.
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2-speed
auxiliary transmission with messages over the vehicle Pri- Possible Causes
mary Data Link J1939A or from a switch circuit hardwired FMI 9, 13, 19:
directly to the TCM. The TCM is equipped to receive 4 • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can be con-
figured in an Input/Output (I/O) Package to support various - Auxiliary Transmission Selected Gear message
vocational features. not enabled
- Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Aux Trans - (Low, (N),
Direct) - J1939", auxiliary transmission gear engagement • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
messages are provided to the TCM by an OEM vehicle ECU. - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Aux Trans - (Low, (N), cuit
Direct) - TCM Hardwired", auxiliary transmission gear - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
engagement notification signal (Input) is provided to the
TCM from a hardwired switch circuit. Additional Tools
The auxiliary transmission circuit input is connected to the • None
TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The aux-
iliary transmission circuit is installed by the OEM or body
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of
the Appendix for recommended Auxiliary Transmission cir-
cuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors Auxiliary Transmission Selected Gear
messages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the
fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Auxiliary Transmission
Selected Gear messages not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Auxiliary Transmission

Selected Gear message not available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Auxiliary Trans-

mission Selected Gear messages invalid for 5 seconds.

620 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 984 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 984 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 984 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 984 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Auxiliary Transmission Selected Gear
message (SPN 15202). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 984 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable Auxiliary Transmission erly, test complete.
Selected Gear message (SPN 15202). Go to
• If Fault Code 981 sets Active, go to Step A.
Step V.
• If a fault code other than 981 sets Active, trou-
• If Fault Code 984 FMI 13 is Inactive, Auxiliary
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
Transmission Selected Gear is properly config-
dure Index on page 13.
ured. Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 621
Fault Code 985: Two Speed Axle Message | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 985: Two Speed Axle Message

J1939: SA 3 SPN 69 FMI 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Endurant XD Transmission can be combined with a FMI 13, 19: Two Speed Axle messages received and valid
2-speed axle for additional gear ratio coverage. When for 10 seconds.
2-speed axle operation is required the Transmission Control
Module (TCM) receives an axle gear engagement signal Possible Causes
(Input) then adjusts the transmission shift strategy and FMI 13, 19:
launch characteristics for the new axle gear ratio. Reference
Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for 2-speed • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
axle operation. - Two Speed Axle message not enabled

The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2-speed - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
axle with messages over the vehicle Primary Data Link • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
J1939A or from a switch circuit hardwired directly to the - Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
TCM. The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and cuit
control 3 relay outputs that can be configured in an
Input/Output (I/O) Package to support various vocational - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
features.

If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Axle - J1939", axle

gear engagement messages are provided to the TCM by an
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Axle
- TCM Hardwired", an axle gear engagement notification
signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a hardwired
switch circuit.

The 2-speed axle circuit input is connected to the TCM in

the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The 2-speed
axle circuit is installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for recommended 2-speed axle circuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors Two Speed Axle messages. If messages
are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Two Speed Axle message not
available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Two Speed Axle

messages invalid for 5 seconds.

Fallback
FMI 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• No degraded modes
• 2-Speed Axle operation may not function

622 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 985 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 985 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 985 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 985 FMI 19 is Active or Inactive,
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the vehi-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
cle Two Speed Axle Message (SPN 69). Go to
Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 985 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable Two Speed Axle Message erly, test complete.
(SPN 69). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 985 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 985 FMI 13 is Inactive, Two
• If a fault code other than 985 sets Active, trou-
Speed Axle Message is properly configured.
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
Go to Step V..
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 623
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 986: Two Speed Axle Switch

Fault Code 986: Two Speed Axle Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 4056 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Transmission can be combined with a All FMIs:
2-speed axle for additional gear ratio coverage. When
2-speed axle operation is required the Transmission Control • Amber warning lamp on
Module (TCM) receives an axle gear engagement signal • No degraded modes
(Input) then adjusts the transmission shift strategy and • 2-Speed Axle operation may not function
launch characteristics for the new axle gear ratio. Reference
Product Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for 2-speed Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
axle operation. FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
The TCM can be configured for operation with a 2-speed in TCM.
axle with messages over the vehicle Primary Data Link FMI 20: Two Speed Axle Switch circuit input signal in range
J1939A or from a switch circuit hardwired directly to the for 10 seconds.
TCM. The TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and
control 3 relay outputs that can be configured in an Possible Causes
Input/Output (I/O) Package to support various vocational FMI 13, 14:
features.
• TCM
If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Axle - J1939", axle
gear engagement messages are provided to the TCM by an - Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to "2-Speed Axle TCM
- TCM Hardwired", an axle gear engagement notification FMI 20:
signal (Input) is provided to the TCM from a hardwired
switch circuit. • Vehicle Harness - Two Speed Axle Switch Circuit
- Shorted to power
The 2-speed axle circuit input is connected to the TCM in
the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The 2-speed
axle circuit is installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for recommended 2-speed axle circuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Two Speed Axle Switch hardwired
circuit input signal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is
set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Two Speed Axle Switch circuit

input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 624
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 986 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 986 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Multi-Speed Driveline Configura-
A B tion with ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Vehicle”.
• If Fault Code 986 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go rent Value.
to Step V.
• If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
• If Fault Code 986 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- rent Value indicates "Not Installed" and Two
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Speed Axle Switch circuit is properly installed
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further and wired, select "2-Speed Axle - TCM Hard-
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V. wired" option and follow on-screen prompts.
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 986 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go
to Step V. • If "Multi-Speed Driveline Configuration" Cur-
rent Value indicates a "2-Speed Axle - TCM
• If Fault Code 986 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
Hardwired" option and Two Speed Axle Switch
B.
circuit is properly installed and wired, go to
• If Fault Code 986 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter- Step C.
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Two Speed Axle Switch
circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Two Speed Axle Switch circuit wiring is
installed by OEM or body builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 625
Fault Code 986 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Two Speed Axle Switch signal circuit. Go to
Step V.
Note: Two Speed Axle Switch signal circuit
wiring is installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 986: Two Speed Axle Switch

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Package 16 5 6

on page 688: 2-Speed Axle

Input / Output Calibration Package 17 5 6

on page 689: 2-Speed Axle + Rock Free
2-Speed Vehicle
Normally Open
Controls High
Input / Output Calibration Package 18 6 14 Pressure Switch
Range Air Line
on page 690: 2-Speed Axle + PTO 1

Input / Output Calibration Package 19 5

on page 691: 2-Speed Axle + Secondary 6
Mode

626 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 986 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 986 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 986 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 627
Fault Code 987: Rock Free Mode Switch | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 987: Rock Free Mode Switch

J1939: SA 3 SPN 12939 FMI 13, 14, 20

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro transmission incorporates a Rock FMI 13, 14, 20:
Free Mode feature that allows the driver to perform a vehi-
cle “rocking” maneuver by applying and releasing the accel- • Amber warning lamp on
erator pedal. This maneuver is useful in situations where • No degraded modes
the vehicle's wheels are stuck in terrain depressions that • Rock Free Mode will not function
are preventing vehicle progress. When Rock Free Mode is
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
request (Input) for Rock Free Mode operation, determines if FMI 13, 14: Valid I/O Package calibration file is configured
operating conditions are suitable, implements the change, in TCM.
and supplies a signal (Output) notification. Reference Prod-
uct Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for Rock Free FMI 14: Key cycle and fault condition no longer exists.
Mode operation.
FMI 20: Rock Free Mode Switch circuit input signal in range
The TCM can be configured to activate Rock Free Mode with for 10 seconds.
messages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or
from a switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The Possible Causes
TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 FMI 13, 14:
relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output
(I/O) Package to support various vocational features. • TCM
- Invalid I/O Package calibration file configured in
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Message" Rock Free TCM
Mode operation messages are exchanged between the TCM
and a OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to " TCM FMI 20:
Hardwired Switch", Rock Free Mode operation is controlled • Vehicle Harness - Rock Free Mode Switch Circuit
by Input and Output signals from a hardwired switch cir-
cuit. - Shorted to power

The Rock Free Mode circuit is connected to the TCM in the

20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The Rock Free
Mode circuit is installed by the OEM or body builder. Refer-
ence Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of the Appendix
for recommended Rock Free Mode circuit wiring diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors the Rock Free Mode Switch hardwired
circuit input signal. If the signal is out of range, the fault is
set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: The TCM detected invalid I/O
Package calibration.

FMI 14 – Special Instructions: The TCM detected invalid

I/O Package calibration.

FMI 20 – Data Drifted High: Rock Free Mode Switch circuit

input signal out of range (4.00–5.25 V) for 5 seconds.

628 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 987 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 987 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Rock Free Mode configuration with
A B ServiceRanger.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key on.

2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Connect ServiceRanger.
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity
3. Go To “Configuration”.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
4. Select “Options”.
• If Fault Code 987 is Inactive and there are
other Active vehicle or transmission fault 5. Record "Rock-Free Mode" Current Value.
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go
• If "Rock-Free Mode" Current Value indicates
to Step V.
“Disabled” and Rock Free Mode Switch circuit
• If Fault Code 987 FMI 13 or 14 is Active, con- is properly installed and wired, select “TCM
tact Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Hardwired Switch" and follow on-screen
Technologies at +1-800-826-4357 for further prompts. Go to Step V.
diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.
• If "Rock-Free Mode" Current Value indicates
• If Fault Code 987 FMI 13 or 14 is Inactive, go “TCM Hardwired Switch” and Rock Free Mode
to Step V. Switch circuit is properly installed and wired,
go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 987 FMI 20 is Active, go to Step
B.
• If Fault Code 987 FMI 20 is Inactive, the inter-
mittent nature of the fault makes it likely that
the problem is in the Rock Free Mode Switch
circuit. Go to Step C.
Note: Rock Free Mode Switch circuit wiring is
installed by OEM or body builder.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 629
Fault Code 987 Troubleshooting | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify Input/Output Package type with

C ServiceRanger.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.
3. Go To “Configuration”.
4. Select “Calibrations” tab.
5. Record "I/O Package" Current Value.
• Based on I/O package configured refer to I/O
circuit schematic indicated in table. Contact
OEM or body builder for repair or replacement
of Rock Free Mode Switch signal circuit.Go to
Step V.
Note: Rock Free Mode Switch signal circuit
wiring is installed by OEM or body builder.

Fault Code 987: Rock Free Mode Switch

Package # and Description 20-Way TCM Body Component(s)

Connector Pin(s)

Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3 6

age 2 on page 675: Secondary 5
Mode + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3 6

age 3 on page 676: Aux Trans + 5
Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3 6

age 7 on page 680: PTO 1 + Sec- 5
Rock Free Rock Free
ondary Mode + Rock Free Rock Free Chassis
Momen- Fuse 2
Relay Ground
tary Switch Amp
Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3
age 8 on page 681: PTO 1 + 5 6
Reverse Output + Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3 5 6

age 8 on page 681: Rock Free

Input / Output Calibration Pack- 3 14 15

age 17 on page 689: 2-Speed
Axle + Rock Free

630 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 987 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Verify repair.

V
1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
or duplicate the previous complaint.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 987 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If a fault code other than 987 sets Active, trou-
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 631
Fault Code 988: Rock Free Mode Message | Fault Code Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Fault Code 988: Rock Free Mode Message

J1939: SA 3 SPN 12949 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Fallback
The Endurant XD Pro transmission incorporates a Rock FMI 9, 13, 19:
Free Mode feature that allows the driver to perform a vehi-
cle “rocking” maneuver by applying and releasing the accel- • Amber warning lamp on
erator pedal. This maneuver is useful in situations where • No degraded modes
the vehicle's wheels are stuck in terrain depressions that • Rock Free Mode will not function
are preventing vehicle progress. When Rock Free Mode is
required the Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives a Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
request (Input) for Rock Free Mode operation, determines if FMI 9, 13, 19: Rock Free Mode messages received and
operating conditions are suitable, implements the change, valid for 10 seconds.
and supplies a signal (Output) notification. Reference Prod-
uct Functions on page 720 of the Appendix for Rock Free Possible Causes
Mode operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:
The TCM can be configured to activate Rock Free Mode with • Vehicle Components - Vehicle ECU(s)
messages over the vehicle Primary Data Link J1939A or
from a switch circuit hardwired directly to the TCM. The - Rock Free Mode message not enabled
TCM is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 - Other vehicle ECU(s) faulted
relay outputs that can be configured in an Input/Output • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
(I/O) Package to support various vocational features.
- Shorted to power, shorted to ground or open cir-
If the TCM is configured to "J1939 Message" Rock Free cuit
Mode operation messages are exchanged between the TCM - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
and a OEM vehicle ECU. If the TCM is configured to " TCM
Hardwired Switch", Rock Free Mode operation is controlled
by Input and Output signals from a hardwired switch cir-
cuit.

The Rock Free Mode circuit is connected to the TCM in the

20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector. The Rock Free
Mode circuit is installed by the OEM or body builder. The
Rock Free Mode circuit is installed by the OEM or body
builder. Reference Input / Output Calibration on page 670 of
the Appendix for recommended Rock Free Mode circuit wir-
ing diagrams.

Detection
The TCM monitors Rock Free Mode messages. If messages
are not received or are invalid, the fault is set Active.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 9 – Abnormal Update Rate: Rock Free Mode messages
not received for 5 seconds.

FMI 13 – Out of Calibration: Rock Free Mode message not

available for 5 seconds.

FMI 19 – Received Network Data in Error: Rock Free Mode

messages invalid for 5 seconds.

632 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 988 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 988 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 988 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 988 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac-
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
or duplicate the previous complaint.
vehicle Rock Free Mode message (SPN
12949). Go to Step V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 988 FMI 13 is Active, refer to • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
OEM and enable Rock Free Mode message erly, test complete.
(SPN 12949). Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 988 sets Active, go to Step A.
• If Fault Code 988 FMI 13 is Inactive, Rock Free
• If a fault code other than 988 sets Active, trou-
Mode is properly configured. Go to Step V..
bleshoot per the Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 633
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 990: DPF Thermal Management Active

Fault Code 990: DPF Thermal Management Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5399 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: DPF Thermal Management Active messages
cle’s Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Thermal Management received and valid for 10 seconds.
Active message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- Possible Causes
tion is used to determine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors DPF Thermal Management Active mes- - Vehicle DPF Thermal Management Active mes-
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault sage not enabled
is set Active. - Other Vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: DPF Thermal Management - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Active message not received for 5 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: DPF Thermal Management - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Active message not available for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed
system.
FMI 19: Received Network Data in Error: DPF Thermal
Management Active messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
Fallback • None
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 634
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 990 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 990 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 990 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 990 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle DPF Thermal Manage-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
ment Active message (SPN 5399). Go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 990 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 990 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- • If Fault Code 990 sets Active, go to Step A.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
• If a fault code other than 990 sets Active, trou-
vehicle DPF Thermal Management Active mes-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
sage (SPN 5399). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 635
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 991: SCR Thermal Management Active

Fault Code 991: SCR Thermal Management Active

J1939: SA 3 SPN 5400 FMI 9, 13, 19

Overview Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) receives the vehi- FMI 9, 13, 19: SCR Thermal Management Active messages
cle’s Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Thermal Manage- received and valid for 10 seconds.
ment Active message from a vehicle Electronic Control Unit
(ECU) over the Primary Data Link (J1939A). This informa- Possible Causes
tion is used to determine transmission operation. FMI 9, 13, 19:

Detection • Vehicle Components

The TCM monitors SCR Thermal Management Active mes- - Vehicle SCR Thermal Management Active mes-
sages. If messages are not received or are invalid, the fault sage not enabled
is set Active. - Other Vehicle ECU(s) faulted
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active • Vehicle Harness - Primary Data Link (J1939A)
FMI 9 - Abnormal Update Rate: SCR Thermal Management - Wiring shorted to power, shorted to ground or
Active message not received for 5 seconds. open

FMI 13 - Out of Calibration: SCR Thermal Management - Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Active message not available for 5 seconds. Note: Refer to OEM for troubleshooting a failed system.
FMI 19: Received Network Data in Error: SCR Thermal
Management Active messages invalid for 5 seconds.
Additional Tools
• None
Fallback
FMI 9, 13, 19:

• Amber warning lamp on

• Coast Mode and Neutral Coast prohibited

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 636
TRTS0960 Fault Code Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 991 Troubleshooting

Fault Code 991 Troubleshooting

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Verify Repair.
A V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Record transmission fault codes, FMIs, occur- 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
rences, and timestamps from Service Activity nents are properly installed.
Report created during the Diagnostic Procedure.
3. Key on with engine off.
• If Fault Code 991 is Inactive and there are
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
other Active vehicle or transmission fault
codes, troubleshoot all Active fault codes. Go 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
to Step V.
6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
• If Fault Code 991 FMI 13 is Active, refer to
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
OEM and enable vehicle SCR Thermal Manage-
or duplicate the previous complaint.
ment Active message (SPN 5400). Go to Step
V. 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If Fault Code 991 FMI 13 is Inactive, go to Step • If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
V. erly, test complete.
• If Fault Code 991 FMI 9 or 19 is Active or Inac- • If Fault Code 991 sets Active, go to Step A.
tive, refer to OEM guidelines for repair of the
• If a fault code other than 991 sets Active, trou-
vehicle SCR Thermal Management Active mes-
bleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Procedure
sage (SPN 5400). Go to Step V.
Index on page 13.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 637
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if the engine does • Start Enable Type
not crank with the Driver Interface Device in Neutral, the
transmission confirming neutral position, and there are no - Mis-configured in the TCM
Active or Inactive fault codes. - J1939 start enable message not received by
vehicle
Detection • Start Enable Relay
• Engine does not crank with the transmission in - Internal failure
Park or Neutral.
• Start Enable Relay Circuit Wiring
• Engine cranks with the transmission in a non-Neu-
tral position. - Bypassed or “jumped” Start Enable Relay circuit
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
Note: If the engine was shut off with the transmission
in gear, confirm the vehicle air supply pressure is in - Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
range and the vehicle parking brake is set or service open
brake is depressed when attempting to start the
engine.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 638
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 639
Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

3 4

Starter 87
14 86
4 85
IGN 30

14 4

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

2. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

640 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

1 + 2 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 14 4 14

3 + 4 +
ACC ACC
OFF OFF
ON ON

START START
85 86 87 30 87A 85 86 87 30 87A

Starter Starter
4 14 4 14

Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)

1. Open Relay - Key On and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
2. Open Relay - Key Start and Transmission is Unable to Confirm Neutral
3. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral
4. Closed Relay - Key Start and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 641
Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Confirm Driver Interface Device is in Purpose: Determine if the Start Enable system is a
A Neutral and the Display indicates “N”. C hard-wired relay or a J1939 message.

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Inspect the vehicle to determine if the Start Enable
function is performed through a physically hard-
2. Key on with engine off.
wired relay or a transmission message broadcast
3. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device over the J1939 Data Link.
is in the
Note: Refer to OEM regarding vehicle Start Enable
Neutral (N) position.
type system.
4. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
an “N” in the display. • If a Start Enable message is sent over J1939By
the TCM, go to Step D.
• If the display indicates “N”, go to Step B.
• If a Start Enable Relay is hardwired to the
• If the display does not indicate “N”, contact TCM, go to Step G.
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at 1-800-826-HELP (4357) for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify condition of vehicle starting and

B charging system.

1. Key off.
2. Inspect vehicle starting/charging/battery system
per OEM guidelines.
• If a fault was found, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of the vehicle start-
ing/charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If no fault found, go to Step C.

642 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Connect ServiceRanger and determine if Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en-
D the “Start Enable Type” is configured E gine should crank.
correctly.
1. Key on with engine off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device
2. Connect ServiceRanger. is in Neutral (N).
3. Go To “Configuration”. 3. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
4. Select “Vehicle”. an “N” in the display.

5. Record the “Start Enable Type” “Current Value” in 4. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
table. crank the engine.

6. Confirm the configuration matches the vehicle’s • If engine cranks, go to Step F.

start enable system. • If the engine does not crank and the display
7. Compare reading(s) in table. indicates “N”, refer to OEM guidelines for
repair or replacement of the vehicle start-
• If readings are in range, go to Step E. ing/charging/battery system. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, select “J1939”
from the “New Value” drop down, select
“Apply” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
Step V.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

Start Enable Type J1939

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 643
Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en- Purpose: Connect ServiceRanger and determine if
F gine should not crank. G the “Start Enable Relay Type” is configured
correctly.
1. Key on with engine off.
1. Key on with engine off.
2. Place the Transmission Driver Interface Device in a
non-Neutral position. 2. Connect ServiceRanger.

3. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to 3. Go To “Configuration”.

crank the engine. 4. Select “Vehicle”.
4. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to 5. Record the “Start Enable Type” “Current Value” in
Neutral (N). table.
• If the engine cranks, a vehicle system allowed 6. Confirm the configuration matches the vehicle’s
the engine to crank when the transmission start enable system.
system requested cranking disabled. Contact
OEM for further diagnostic instructions. Go to 7. Compare reading(s) in table.
Step V. • If readings are in range, go to Step H.
• If the engine does not crank, no fault was • If readings are out of range, select “Relay”
found. Test Complete. If additional trouble- from the “New Value” drop down, select
shooting is required, contact OEM for addi- “Apply” and follow on-screen prompts. Go to
tional information about this system. Go to
Step V.
Step V.

Parameter Range Reading(s)

Start Enable Type Relay

644 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the Purpose: Remove the Start Enable Relay and at-
H engine should crank. J tempt to crank the engine.

1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key on with engine off.

2. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device 2. Remove the Start Enable Relay.
is in Neutral (N).
3. Key on with engine off.
3. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
4. Place the Transmission Driver Interface Device in a
an “N” in the display.
non-Neutral position.
4. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
5. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
crank the engine.
crank the engine.
• If the engine cranks, go to Step I.
6. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to
• If the engine does not crank, go to Step L. Neutral (N).
• If the engine cranks, refer to OEM guidelines
for repair or replacement of Start Enable Relay
wiring. Go to Step V.
• If the engine does not crank, replace the Start
Enable Relay. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Attempt to crank the engine when the en-

I gine should not crank.

1. Key on with engine off.

2. Place the Transmission Driver Interface Device in a
non-Neutral position.
3. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
crank the engine.
4. Return the Transmission Driver Interface Device to
Neutral (N).
• If the engine cranks, go to Step J.
• If the engine does not crank, go to Step K.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 645
Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

6. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify correct Start Enable Relay wiring.
K • If readings are in range, go to Step L.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
1. Key off. Start Enable Relay wiring. Go to Step V.
2. Refer to OEM wiring diagrams and verify the Start
Enable Relay wiring is properly installed.
Pins Range Reading(s)
3. Disconnect the Start Enable Relay from the socket.
4. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle VH 14 to SER 86 0.0–0.3 ohms
Harness Connector Pin 14 and Start Enable Relay
Socket Pin 86. Record reading in table. VH 4 to SER 85 0.0–0.3 ohms

14

86

14 86

5. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle

Harness Connector Pin 4 and Start Enable Relay
Socket Pin 85. Record reading in table.

85

4 85

646 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Verify system will crank with the relay Purpose: Verify repair.
L bypassed. V
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.
2. Key on with engine off. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Verify the Transmission Driver Interface Device is in
the Neutral (N) position. 3. Key on with engine off.
4. Verify the transmission is in Neutral indicated by an 4. Clear fault codes using ServiceRanger.
“N” in the display.
5. Verify that the Driver Interface Device is in Neutral
5. Key off. (N).
6. Remove the Start Enable Relay. 6. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
an “N” in the display.
7. Place a jumper wire between socket Pin 30 and Pin
87. 7. Test the Start Enable system by attempting to crank
the Starter multiple times. Verify that the starting
system operates properly.
87 8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If no codes set and the engine cranks, test
complete.
• If the engine does not crank and a fault code
sets, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index on page 13.
30
• If the engine does not crank and no fault codes
set, contact OEM for further diagnostic
8. Key on with engine off. instructions.

9. Verify that the Transmission Driver Interface Device

is in Neutral (N) position.
10. Verify the transmission is in Neutral, indicated by
an “N” in the display.
11. Depress and hold the service brake, attempt to
crank the engine.
• If the engine cranks, replace the Start Enable
Relay. Go to Step V.
• If the engine does not crank, contact OEM for
further diagnostic instructions. Go to Step V.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 647
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Brake Switch Functionality Test

Brake Switch Functionality Test

Overview Possible Causes
This procedure does not relate to any specific fault code, • Vehicle Service Brake Switch Input Messages
but verifies that the Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
receiving service brake switch input and park brake switch - Not available, not sent or in error
input from the vehicle. • Service Brake Switch
- Internal failure
Detection
• Park Brake Switch
• Transmission does not engage a gear from Neutral.
- Internal failure
Note: The transmission will not engage a gear from
Neutral if the service brake is not depressed.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 648
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Brake Switch Functionality Test

Brake Switch Functionality Test

13. Compare reading(s) in table.
Purpose: Monitor Service Brake Switch signal in
A ServiceRanger.
• If two parameters with values are not indicated
or values did not change with the service brake
depressed, refer to OEM guidelines for repair
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. or replacement of the service brake switch/sig-
nal. Go to Step V.
2. Key on with engine running.
Note: The transmission requires a minimum of
3. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. two valid service brake switch input messages
4. Key off. from the vehicle to engage a gear from Neu-
tral.
5. Key on with engine off.
• If two or more parameters are indicated and
6. Connect ServiceRanger. their values changed with the service brake
7. Go To “Data Monitor”. depressed, no fault was found. Go to Step B.
8. From the Default Parameter Files select “Vehicle
Brake Messages”.
Service Service Brake Value(s)
Note: Not all sources will indicate a value. Brake State Parameters
Indicated
9. Monitor two Vehicle Brake parameters. Record
parameters and their values in table.
1.
10. Depress and hold service brake. Released
11. Monitor the same two Vehicle Brake parameters 2.
and record their values in table.
1.
12. Release service brake.
Depressed
2.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 649
Brake Switch Functionality Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

14. Compare reading(s) in table.

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Parking Brake Switch sig-
B nal with ServiceRanger.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of the
Parking Brake Switch/signal.
1. Key on with engine running. • If readings are in range, contact Eaton Cum-
2. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut off. mins Automated Transmission Technologies at
+1-800-826-4357 for further diagnostic
3. Key off. instructions.
4. Key on with engine off.
5. Connect ServiceRanger.
Parking Parameter Range Reading(s)
6. Go To “Data Monitor”. Brake State
7. From the “Default Parameter Files” tab, select
“Vehicle Brake Messages”. Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
8. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record status
reading in table.
9. Depress and hold service brake. Not set 70-Parking Not set
brake switch
10. Release vehicle parking brake. status
11. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status value.
Record reading in table. Set 70-Parking Set
brake switch
12. Set vehicle parking brake.
status
13. Monitor 70 - Parking brake switch status. Record
reading in table.

650 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Transmission Shift Complaint | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Transmission Shift Complaint

Overview Possible Causes
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint • Vehicle
exists and there are no fault codes.
- Varies
Detection • Engine
• Transmission may exhibit slow or harsh launch - Varies
from a stop. • Transmission
• Transmission may not be able to complete a shift. - Varies
• Transmission may exhibit slow or harsh shifting.

651 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
Transmission Shift Complaint | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Component Identification

1. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector

2. Transmission Control Module (TCM)

652 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Transmission Shift Complaint Test

Transmission Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Document the vehicle symptom and Purpose: Operate vehicle and attempt to duplicate
A check for Active or Inactive fault codes. B the vehicle symptom.

1. Document the vehicle symptoms by completing the 1. Drive or operate the vehicle (road test) and attempt
Driver Questionnaire on page 7. to duplicate the vehicle symptom under the condi-
tions reported in the Driver Questionnaire.
2. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. If the vehicle symptom is duplicated, capture a
3. Key on with engine off.
driver triggered snapshot of the event by using the
4. Connect ServiceRanger. Transmission Driver Interface Device and perform-
ing the sequence below:
5. Select “Service Activity Report”.
- Select “upshift”, “downshift”, “upshift”, “down-
6. Enter information and select “Start Report”. shift” (up, down, up, down) within 1.5 seconds.
Note: Fault code and transmission information is Note: Recording the driver triggered snapshot is
downloaded into the report. time sensitive; for the best results, perform this
sequence immediately after the symptom occurs.
7. Select “Send to Eaton”.
3. The display indicates “ST” and the vehicle may set
Note: Internet connection is required.
a tone when a snapshot is recorded.
8. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con-
tact OEM for further diagnostic instructions.
• If a transmission fault code(s) is Active, go to
Step D. • If the symptom was duplicated and the display
indicated “ST” and/or “F”, go to Step C.
• If a transmission fault code is not set, go to
Step B. • If the symptom was not duplicated, no prob-
lem was found. Contact Eaton Cummins Auto-
mated Transmission Technologies at
1-800-826-HELP (4357) for further diagnostic
instructions.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 653
Transmission Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Check for Active or Inactive fault codes. Purpose: Prioritize fault codes for troubleshooting.
C D
1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Determine the fault code to troubleshoot first by
using the priority index below (with 1 highest prior-
2. Key off and allow the TCM to perform a complete
ity and 4 least priority).
power down.
- Priority 1: Vehicle Interface Fault Codes 100-199
3. Key on. - Priority 2: Component Fault Codes 200-499
4. Connect ServiceRanger. - Priority 3: System Fault Codes 500-899
5. Select “Service Activity Report”. - Priority 4: Feature Fault Codes 900-999

6. Enter information and select “Start Report”. 2. Go to the Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index on
page 13 and troubleshoot the fault code with the
Note: Fault code and transmission information is highest priority level.
downloaded into the report.
• If more than one fault code within a level
7. Select “Send to Eaton”. applies, troubleshoot Active fault codes before
Inactive fault codes.
Note: Internet connection is required.
• If only Inactive fault codes are present, trou-
8. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes bleshoot the fault code that has the highest
and FMIs and their occurrences and timestamps. occurrence count or most recent time stamp.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) set during the • If no fault codes are found, match the vehicle
road test, contact OEM for further diagnostic symptom to the appropriate item in the Symp-
instructions. tom-Driven Diagnostics Index on page 9
• If a transmission fault code(s) set during the
road test, go to Step D.
• If a fault code did not set and the symptom
was duplicated during the road test, contact
Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission
Technologies at 1-800-826-HELP (4357) for
further diagnostic instructions.

654 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Overview
This symptom driven test is performed if the J1939 Vehicle
Data Link is failing to function in some way without setting
transmission Fault Code 115. Proper operation of the J1939
Vehicle Data Link is critical for proper transmission opera-
tion.

Detection
• Various communication problems between vehicle
ECUs.
• ServiceRanger or other diagnostic software may
not be able to communicate with TCM or vehicle
ECUs.
• If vehicle is configured for the J1939 Start Enable
feature the engine may not crank.

Possible Causes
• J1939 Vehicle Data Link
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open
- Terminals bent, spread, corroded, or loose
- Excessive electrical noise
- Missing or additional terminating resistors
• Various Vehicle ECUs
- Internal Failure
- Loss of Power Supply to ECU
- Poor connection to J1939 Vehicle Data Link
- Wiring shorted to ground, shorted to power or
open

655 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Purpose: Check for active or inactive fault codes. Purpose: Identify TCM location on Vehicle Primary
A B Data Link (J1939A).

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels. 1. Key off.

2. Key on with engine off. 2. Refer to the OEM and identify the TCM location on
the Vehicle Primary Data Link (J1939A) at the
3. Connect ServiceRanger.
9-Way Diagnostic Connector.
4. Retrieve and record the transmission fault codes
• If the TCM is on 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
and FMIs, and their occurrences and timestamps.
Pin C and Pin D, go to Step G.
• If a vehicle/engine fault code(s) is Active, con-
• If the TCM is on 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
tact OEM for further diagnostic instructions.
Pin F and Pin G, go to Step C.
• If Fault Code 115 is Active or Inactive, trouble-
shoot per “Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index” on page 13.
• If ServiceRanger does not connect to the
Transmission Control Module (TCM), go to
Step B.

656 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link readings together.
C (J1939A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step D.
1. Key on with engine off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
nector Pin F and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.

F A Pins Range Reading(s)

F to A N/A

G to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

F A

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-

nector Pin G and Pin A. Record reading in table.

G A

G A

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 657
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
D Link (J1939A). E nector condition.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
Connector Pin F and Pin G. Record reading in table. tor from TCM.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
verify connector is free from contamination and
F G
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
F G • If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
3. Compare reading(s) in table. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle Step F.
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step E.

Pins Range Reading(s)

F to G 50–70 Ohms Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data

F Link (J1939A) at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness
Connector.

1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record
reading in table.

11 12

11 12

658 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

3. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness

Connector
4. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step I.

Pins Range Reading(s)

11 to 12 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 659
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

4. Record Total Voltage in table by adding voltage

Purpose: Verify Vehicle Primary Data Link readings together.
G (J1939A) signal voltage. 5. Compare reading(s) in table.
• If readings are in range, go to Step H.
1. Key on with engine off.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
2. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con- guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle
nector Pin C and Pin A. Record reading in table. Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.

A C Pins Range Reading(s)

C to A N/A

D to A N/A +

Total Voltage 4.5–5.5 V =

A C

3. Measure voltage between 9-Way Diagnostic Con-

nector Pin D and Pin A. Record reading in table.

A D

A D

660 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle Primary Data Purpose: Verify 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Con-
H Link (J1939A). I nector condition.

1. Key off. 1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between 9-Way Diagnostic 2. Disconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connec-
Connector Pin C and Pin D. Record reading in table. tor from TCM.
3. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector,
verify connector is free from contamination and
D C
corrosion; terminals are not bent, spread or loose;
and there is no damage to connector body.
4. Inspect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Connector, verify con-
nector is free from contamination and corrosion;
terminals are not bent, spread or loose; and there is
no damage to connector body.
D C • If contamination or damage is found, refer to
OEM guidelines for repair or replacement of
the 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector.
3. Compare reading(s) in table. Go to Step V.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM • If no contamination or damage is found, go to
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle Step J.
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V.
• If readings are in range, go to Step I.

Pins Range Reading(s)

C to D 50–70 Ohms

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 661
J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures TRTS0960

Purpose: Verify resistance of Vehicle J1939 Data Purpose: Use ServiceRanger to monitor ECU
J Link at 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector. K communication on the Primary Data Link
(J1939A).
1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between 20-Way TCM Vehicle
Harness Connector Pin 11 and Pin 12. Record 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
reading in table. nents are properly installed.
3. Key on with engine off.

11 12 4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Data Monitor”.
6. Select “Components” tab.
7. Monitor the roster of vehicle ECUs currently com-
municating on the Primary Data Link (J1939A).
8. Compare this list to the roster of vehicle ECUs that
should be communicating on the Primary Data Link
11 12
(J1939A).
Note: Contact OEM for information about which
3. Reconnect 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness vehicle ECUs should be on the Primary Data Link
Connector. (J1939A).
4. Compare reading(s) in table. • If no vehicle ECUs are present on the Ser-
viceRanger roster, go to Step L.
• If readings are out of range, refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement of vehicle • If all vehicle ECUs are present on the Ser-
Primary Data Link (J1939A). Go to Step V. viceRanger roster, no problem was found. Test
complete. Contact OEM for further diagnostic
• If readings are in range, go to Step K.
instructions.
• If a vehicle ECU is missing from the Ser-
Pins Range Reading(s) viceRanger roster, investigate that device to
verify that it is properly powered and wired to
11 to 12 50–70 Ohms the Primary Data Link (J1939A). Refer to OEM
guidelines for repair or replacement. Go to
Step V.

662 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1939 Vehicle Data Link Test

Purpose: Remove vehicle devices from the J1939 Purpose: Verify repair.
L Vehicle Data Link. V
1. Key on with engine off. 1. Key off.
2. Connect ServiceRanger. 2. Reconnect all connectors and verify all compo-
nents are properly installed.
3. Go To “Data Monitor”.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Select “Components” tab.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Monitor the roster of vehicle ECUs currently com-
municating on the Primary Data Link (J1939A). 5. Go To “Fault Codes”.
6. Individually remove each vehicle ECU from the Pri- 6. Select “Clear All Faults”.
mary Data Link (J1939A).
7. Operate vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code
7. After removing each device, monitor the Ser- or duplicate the previous complaint.
viceRanger ECU roster.
8. Check for fault codes using ServiceRanger.
• If the removal of an ECU from the Primary
• If no fault codes set and vehicle operates prop-
Data Link (J1939A) allows Other Vehicle
erly, test complete.
ECU(s) to appear in the ServiceRanger ECU
roster, the removed ECU may have an internal • If Fault Code 115 sets Active, go to Step A.
failure preventing communication over the Pri-
• If a fault code other than 115 sets Active, trou-
mary Data Link (J1939A). Refer to OEM guide-
bleshoot per the “Fault Code Isolation Proce-
lines for repair or replacement. Go to Step V.
dure Index” on page 13.
• If no problems are found, Contact OEM for fur-
ther diagnostic instructions.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 663
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure

Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure

Special Instructions Special Tools
None • Mechanical Diagnostic Kit (RR2011TR)

Component Identification

2
3

1. MTM Cap Screws, Long (x4) - 13 mm

2. MTM Cap Screws, Special (x2) - 15 mm
3. MTM Cap Screws (x14) - 13 mm
4. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
5. Main Housing
6. Output Speed Sensor Connector

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 664
 TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail A Procedure

Procedure – Manually Actuate Rail A

1. Use hand to push Rail A Yoke forward, moving Rail A
Synchronizer to neutral position (if necessary).

! CAUTION: Keep fingers clear of pinch point between

Rail A Yoke and Main Housing. Failure to keep clear of
pinch points may result in personal injury.

2. Place pry-bar between Rail A Yoke and Main Housing.

! CAUTION: Do not pry on sealing surfaces. Failure to

avoid prying on sealing surface results in component
damage.

3. Return to troubleshooting procedure and use pry-bar

to shift Rail A as required.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 665
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure

Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure

Special Instructions Special Tools
None • Mechanical Diagnostic Kit (RR2011TR)

Component Identification

2
3

1. MTM Cap Screws, Long (x4) - 13 mm

2. MTM Cap Screws, Special (x2) - 15 mm
3. MTM Cap Screws (x14) - 13 mm
4. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
5. Main Housing
6. Output Speed Sensor Connector

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 666
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail B Procedure

Procedure – Manually Actuate Rail B

1. Install Rail B Engagement Tool (RR1088TR) on Main
Housing with 2 MTM cap screws and hand tighten.

2. Shift Rail B Synchronizer to neutral position (if neces-

sary).

3. Return to troubleshooting procedure and use tool to

shift Rail B Synchronizer as required. Remove Rail B
Engagement Tool (RR1088TR) when complete.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 667
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure

Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure

Special Instructions Special Tools
None • Mechanical Diagnostic Kit (RR2011TR)

Component Identification

2
3

1. MTM Cap Screws, Long (x4) - 13 mm

2. MTM Cap Screws, Special (x2) - 15 mm
3. MTM Cap Screws (x14) - 13 mm
4. Mechatronic Transmission Module (MTM)
5. Main Housing
6. Output Speed Sensor Connector

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 668
TRTS0960 Symptom Isolation Procedures | Manually Actuate Rail E Procedure

Procedure – Manually Actuate Rail E

1. Install MTM Alignment Tool (RR1086TR-1) on Main
Housing with one MTM cap screw and hand tighten.

2. Shift Rail E to neutral position (if necessary).

3. Return to troubleshooting procedure and use tool lever

to shift Rail E as required. Remove MTM Alignment
Tool (RR1086TR-1) when complete.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 669
 TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration

Input / Output Calibration

Overview
The Endurant XD Pro Transmission incorporates enhanced controls to support various vocational features. Features include
2-Speed Axle, Auxiliary Transmission (Aux Trans), Force Neutral, Hold Neutral, Neutral Output, Power Take-Off (PTO): PTO 1 and
PTO 2, Split-Shaft PTO (SSPTO), Reverse Output, Rock Free Mode and Secondary Shift Mode.

The Transmission Control Module (TCM) is equipped to receive 4 switch inputs and control 3 relay outputs that can be config-
ured in an Input/Output (I/O) Calibration Package to support these vocational features. All external circuit inputs and outputs con-
nect to the TCM in the 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector.

Listed below are the Input / Output Calibration Packages and recommended wiring diagrams to assist the OEM or body
builder with vocational feature integration. Once circuit and component installation is complete, ServiceRanger is required to
configure the I/O Calibration Package in the TCM.

! WARNING: All vehicle safety interlock circuitry is the responsibility of the OEM or body builder. Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies does not implement any safety interlock circuitry on the OEM vehicle chassis. Eaton Cummins Auto-
mated Transmission Technologies highly recommends that the OEM or body builder perform a thorough safety analysis to deter-
mine what safety interlocks are required to support the specific vehicle vocational feature. Failure to perform a thorough safety
analysis may result in major vehicle component damage, severe injury or death.
NOTICE: Incorrect feature component and/or circuit integration resulting in transmission and/or TCM damage may void the
transmission warranty.
Note: Additional information can also be found in PTO installation Guide TRIG2620 and the Endurant XD Installation guide
TRIG0960.

Package 37: Reset I/O Calibration to Off

This package is used to reset or turn off an I/O Calibration Package configured in the TCM. Use this procedure when:

- TCM is currently configured with an I/O Calibration Package and a new I/O Calibration Package is desired. Failure to reset
TCM may result in an inoperable vocational feature and/or TCM I/O fault codes to set Active.
- TCM is currently configured with an I/O Calibration Package and no I/O Calibration Package is desired. For example:
when a truck is being sold and PTO components and wiring have been removed from transmission. Use this procedure
to turn off an I/O Calibration Package currently configured in the TCM. This will ensure no TCM I/O fault codes are set
Active.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 670
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration

I/O Calibration Package Installation Process

1. Identify I/O Calibration Package based on the vocational feature(s) to be installed - Reference I/O Calibration Package
Index below.
2. Install vocational feature components (PTO, Reverse Switch, etc.) and associated wiring - Reference I/O Calibration
Package wiring diagram.
WARNING: Follow all OEM and/or vocational feature manufacturer installation instructions and recommended wiring dia-
! gram. Failure to follow instructions and wiring diagrams may result in major vehicle component damage, severe injury or
death.
3. Key on with engine off.
4. Connect ServiceRanger.
5. Go To “Service Reports”.
6. Select “Service Activity Report”.
7. Enter required information and select “Start Report”.
8. Select “Send to Eaton”.
9. Go To “Configuration”.
10. Select “Calibration” tab.
11. From the “Other Available IO Calibration Options” section, select I/O Calibration Package identified in Step 1.
12. Select “Apply” and follow on-screen prompts.
13. Verify vocational feature operation, per OEM and/or vocational feature manufacturer guidelines.
- If feature operates as intended and no fault code is set Active, process complete.
- If feature does not operate as intended and a fault code sets Active, troubleshoot per Fault Code Isolation Proce-
dure Index on page 13.

I/O Calibration Package Index

I/O Package I/O Calibration Package Description Wiring Diagram Link

1 Neutral Output + PTO 1 + Reverse Output (Factory Setting) page 674

2 Rock Free Mode + Secondary Shift Mode page 675

3 2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free Mode page 676

4 PTO 1 page 677

5 PTO 1 + PTO 2 page 678

6 PTO 1 + Secondary Shift Mode page 679

7 PTO 1 + Rock Free Mode + Secondary Shift Mode page 680

8 PTO 1 + Reverse Output + Rock Free Mode page 681

9 Rock Free Mode page 682

10 Reverse Output page 683

11 PTO 1 + Reverse Output page 684

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 671
Input / Output Calibration | Input / Output Configurations TRTS0960

I/O Package I/O Calibration Package Description Wiring Diagram Link

12 2-Speed Aux Trans page 685

13 2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode page 686

14 Force Neutral page 687

15 Hold Neutral page 687

16 2-Speed Axle page 688

17 2-Speed Axle + Rock Free Mode page 689

18 2-Speed Axle + PTO 1 page 690

19 2-Speed Axle + Secondary Shift Mode page 691

22 Force Neutral + PTO 1 page 692

23 Force Neutral + PTO 1 + PTO 2 page 693

24 Force Neutral + Neutral Output + Reverse Output page 694

25 Hold Neutral + PTO 1 page 692

26 Hold Neutral + PTO 1 + PTO 2 page 693

27 Hold Neutral + Neutral Output + Reverse Output page 694

29 PTO 1 + Rock Free Mode page 695

30 Reverse Output + Secondary Mode page 696

31 Reverse Output + Rock Free Mode page 697

32 2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output page 698

33 2-Speed Axle + Reverse Output page 699

34 PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Reverse Output page 700

35 Reverse Output + Neutral Output page 701

36 Neutral Output page 702

37 Reset I/O Calibration to Off N/A

Note: This package is used to reset or turn off an I/O
Calibration Package configured in the TCM.

38 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, page 703

OD)

39 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive, (UD, D, page 704

OD) + Rock Free Mode

40 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, page 705

OD) + Secondary Mode

41 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, page 706

OD) + Rock Free Mode + Secondary Mode

672 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration

I/O Package I/O Calibration Package Description Wiring Diagram Link

42 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Overdrive page 707

(UD, N, D, OD)

43 3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Overdrive page 708

(UD, N, D, OD) +Rock Free Mode

44 4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (L, page 709
UD, D, OD)

45 4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (L, page 710
UD, D, OD) + Rock Free Mode

46 4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Over- page 711
drive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

47 High-Railer page 712

48 High-Railer + PTO 1 page 713

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 673
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 1

Input / Output Calibration Package 1

Neutral Output + PTO 1 + Reverse Output
PIN LOCATION:
Pin 14 RETURN_2
VBATT
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
PTO Request
Pin 15 TCM Body Connector
(Configurable Input 3)
SW01 SW02
(Mating End)
PTO Engage
Pin 2
SW03 SW04
PTO1 (Configurable Output 2) 5 3 2 1
Engage
PTO1 Relay
PTO1 Lamp 30 86

Confirm 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Relay
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
87A 87 85

PTO1 Air
Solenoid PTO Ball Switch
86

85

PTO1 Closes when PTO

PTO1 16 15 14
is engaged
Fuse
87

PTO1 2 Amp
30

Ball
Switch
Chassis
87A

Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

TCM
Pin 5 RETURN_1

Pin 16
PTO Confirm Vehicle Body
(Configurable Input 4)
Connector Connector

Range Output
Neutral Pin 3
Vehicle Neutral (Configurable Output 3)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Neutral
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Neutral Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

Reverse Output
Reverse Pin 1
Vehicle Reverse (Configurable Output 1)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86

Reverse
Output
Fuse
87A 87 85
2 Amp
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 2 Chassis
Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 674
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 2

Input / Output Calibration Package 2

Rock Free Mode + Secondary Shift Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 4 3 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT

SW02
PIN LOCATION: 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Mom. Pin 5 RETURN_1

SW03
SW01 14
Rock Free Request
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

Rock Free Engage

Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)
Rock Free
VBATT (Fused)
Relay
30 86 Rock Free
TCM
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free
Lamp Chassis Vehicle Body
87A 87 85
Ground Connector Connector
Secondary
Mode Relay

Secondary 87A 87 85 Secondary

Chassis Mode Mode Fuse
Ground Lamp 2 Amp

30 86 Chassis
Ground Secondary Mode Engage
Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)
Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom. Pin 14 RETURN_2

SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 675
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 3

Input / Output Calibration Package 3

2-Speed Aux Trans + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 3

Aux Trans
Vehicle Controls -
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Normally Open
Pressure Switch Pin 14 RETURN_2 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Aux Trans Aux Trans Air SW High

Pin 15 (Configurable Input 3)
15 14

Switch closed
when Aux Trans
in High Range

Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT

TCM
SW02

Mom. Pin 5 RETURN_1 Vehicle Body

SW01
SW03
Connector Connector
Rock Free Request
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

Pin 3 Rock Free Engage

(Configurable Output 3)
Rock Free
VBATT (Fused)
Relay
30 86 Rock Free
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free
Lamp 87A 87 85 Chassis
Ground

Chassis
Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 676
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 4

Input / Output Calibration Package 4

PTO 1
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 2
PIN LOCATION:
Pin 14 RETURN_2
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
VBATT
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
PTO Request 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
Pin 15
SW02 (Configurable Input 3)
SW01

PTO Engage
PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 SW04 (Configurable Output 2) 16 15 14
Engage
Relay

30 86
PTO1
Confrim PTO1
Relay Lamp
87A 87 85
PTO1 Air
Solenoid TCM
86

PTO1
85

PTO1
Fuse
87

PTO1 2 Amp Vehicle Body

30

Ball Connector Connector

Switch Chassis
87A

Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 677
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 5

Input / Output Calibration Package 5

PTO 1 + PTO 2
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 4 3 2
PTO1 Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

PTO1
Confirm 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Relay
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
PTO1 Air
87A

Solenoid PTO1

PTO1
30

Ball
87

Switch PTO1 16 15 14
Fuse
Vehicle
85

2 Amp
86

Air Supply

Chassis
PTO1 Ground
87A 87 85
Lamp
VBATT
(Fused)
TCM
PTO1 Request Switch DPST
30 86
PTO1 Engage
SW03 SW04 PTO1 Pin 2 (Configurable Output 2)
Vehicle Body
Engage
Relay PTO1 Request Connector Connector
SW01 SW02 Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Pin 14 RETURN_2
PTO2 Request Switch DPST
PTO2 Request
SW01 SW02 Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)
VBATT
SW03
PTO2 Pin 3 PTO2 Engage
(Fused) SW04 Engage (Configurable Output 3)
Relay
30 86

PTO2 Confirm Relay

PTO2 87A 87 85
Lamp
86

85

PTO2 Air PTO2

Solenoid PTO2
Fuse
87

PTO2 2 Amp
30

Ball
Switch Chassis
Ground
87A

Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 4 PTO2 Confirm

(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 678
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 6

Input / Output Calibration Package 6

PTO 1 + Secondary Shift Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION: 5 4 2 1

Pin 14 RETURN_2

VBATT PTO1 Request Switch DPST 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

(Fused) PTO Request

Pin 15 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
SW01 SW02 (Configurable Input 3)

PTO Engage
PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 SW04 (Configurable Output 2)
Engage
16 15 14
Relay
30 86

PTO1 Confirm
Relay PTO1
Lamp 87A 87 85

TCM
86

85

PTO1 Air
Solenoid PTO1
Vehicle Body
87

PTO1
PTO1 Fuse Connector Connector
30

Ball
Switch 2 Amp
87A

Vehicle
Air Supply Chassis
Ground

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Secondary Mode
Relay
Secondary 87A 87 85
Secondary
Mode Mode Fuse
Chassis Lamp 2 Amp
Ground
30 86 Chassis
Ground Secondary Mode Engage
Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)
Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom.
SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 679
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 7

Input / Output Calibration Package 7

PTO 1 + Rock Free Mode + Secondary Shift Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 4 3 2 1
Pin 14 RETURN_2

VBATT PTO1 Request Switch DPST

(Fused) PTO Request
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3) 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SW01 SW02
PTO Engage 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PTO1 Pin 2
SW04
(Configurable Output 2)
SW03
Engage
Relay
30 86
16 15 14
PTO1 Confirm PTO1
Relay Lamp
87A 87 85
86

TCM
85

PTO1 Air PTO1

Solenoid PTO1 Fuse
87

2 Amp
PTO1
30

Ball
Switch Chassis
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
87A

Vehicle
Ground
Air Supply

PTO Confirm
Pin 16 (Configurable Input 4)

Pin 3 Rock Free Engage

Rock Free (Configurable Output 3)
VBATT (Fused) Relay

86 Rock Free Pin 6 Rock Free Request

30
Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT (Configurable Input 1)
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free
SW02
Lamp 87A 87 85 Chassis
Ground Mom.
Pin 5 RETURN_1
SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT

Secondary SW02
Mode
Mom.
Relay
SW03
87A 87 85 SW01
Secondary
Chassis Mode Lamp Secondary Secondary Mode Request
Mode Fuse Pin 4 (Configurable Input 2)
Ground
2 Amp
30 86 Chassis
Ground Pin 1 Secondary Mode Engage
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 680
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 8

Input / Output Calibration Package 8

PTO 1 + Reverse Output + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

PIN LOCATION: 6 5 3 2 1

Pin 14 RETURN_2
VBATT
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

PTO Request
Pin 15
SW01 SW02 (Configurable Input 3) 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PTO Engage
SW04 PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 (Configurable Output 2)
Engage
Relay 16 15 14
30 86
PTO1 Confirm PTO1
Relay Lamp

87A 87 85
86

TCM
85

PTO1
PTO1 Air Fuse
87

Solenoid PTO1 2 Amp

30

PTO1 Vehicle Body

Ball Chassis
Connector Connector
87A

Switch Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Rock Free Engage

Rock Free Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)
VBATT (Fused) Relay

30 86 Rock Free Rock Free Request

Fuse Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)
2 Amp Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT
Rock Free
Lamp Chassis SW02
87A 87 85
Ground
Mom.
SW03
SW01

Chassis Reverse Output

Reverse Pin 1
Ground (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 681
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 9

Input / Output Calibration Package 9

Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 3

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PIN LOCATION:
Rock Free Engage
Pin 3
Rock Free (Configurable Output 3)
VBATT (Fused) Relay

30 86 Rock Free
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free TCM
Lamp 87A 87 85 Chassis
Ground

Vehicle Body
Chassis
Connector Connector
Ground

Rock Free Request

Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT

SW02

Mom.
Pin 5 RETURN_1
SW03
SW01

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 682
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 10

Input / Output Calibration Package 10

Reverse Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PIN LOCATION:
Reverse Reverse Output
Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse TCM
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 683
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 11

Input / Output Calibration Package 11

PTO 1 + Reverse Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 2 1

PIN LOCATION: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
Pin 14 RETURN_2
VBATT
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
PTO Request
Pin 15 16 15 14
SW01 SW02 (Configurable Input 3)

PTO Engage
SW04 PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 (Configurable Output 2)
Engage
Relay
30 86
PTO1 Confirm PTO1 TCM
Relay Lamp

87A 87 85
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
86

PTO1
85

Fuse
PTO1 Air 2 Amp
87

Solenoid PTO1
30

PTO1
Ball Chassis
87A

Switch Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Reverse Output
Reverse Pin 1
Vehicle Reverse (Configurable Output 1)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86
Reverse
Output
Fuse
87A 87 85 2 Amp
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 2 Chassis
Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 684
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 12

Input / Output Calibration Package 12

2-Speed Aux Trans
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

15 14

TCM
Aux Trans
Vehicle Controls -
Vehicle Body
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector
Normally Open
Pressure Switch Pin 14 RETURN_2

Aux Trans
Aux Trans Air SW High
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Switch closed
when Aux Trans
in High Range

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 685
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 13

Input / Output Calibration Package 13

2-Speed Aux Trans + Secondary Shift Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 4 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Aux Trans 15 14
Vehicle Controls -
High Range Air Supply PIN LOCATION:
Normally Open
Pressure Switch Pin 5 RETURN_1

Aux Trans
Aux Trans Air SW High TCM
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Switch closed Vehicle Body

when Aux Trans
in High Range
Connector Connector

Secondary Mode
Relay
Secondary 87A 87 85 Secondary
Mode Mode Fuse
Chassis 2 Amp
Lamp
Ground
30 86 Chassis
Relay 1 Ground Secondary Mode Engage
Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)
Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom.
Pin 14 RETURN_2
SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
SPST 1 (Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 686
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 14 & 15

Input / Output Calibration Package 14 & 15

#14 Force Neutral
#15 Hold Neutral
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 1
Single Switch PIN LOCATION:
Force or Hold Neutral
Pin 17
(Input 5) 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Force or Hold Neutral Switch

SPDT Force or Hold Neutral
FHN Off (Outrigger/Boom retracted) Pin 1
SW02 (Configurable Output 1)
17

SW03
SW01
Pin 5 RETURN_1
FHN On (Outrigger/Boom extended)

TCM

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
Mulple Switches
Optional connection to support a feature when multiple switch inputs (2 or more) are
required to ensure Force or Hold Neutral remains active during the feature operation.

Force or Hold Neutral

Pin 17
SW02 (Input 5)

SW03
SW01
Force or Hold Neutral
87A

Pin 1
VBATT SPDT 1 FHN Off (Configurable Output 1)
(Fused) Pin 5 RETURN_1
FHN On
30

SW02
87
86

85

SW03
SW01

SPDT 2
Chassis
SW02 Ground

SW03
SW01

SPDT 3

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 687
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 16

Input / Output Calibration Package 16

2-Speed Axle
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TCM
2-Speed Axle
Vehicle Controls -
Vehicle Body
High Range Air Supply
Normally Open
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector
2 Speed Axle Switch Input
Pressure Switch Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

2-Speed
Axle Pin 5 RETURN_1

Switch closed when

2-Speed Axle in High
Range

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 688
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 17

Input / Output Calibration Package 17

2-Speed Axle + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 3

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

15 14
2-Speed Axle
Vehicle Controls -
High Range Air Supply PIN LOCATION:
Normally Open 2 Speed Axle Switch
Pressure Switch Pin 6 (Configurable Input 1)

2-Speed TCM
Axle Pin 5 RETURN_1
Vehicle Body
Switch closed when Connector Connector
2-Speed Axle in High
Range

Rock Free Engage

Pin 3
Rock Free (Configurable Output 3)
VBATT (Fused) Relay

30 86
Rock Free
Fuse
Rock Free 2 Amp
Lamp 87A 87 85 Chassis
Ground

Chassis Rock Free Request

Ground Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)
Rock Free Momentary
Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom.
Pin 14 RETURN_2
SW03
SW01

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 689
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 18

Input / Output Calibration Package 18

2-Speed Axle + PTO 1
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 2

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

2-Speed Axle 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Vehicle Controls -
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION:
Normally Open 2 Speed Axle Direct
Pressure Switch Pin 6 Drive Switch
(Configurable Input 1) 16 15 14

2-Speed
Axle
Switch closed when
2-Speed Axle in High TCM
Range

Pin 14 RETURN_2 Vehicle Body

Connector Connector
PTO1 Request Switch DPST
VBATT PTO Request
Pin 15
(Fused) SW01 SW02 (Configurable Input 3)

PTO Engage
SW04 PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 (Configurable Output 2)
Engage
Relay
30 86
PTO1 Confirm PTO1
Relay Lamp

87A 87 85
86

85

PTO1
PTO1 Air Fuse
Solenoid PTO1
87

2 Amp
30

PTO1
Ball
Switch Chassis
87A

Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 690
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 19

Input / Output Calibration Package 19

2-Speed Axle + Secondary Shift Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

2-Speed Axle
Vehicle Controls -
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION:
Normally Open 2 Speed Axle Direct
15 14
Pin 6 Drive Switch
Pressure Switch (Configurable Input 1)

2-Speed
Axle Pin 5 RETURN_1

Switch closed when TCM

2-Speed Axle in High
Range
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Secondary Mode
Relay
Secondary 87A 87 85 Secondary
Mode Mode Fuse
Chassis
Lamp 2 Amp
Ground
30 86 Chassis
Ground Secondary Mode Engage
Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)
Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom.
Pin 14 RETURN_2
SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 15
SPST 1 (Configurable Input 3)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 691
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25

Input / Output Calibration Package 22 & 25

#22 Force Neutral + PTO 1
#25 Hold Neutral + PTO 1
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 2 1

PIN LOCATION: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Pin 14 RETURN_2
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

VBATT
17 16 15 14
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
PTO Request
Pin 15
SW01 SW02 (Configurable Input 3)

PTO Engage
SW04 PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 (Configurable Output 2)
Engage
Relay
30 86 TCM
PTO1 Confirm
PTO1
Relay
Lamp
87A 87 85 Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
86

85

PTO1 Air PTO1

Solenoid PTO1 Fuse
87

2 Amp
PTO1
30

Ball
Switch
Chassis
87A

Vehicle Ground
Air Supply

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Force/Hold Neutral
Pin 17
(Input 5)

Force or Hold Neutral

SPDT Force/Hold Neutral
Pin 1
SW02 FHN Off (Outrigger/Boom retracted) (Configurable Output 1)

SW03
SW01
Pin 5 RETURN_1
FHN On (Outrigger/Boom extended)

Note: Refer to I/O Package #14 and #15 for FHN Multiple Switch Schematic.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 692
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26

Input / Output Calibration Package 23 & 26

#23 Force Neutral + PTO 1 + PTO 2
#26 Hold Neutral + PTO 1 + PTO 2
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 4 3 2 1

PTO1 Air
Solenoid PTO1
PTO1 Confirm Relay
PTO1
87A

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Ball PTO1
Switch Fuse
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
2 Amp
30

Vehicle
87

Air Supply
85
86

17 16 15 14
Chassis
PTO1 Ground
Lamp
87A 87 85 PIN LOCATION:
VBATT
PTO1 Confirm
(Fused) Pin 16
PTO1 Request Switch DPST (Configurable Input 4)
30 86
SW03 SW04 PTO1 Pin 2
PTO1 Engage
(Configurable Output 2)
TCM
Engage
Relay PTO1 Request
SW01 SW02 Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)
Vehicle Body
Pin 5 RETURN_1
Connector Connector

Pin 14 RETURN_2

PTO2 Request
SW01 SW02 Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)
VBATT PTO2 PTO2 Engage
Pin 3
(Fused) SW03 SW04 Engage (Configurable Output 3)
Relay
30 86
PTO2 Request Switch DPST

PTO2 Confirm Relay PTO2 87A 87 85

Lamp
PTO2
PTO2 Air Fuse
86

85

Solenoid PTO2 2 Amp

87

PTO2
Ball Chassis
30

Switch Ground
PTO2 Confirm
87A

Vehicle Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)
Air Supply
Ensure 85 and 86 are
connected as shown
Force or Hold Neutral
Pin 17
(Input 5)

SW02 FHN Off (Outrigger/Boom retracted)

Force or Hold Neutral
Pin 1
SW01 SW03 FHN On (Outrigger/Boom extended) (Configurable Output 1)

Force or Hold Neutral Switch SPDT

Note: Refer to I/O Package #14 and #15 for FHN Multiple Switch Schematic.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 693
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 24 & 27

Input / Output Calibration Package 24 & 27

#24 Force Neutral + Reverse Output + Neutral Output
#27 Hold Neutral + Reverse Output + Neutral Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PIN LOCATION:
Force or Hold Neutral
Pin 17
(Input 5) 17

Force or Hold Neutral

Pin 1
SW02 FHN Off (Outrigger/Boom retracted) (Configurable Output 1)

SW03
TCM
SW01
Pin 5 RETURN_1
FHN On (Outrigger/Boom extended)
Force or Hold Neutral Switch
SPDT
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Range Output
Neutral Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)
Vehicle Neutral Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Neutral
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85

Vehicle Neutral Chassis

Funconality 2 Ground
Reverse Output
Reverse Pin 2
(Configurable Output 2)
Vehicle Reverse Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86
Reverse
Output
Fuse
87A 87 85 2 Amp
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 2 Chassis
Ground

Note: Refer to I/O Package #14 and #15 for FHN Multiple Switch Schematic.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 694
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 29

Input / Output Calibration Package 29

PTO 1 + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 3 2
Pin 14 RETURN_2

VBATT PTO1 Request Switch DPST

(Fused) PTO Request
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3) 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SW01 SW02
PTO Engage 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PTO1 Pin 2
SW04
(Configurable Output 2)
SW03
Engage
Relay
30 86
16 15 14
PTO1 Confirm PTO1
Relay Lamp
87A 87 85
86

TCM
85

PTO1 Air PTO1

Solenoid PTO1 Fuse
87

2 Amp
PTO1
30

Ball
Switch Chassis
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
87A

Vehicle
Ground
Air Supply

PTO Confirm
Pin 16 (Configurable Input 4)

Pin 3 Rock Free Engage

Rock Free (Configurable Output 3)
VBATT (Fused) Relay

86 Rock Free Pin 6 Rock Free Request

30
Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT (Configurable Input 1)
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free
SW02
Lamp 87A 87 85 Chassis
Ground Mom.
Pin 5 RETURN_1
SW03
SW01

Chassis
Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 695
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 30

Input / Output Calibration Package 30

Reverse Output + Secondary Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

4 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

14
PIN LOCATION:
Reverse Reverse Output
Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse TCM
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Secondary Mode
Relay
Secondary 87A 87 85 Secondary
Mode Mode Fuse
Chassis 2 Amp
Lamp
Ground
30 86 Chassis
Ground Secondary Mode Engage
Pin 2
(Configurable Output 1)
VBATT (Fused)
Secondary Mode Momentary Switch SPDT
SW02

Mom.
Pin 14 RETURN_2
SW03
SW01

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 696
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 31

Input / Output Calibration Package 31

Reverse Output + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 3 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Rock Free Momentary Switch SPDT

SW0 2
PIN LOCATION: 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Mom. Pin 5 RETURN_1

SW0 3
SW0 1

Rock Free Request

Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

Rock Free Engage

Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)
Rock Free
VBATT (Fused)
Relay
30 86 Rock Free
TCM
Fuse
2 Amp
Rock Free
Lamp Chassis Vehicle Body
87A 87 85
Ground Connector Connector

Chassis
Ground

Reverse Reverse Output

Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 697
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 32

Input / Output Calibration Package 32

2-Speed Aux Trans + Reverse Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

15 14

TCM
Aux Trans
Vehicle Controls -
Vehicle Body
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector
Normally Open
Pressure Switch Pin 14 RETURN_2

2-Speed
Aux Trans Aux Trans Air SW High
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Switch closed
when Aux Trans
in High Range

Reverse Reverse Output

Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 698
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 33

Input / Output Calibration Package 33

2-Speed Axle + Reverse Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TCM
2-Speed Axle
Vehicle Controls -
Vehicle Body
High Range Air Supply
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector
Normally Open 2 Speed Axle Switch Input
Pressure Switch Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)
2-Speed
Axle
Pin 5 RETURN_1

Switch closed when

2-Speed Axle in High
Range

Reverse Reverse Output

Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 699
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 34

Input / Output Calibration Package 34

PTO 1 + PTO 2 + Reverse Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 4 3 2 1
PTO1 Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

PTO1
Confirm 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Relay
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
PTO1 Air
87A

Solenoid PTO1

PTO1
30

Ball
87

Switch PTO1 16 15 14
Fuse
Vehicle
85

2 Amp
86

Air Supply

Chassis
PTO1 Ground
87A 87 85
Lamp
VBATT
(Fused)
TCM
PTO1 Request Switch DPST
30 86
PTO1 Engage
PTO1 Pin 2 (Configurable Output 2)
SW03 SW04
Vehicle Body
Engage
Relay PTO1 Request Connector Connector
SW01 SW02 Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Pin 14 RETURN_2
PTO2 Request Switch DPST
PTO2 Request
SW01 SW02 Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)
VBATT
SW03
PTO2 Pin 3 PTO2 Engage
(Fused) SW04 Engage (Configurable Output 3)
Relay
30 86

PTO2 Confirm Relay

PTO2 87A 87 85
Lamp
86

85

PTO2 Air PTO2

Solenoid PTO2
Fuse
87

PTO2 2 Amp
30

Ball
Switch Chassis
Ground
87A

Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 4 PTO2 Confirm

(Configurable Input 2)

Reverse Reverse Output

Pin 1
Output (Configurable Output 1)
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Reverse
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Reverse Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 700
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 35

Input / Output Calibration Package 35

Reverse Output + Neutral Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

3 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TCM

Vehicle Body
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector

Range Output
Neutral Pin 3
Vehicle Neutral (Configurable Output 3)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Neutral
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Vehicle Neutral Chassis
Funconality 2 Ground

Reverse Output
Reverse Pin 1
Vehicle Reverse (Configurable Output 1)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86

Reverse
Output
Fuse
87A 87 85
2 Amp
Vehicle Reverse
Funconality 2 Chassis
Ground

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 701
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 36

Input / Output Calibration Package 36

Neutral Output
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

TCM

Vehicle Body
PIN LOCATION: Connector Connector

Range Output
Neutral Pin 3
Vehicle Neutral (Configurable Output 3)
Output
Funconality 1 Relay
30 86 Neutral
Output
Fuse
2 Amp
87A 87 85
Chassis
Vehicle Neutral Ground
Funconality 2

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 702
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 38

Input / Output Calibration Package 38

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, OD)
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

PIN LOCATION:
16 15 14
Aux Trans Air SW Direct
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

Pin 14 RETURN_2 TCM

*Note: When all pressure
Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao
Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 703
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 39

Input / Output Calibration Package 39

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive, (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

6 5 3

PIN LOCATION: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Aux Trans Air SW Direct 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

16 15 14
Pin 14 RETURN_2

*Note: When all pressure

Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao
TCM

Vehicle Body
Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4) Connector Connector

Rock Free
Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Rock Free
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 704
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 40

Input / Output Calibration Package 40

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, OD) + Secondary Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

5 4 1

PIN LOCATION: 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Aux Trans Air SW Direct 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

16 15 14
Pin 14 RETURN_2

*Note: When all pressure

Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao
TCM

Vehicle Body
Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4) Connector Connector

Secondary Mode Engage

Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 705
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 41

Input / Output Calibration Package 41

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (UD, D, OD) + Rock Free Mode + Secondary Mode
PIN LOCATION: TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
Aux Trans Air SW Direct
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3) 6 5 4 3 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Pin 14 RETURN_2

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
*Note: When all pressure
Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive 16 15 14

Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

TCM

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Rock Free
Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Rock Free
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

Secondary Mode Engage

Pin 1
(Configurable Output 1)

Secondary Mode Request

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 706
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 42

Input / Output Calibration Package 42

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Overdrive (UD, N, D, OD)
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)

PIN LOCATION: 4

Aux Trans Air SW Direct

Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Pin 14 RETURN_2

*Note: When all pressure

16 15 14
Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

TCM
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Aux Trans Air SW Neutral

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 707
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 43

Input / Output Calibration Package 43

3-Speed Aux Trans - Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Overdrive (UD, N, D, OD) +Rock Free Mode
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 4 3
Aux Trans Air SW Direct
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Pin 14 RETURN_2 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

*Note: When all pressure

Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao 16 15 14

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)
TCM

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Aux Trans Air SW Neutral

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

Rock Free
Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Rock Free
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 708
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 44

Input / Output Calibration Package 44

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (L, UD, D, OD)
TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
4
PIN LOCATION: 4

Aux Trans Air SW Direct

Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)
4-Speed 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Aux Trans 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

L, UD, D, Pin 14 RETURN_2

OD *Note: When all pressure

Switches are open, TCM assumes
16 15 14
4
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

TCM
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Underdrive

Aux Trans Air SW Underdrive

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

4
Underdrive

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 709
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 45

Input / Output Calibration Package 45

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Direct, Overdrive (L, UD, D, OD) + Rock Free Mode
4 TCM Body Connector
(Mating End)
PIN LOCATION:
6 5 4 3
Aux Trans Air SW Direct
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4-Speed
Pin 14 RETURN_2 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

Aux Trans
L, UD, D, 4
*Note: When all pressure
Switches are open, TCM assumes
16 15 14
OD 4 Aux Trans is in lowest available rao

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)
TCM

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector
4
4

Underdrive

Aux Trans Air SW Underdrive

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

4
Underdrive

Rock Free
Pin 3
(Configurable Output 3)

Pin 5 RETURN_1

Rock Free
Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 710
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 46

Input / Output Calibration Package 46

4-Speed Aux Trans - Low, Underdrive, Neutral, Direct, Overdrive (L, N, UD, D, OD)

PIN LOCATION: TCM Body Connector

(Mating End)
Aux Trans Air SW Direct
Pin 15
(Configurable Input 3) 6 5 4 3

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Pin 14 RETURN_2

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11

*Note: When all pressure

Switches are open, TCM assumes
Aux Trans is in lowest available rao
16 15 14

Aux Trans Air SW Overdrive

Pin 16
(Configurable Input 4)

TCM

Vehicle Body
Connector Connector

Aux Trans Air SW Underdrive

Pin 4
(Configurable Input 2)

Aux Trans Air SW Neutral

Pin 6
(Configurable Input 1)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 711
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 47

Input / Output Calibration Package 47

High-Railer

Oponal High-Railer Request Inputs - only 1 required PIN LOCATION

Pin 5 RETURN_1

High-Railer
Request Relay 6 5
Pin 6 High-Railer Input
87A

VBATT
(Fused)
High-Railer
30

Device
87
86

85

Chassis
Ground

Pin 5 RETURN_1
High-Railer
Request Relay Pin 6 High-Railer Input
87A

High-Railer
30

VBATT
Device (Fused)
87
85

86

Chassis
Ground

Pin 5 RETURN_1

High-Railer Request
Switch DPST

Pin 6 High-Railer Input

SW01 SW02
High-Railer
Device
SW03 SW04
Funconality 1

Funconality 2

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 712
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Input / Output Calibration Package 48

Input / Output Calibration Package 48

High-Railer + PTO 1

PIN LOCATION:
6 5 2
Pin 14 RETURN_2
VBATT
(Fused) PTO1 Request Switch DPST
PTO Request
Pin 15
SW02 (Configurable Input 1)
SW01

PTO Engage
PTO1 Pin 2
SW03 SW04 (Configurable Output 3)
Engage
Relay
16 15 14
30 86
PTO1
Conf
Confirm PTO1
Relay Lamp
87A 87 85
PTO1 Air
Solenoid
86

PTO1
85

PTO1
Fuse
87

PTO1 2 Amp
30

Ball
Switch Chassis
87A

Ground
Vehicle
Air Supply

Pin 5 RETURN_1

PTO Confirm
Pin 16
(Configurable Input 2)

High-Railer
Request Relay
87A

VBATT
(Fused) Pin 6 High-Railer Input
High-Railer
30

Device
87
86

85

Chassis
Ground

Note: Refer to IO Package #47 for oponal High-Railer Request Wiring Diagrams

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 713
Connector Pin Descriptions | Input / Output Configurations TRTS0960

Connector Pin Descriptions

Note: This section is intended as a quick reference.

74-Way Transmission Harness Connector

Pin Description

1 Valve B3, Rail D Aft High

2 Valve B3, Rail D Aft Low

3 Valve A3, Rail A Fore Low

Valve B2, Inertia Brake Low

4 Valve B2, Inertia Brake High

5 Valve A1, Rail B Aft High

6 Not Used
1 16 28 38 48 60
2 17 29 39 49 61 7 Air Pressure Sensor Supply (5V)

3 18 30 40 50 62 8 Air Pressure Sensor Signal

4 19 31 41 51 63 9 Air Pressure Sensor Ground
5 20 32 42 52 64
10 Not Used
6 21 53 65
11 Not Used
7 66
12 Not Used
8 67
9 68 13 Rail C Position Sensor Supply (5V)

10 22 54 69 14 Rail D Position Sensor Signal

11 23 33 43 55 70 15 Rail D Position Sensor Ground
12 24 34 44 56 71
16 Valve C1, Rail C Fore High
13 25 35 45 57 72
17 Valve C1, Rail C Fore Low
14 26 36 46 58 73
18 Valve C4, LCA Coarse Vent Low
15 27 37 47 59 74
Valve C6, LCA Fine Fill Low

19 Valve C6, LCA Fine Fill High

20 Valve A1, Rail B Aft Low

21 Not Used

22 LCA Position Sensor Ground

23 LCA Position Sensor Signal

24 LCA Position Sensor Supply (5V)

25 Rail D Position Sensor Supply (5V)

26 Rail C Position Sensor Signal

714 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Connector Pin Descriptions

Pin Description Pin Description

27 Rail C Position Sensor Ground 57 Rail A Position Sensor Supply (5V)

28 Valve B1, Rail C Aft High 58 Rail A Position Sensor Signal

29 Valve B1, Rail C Aft Low 59 Rail A Position Sensor Ground

30 Valve A4, Rail E Aft Low 60 Valve C3, LCA Fine Vent High

31 Valve A4, Rail E Aft High 61 Valve C3, LCA Fine Vent Low

32 Countershaft Speed Sensor Signal 62 Valve A6, Rail E Fore Low

33 Oil Temperature Sensor Signal 63 Valve A6, Rail E Fore High

34 Not Used 64 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Signal

35 Rail B Position Sensor Supply (5V) 65 Not Used

36 Rail B Position Sensor Signal 66 Not Used

37 Rail B Position Sensor Ground 67 Valve C5, LCA Coarse Vent High

38 Valve A5, Rail B Fore High 68 Not Used

39 Valve A5, Rail B Fore Low 69 Not Used

40 Valve C5, LCA Coarse Fill Low 70 Not Used

41 Valve C5, LCA Coarse Fill High 71 Not Used

42 Countershaft Speed Sensor Ground 72 Rail E Position Sensor Supply (5V)

43 Oil Temperature Sensor Ground 73 Rail E Position Sensor Signal

44 Not Used 74 Rail E Position Sensor Ground

45 Not Used

46 Not Used

47 Not Used

48 Valve A2, Rail A Aft High

Valve A3, Rail A Fore High

49 Valve A2, Rail A Aft Low

50 Valve C2, Rail D Fore Low

51 Valve C2, Rail D Fore High

52 Output Shaft Speed Sensor Ground

53 Not Used

54 Input Shaft Speed Sensor Ground

55 Input Shaft Speed Sensor Signal

56 Not Used

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 715
Connector Pin Descriptions | Input / Output Configurations TRTS0960

20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector 20-Way TCM Body Harness Connector

20 20
10 10

11 11
1 1

Pin Description Pin Description

1 Plugged (not used) 1 Configurable Output 1

2 Plugged (not used) 2 Configurable Output 2

3 Plugged (not used) 3 Configurable Output 3

4 Start Enable - Negative 4 Configurable Input 2

5 Battery Negative 1 (-) 5 Body I/O Return 1

6 Battery Positive 1 (+) 6 Configurable Input 1

7 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Signal 7 J1939B High

8 Protected Power Return 8 J1939B Low

9 Driver Interface Device (Mode Request from 9 Plugged (not used)

DID)
10 Plugged (not used)
10 Ignition Wakeup (Input)
11 Plugged (not used)
11 J1939A High (Input)
12 Plugged (not used)
12 J1939A Low (Input)
13 Plugged (not used)
13 J1939A Shield (Input)
14 Body I/O Return 2
14 Start Enable - Positive
15 Configurable Input 3
15 Battery Negative 2 (-)
16 Configurable Input 4
16 Battery Positive 2 (+)
17 Plugged (not used)
17 Protected Power (Output)
18 Plugged (not used)
18 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Ground
19 Plugged (not used)
19 Fluid Pressure Sensor - Power
20 Plugged (not used)
20 Plugged (not used)

716 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Input / Output Configurations | Connector Pin Descriptions

3-Way Output Speed Sensor Connector

Pin Description 74-Way Transmission

Harness Connector Pin

1 Not Used Plug

2 Output Speed Sensor Signal 52

3 Output Speed Sensor Supply (5V) 64

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 717
TRTS0960 Appendix | Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure

Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure

Component Identification

1. Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA)

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 718
TRTS0960 Appendix | Manually Vent Linear Clutch Actuator (LCA) Procedure

Procedure - Manually Vent LCA

1. Set vehicle parking brake and chock wheels.
2. Loosen (do not remove) the 4 LCA cap screws 1-2
turns with a T45 Torx.
Note: Residual air pressure in the LCA cylinder
exhausts between the LCA and MTM housings when
the cap screws are loosened.

3. Torque the 4 LCA cap screws to 23-27 Nm.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 719
 Product Functions | Appendix TRTS0960

Product Functions

Warnings and Cautions ! CAUTION: Ensure to read, understand and follow each
statement outlined below. Failure to read, understand and
! WARNING: Ensure to read, understand and follow each follow each statement outlined below could result in
statement outlined below. Failure to read, understand and component damage.
follow each statement outlined below may result in major
• Before operating the PTO, refer to “Transmission
vehicle component damage, property damage, severe injury
Power Take Off Operation.”
or death.
• Prior to any type of welding on a vehicle equipped
• Read the entire Product Functions section before
with this transmission disconnect the battery
operating this transmission.
cables (+ and -).
• If engine cranks in any gear other than Neutral, ser-
Railroad Grade Crossing Requirements: It is a
vice vehicle immediately.
requirement that the driver of a commercial vehicle
• Before starting a vehicle always be seated in the specified under paragraph A sections 1-6 of FMCSA
driver's seat, select “N” on the transmission driver regulation 392.10 need only cross railroad grade crossings
interface device, and set the vehicle parking brake. in a gear that permits the vehicle to complete the crossing
without a change of gears. Select MANUAL Mode on the
• Before working on a vehicle, parking the vehicle, or
transmission driver interface device to hold a gear while
leaving the cab with the engine running, place the
crossing a railroad grade.
transmission in Neutral, set the vehicle parking
brake, and chock the wheels. ! WARNING: Failure to select MANUAL Mode to hold a gear
• Always depress and hold the service brake prior to while crossing a railroad grade could result in major vehicle
selecting a gear position from Neutral. component damage, property damage, severe injury or
death.
• Always ensure that fuel is at a sufficient operating
level before operating vehicle. A loss of engine
power could result in diminished transmission
operation.
• Do not release the vehicle parking brake or attempt
to select a gear from Neutral until the vehicle air
pressure is at the normal operating range.

720 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
 TRTS0960 Appendix | Product Functions

Transmission Power Take Off Operation Mobile PTO Operation

A transmission Power Take Off (PTO) feature is available for
Stationary PTO operation in Neutral and Mobile PTO opera- To engage a PTO for mobile operation:
tion in a forward or reverse start gear. For Mobile PTO oper-
ation the transmission system automatically selects a start 1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
gear based on vehicle operating conditions such as: grade, 2. Select Neutral (N) mode using the transmission
load, and vehicle weight. Refer to “Smart Gear Selection” of driver interface device.
TRDR0960 Driver Instructions for more information.
3. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake.
Note: All transmissions are equipped with a bottom mount
8-bolt PTO opening and rear mount 4-bolt PTO opening. 4. Switch the PTO switch to On.

NOTICE: The default configuration for this feature in the Note: PTO is engaged when the PTO indicator lamp is
Transmission Control Module (TCM) is Disabled unless illuminated and/or a display message is indicated.
Enabled at the OEM or Body Builder. The configuration can 5. Select a forward or reverse mode as required for
be changed using ServiceRanger. vehicle movement.
! WARNING: Failure to properly install the PTO and configure
the TCM for PTO operation may result in major vehicle To disengage the PTO:
component damage, severe injury or death.
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
! WARNING: Apply vehicle parking brake and follow OEM
2. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake.
parking instructions. Failure to follow these instructions
could cause unintended vehicle movement and may result 3. Switch the PTO switch to Off.
in major vehicle component damage, property damage,
severe injury or death.

Stationary PTO Operation

To engage a PTO for stationary operation:

1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Select Neutral (N) mode using the transmission
driver interface device.
3. Set the vehicle parking brake.
4. Switch the PTO switch to On.
Note: PTO is engaged when the PTO indicator lamp is
illuminated and/or a display message is indicated.
5. Raise engine RPM level as required to operate PTO.

To disengage the PTO:

1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake.
3. Switch the PTO switch to Off.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 721
Product Functions | Appendix TRTS0960

Force Hold / Force Neutral Operation Secondary Configuration Mode

Force Neutral and Hold Neutral operation allow the driver
• Secondary Configuration Mode allows the driver to
the use of a separate vehicle switch circuit to place and hold
change transmission system behavior, affecting the
the transmission system in a neutral state while a vehicle
following: shift strategy, launch or maneuvering
specific vehicle operation is performed.
characteristics, and ON/OFF road behaviors. The
Note: The Force Neutral and Hold Neutral features are con- driver can choose to switch between the Primary
figured in the Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the Configuration and the Secondary Configuration
OEM or body builder. The configuration can be changed based on vehicle operating conditions.
using ServiceRanger. • This functionality is best used for vehicles that are
operated in varied terrain or in operations that
To activate Force Neutral: require different performance, launch characteris-
tics, or shift decisions.
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
• A dedicated switch or transmission driver interface
2. Select Neutral (N) mode using the transmission
device button/lever sequence is used to activate the
driver interface device.
Secondary Configuration. Refer to OEM transmis-
3. Switch Force Neutral switch to On. sion driver interface device instructions.
• Once activated, the transmission system will use
To de-activate Force Neutral: the Secondary Configuration until deactivated
1. Ensure vehicle is at a complete stop. either by the driver using the dedicated switch or
transmission driver interface device, or via a con-
2. Switch Force Neutral switch to Off. figured Secondary Configuration Cut-Out, such as a
time or speed threshold. Once deactivated, the
To activate Hold Neutral: transmission system will return to operation using
the Primary Configuration.
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
Note: The Secondary Configuration is configured in the
2. Select Neutral (N) mode using the transmission Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the OEM. The
driver interface device. configuration can be changed using ServiceRanger.
3. Proceed with Hold Neutral activation by means of
integrated vehicle switch circuit.
Note: If the transmission is in a non-Neutral shift mode
and Hold Neutral is activated, the transmission system
remains in the currently selected mode.

To de-activate Hold Neutral:

1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Discontinue Hold Neutral activation by means of
integrated vehicle switch circuit.

722 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Appendix | Product Functions

To activate Secondary Configuration Mode (Two Auxiliary Transmission Operation

options):
Note: Auxiliary Transmission Operation applies to Endurant
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop. XD Pro models only.
2. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake. • The Endurant XD Pro transmission can be com-
3. Perform the following: bined with a 2, 3, or 4-speed auxiliary transmission
for additional gear ratio coverage. When auxiliary
• If dedicated Secondary Configuration Mode transmission gear engagement is complete and the
switch, depress Secondary Configuration vehicle driven, the transmission system learns the
Mode switch. new auxiliary transmission gear ratios and adjusts
• If stalk shifter controlled, hold shifter down transmission shift points as necessary.
until “C2” appears in the gear display. • After initial installation of an auxiliary transmission
Note: An indicator lamp is illuminated and/or message the vehicle should be driven at a low constant
is displayed when Secondary Configuration Mode is speed in each of the auxiliary transmission’s gears
active. so the transmission system can immediately learn
the overall ratio in each gear.
Note: A Secondary Configuration Cut-Out setting may
prevent Secondary Configuration mode activation or Note: Auxiliary transmission operation is configured in the
revert the transmission system to Primary Configura- Transmission Control Module (TCM) at the OEM or body
tion operation while moving. Verify the Secondary Con- builder. The configuration can be changed using Ser-
figuration in the Transmission Control Module (TCM) viceRanger.
using ServiceRanger. ! WARNING: Failure to properly install the auxiliary transmis-
sion and configure the transmission system for auxiliary
To deactivate Secondary Mode: transmission operation may result in major vehicle compo-
nent damage, severe injury or death.
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake. To operate with an auxiliary transmission:
3. Perform the following: 1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
• If dedicated Secondary Mode Configuration 2. Engage the auxiliary transmission using the appro-
switch, depress Secondary Configuration priate driver interface device.
Mode switch.
3. Launch and drive the vehicle normally.
• If stalk shifter controlled, hold shifter down
until “C1” appears in the gear display. Note: This process is repeated when an auxiliary trans-
mission gear change is made.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 723
Product Functions | Appendix TRTS0960

Two-Speed Axle Operation Rock Free Mode Operation

Rock Free Mode allows the driver to perform a vehicle
Note: Two-Speed Axle Operation applies to Endurant XD “rocking” maneuver by applying and releasing the accelera-
Pro models only. tor pedal. This maneuver is useful in situations where the
• The Endurant XD Pro transmission can be com- vehicle’s wheels are stuck in terrain depressions that are
bined with a 2-speed axle for additional gear ratio preventing vehicle movement.
coverage. When 2-speed axle gear engagement is
A dedicated momentary switch is used to activate Rock
complete and the vehicle driven, the transmission
Free Mode. When activated, the transmission system dis-
system learns the new 2-speed axle gear ratios and
ables the Urge to Move and Creep modes and allows the
adjusts transmission shift points as necessary.
system to instantaneously apply and release the clutch
• After initial installation of a 2-speed axle, it is rec- when the driver applies and releases the accelerator pedal;
ommended that the vehicle be driven at a low con- this action results in a “rocking” momentum to assist in
stant speed in each of the 2-speed axle gears so the freeing the vehicle from terrain depressions.
transmission system can immediately learn the
overall ratio in each gear. Note: Terrain conditions may limit the ability of this maneu-
ver to free the vehicle.
Note: Two-speed axle operation is configured in the Trans-
mission Control Module (TCM) at the OEM or body builder. When Rock Free Mode is active, the transmission system
The configuration can be changed using ServiceRanger. automatically selects the lowest forward or reverse start
gear available. The driver may manually select a specific
start gear using the transmission driver interface device to
To operate with a 2-speed axle: Upshift or Downshift to the desired gear. Refer to OEM
1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop. transmission driver interface device instructions.

2. Engage 2-speed axle using the appropriate driver Note: The transmission system may automatically override
interface device. or prevent the driver’s Upshift or Downshift request on the
transmission driver interface device or automatically initiate
3. Launch and drive the vehicle normally.
a gear change based on vehicle operating conditions. Refer
Note: This process is repeated when a 2-speed axle to “Transmission MANUAL/LOW Mode Override” on page
gear change is made. 14.
Note: Rock Free Mode is configured in the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) at the OEM. The configuration can
be changed using ServiceRanger.

To activate Rock Free Mode:

1. Ensure the vehicle is at a complete stop.
2. Depress and hold the vehicle service brake.
3. Depress Rock Free Mode switch.
Note: An indicator lamp is illuminated and/or
message is displayed when Rock Free Mode is active.
4. Select a forward or reverse mode as required for
vehicle movement.
5. Apply and release vehicle accelerator pedal to rock
the vehicle, timing the apply and release to maxi-
mize “rocking” momentum.

724 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Appendix | Product Functions

One of the following can de-activate Rock Free Paving Assist

Mode: Paving Assist allows the driver to go directly from Neutral
(N) mode to Drive (D) mode without a vehicle service brake
• Sufficient vehicle motion (combination of speed,
application. This feature is useful in Paving applications to
distance, and shiftable conditions).
reduce the lumping of material when a dump truck is disen-
• Depress Rock Free Mode switch. gaging from the paver.
• Initiate an Upshift request using the transmission Note: Hill Start Aid, Urge to Move, and Creep Mode are dis-
driver interface device while vehicle is moving or abled when Paving Assist is active.
accelerator pedal is pressed.
• Transmission system in Neutral (N) mode for an To activate Paving Assist:
extended period.
1. Vehicle stationary or moving in a forward direction
• Set vehicle Parking Brake. at a speed less than 10 MPH and transmission sys-
tem in Neutral (N) mode.
2. Without depressing the vehicle service brake pedal,
select Drive (D) mode using the transmission
driver interface device.
3. Within 5 seconds of selecting Drive (D) mode,
depress the vehicle accelerator pedal to drive the
vehicle forward.
Note: If the driver does not depress the vehicle acceler-
ator pedal within 5 seconds Paving Assist is deacti-
vated and the transmission will go back into Neutral
(N) mode. To reactivate Paving Assist the driver inter-
face device must be put back into Neutral (N) mode
and the sequence will need to be restarted.

To deactivate Paving Assist:

• Depress vehicle service brake and select Drive (D)
or Reverse (R) mode using the transmission driver
interface device.
Note: Paving Assist is configured in the Transmission
Control Module (TCM) at the OEM. The configuration
can be changed using ServiceRanger.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 725
TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant Transmissions | Appendix

TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display

Messages Endurant Transmissions
Updated: May 11, 2021

Issue Description:
Customers may experience a low transmission air pressure and/or clutch temperature message during low speed maneuvering
or stop and go traffic situations.

• Low Transmission Air Pressure Message: This issue may be induced by a vehicle air system not functioning properly
resulting in the inability to achieve or maintain operating air pressure. Low air pressure may be induced by excessive use
or cycling of the service brake, exhausting the vehicle air supply.
• Clutch Temperature Message: This issue may be induced by “two-footing” the service brake and accelerator pedal
simultaneously causing the clutch not to fully close, inducing a clutch slip and increasing clutch temperature
Fault codes that may set during these events:

• Transmission Air Supply Pressure: FC215 SPN 37 FMI 18

• Clutch Temperature: FC815 SPN5939 FMI 15 and/or 16

Containment/Corrective Action:
Driver Recommendations:

• Ensure the vehicle air system is operating per OEM requirements.

• Allow the vehicle air system to reach the normal operating range, 99 (106 at the Air Brake Tanks for Navistar) to 130 PSI
(6.8 to 9.0 Bar), prior to selecting a gear from neutral.
• Avoid “two-footing” the service brake and accelerator pedal.
• Avoid using the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on a hill - depress and hold the service brake until movement is
required.
• During operation on a grade, rely on Hill Start Aid (HSA) when transitioning from the service brake pedal to the accelera-
tor pedal.
• During low-speed maneuvering, select the lowest available start gear (1st or R1) and rely on Urge to Move and Creep
Mode to assist in moving the vehicle at engine idle without having to apply the accelerator pedal.
Note: For additional information on how to operate the transmission refer to Endurant Driver Instructions TRDR0950 and GET 2
KNOW videos (http://videos.eatoncumminsjv.com/category/videos/get-2-know).

726 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0950 Appendix | TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant

Recommendations when messages are displayed:

• Low Transmission Air Message: Allow the vehicle air system to reach normal operating range (100 PSI or above / 106
at the Air Brake Tanks for Navistar) and then continue operation. For optimal
performance, the transmission requires 99 to 130 PSI (6.8 to 9.0 Bar).
Note: Transmission software version 5516024 includes enhancements that prevent Fault Code 215 from setting while trans-
mission is in Neutral mode.
• Non-Navistar Chassis: With software version 5516024 and above, if the driver attempts to select a non-neutral
mode before transmission air pressure reaches 80 PSI, the transmission will prevent gear engagement and Fault
Code 215 will set Active.
• Navistar Chassis: At initial key on with software version 5516024 and above, if a driver attempts to select a
non-neutral mode before transmission air pressure reaches 90 PSI, and the air brake tanks reach 106 PSI, the
transmission will prevent gear engagement. The 106 PSI minimum on a Navistar chassis matches the tractor pro-
tection valve (OEM Requirement). If chassis air pressure falls below 106 PSI (Key on normal operation) the trans-
mission will
continue to shift until a minimum of 75 PSI is reached (see item A / Degraded Performance).
Note: Transmission and Air Brake Tanks can be monitored in SR4 / Data Monitor

Link Source Parameter Description Value

J1939 Body Controller 117 Brake Primary Pressure 117

J1939 Body Controller 118 Brake Secondary Pressure 116

J1939 Transmission 520524 Line Pressure Feedback 130.68

• Clutch temperature message - Safely and immediately discontinue the operation that is being
performed which is causing the clutch to overheat. Depress and hold the service brake or set vehicle parking brake and
idle the engine until the message is no longer indicated and then continue normal operation. Ensure the engine is allowed
to idle, shutting off the engine prolongs the condition.
Note: Transmission software version 5516024 includes enhancements that allow the transmission to continue operation
when Fault Code 815 sets. Fallback mode of the Fault Code will still disable some transmission functionality such as launch-
ing in a higher start gear and Urge to Move. The driver will continue to be notified of a Clutch Abuse event via a dash mes-
sage and audible tone. A software update to 5516024 for Fault Code 815 is considered a non-warrantable issue.
NOTICE: In most cases the transmission will recover from the induced events outlined above and towing of the vehicle is not
required. In extreme cases, depending on truck operation, the air system requirement for air consumption may be higher than
the standard compressor (18.7 CFM) can produce. In those cases, a higher CFM (37.4) compressor is available for aftermarket
purchase (customer pay) or as an option in the OEM Databook. See your Navistar representative for details.
Note: If the transmission low air and/or clutch temperature condition no longer exists, some OEM displays may require the driver
to manually clear the message with older cluster software versions. Refer to OEM guidelines regarding the display message reset
procedure.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 727
TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant Transmissions | Appendix

Navistar is offering a dash cluster software update with 6024 transmission SW update that has changed the warning displays.
Reference Navistar iKnow article (IK0800550)

• Transmission Air Supply Low - Least Severe:

- Requirements to set dash response: Engine Running, Trans Current Gear Neutral, Shift device Neutral, Vehicle Not
Moving, and Transmission Air Pressure < 90 PSI or Brake Tank Pressure < 106 PSI
- Dash response was: “Transmission Air Pressure Low Warning” with driver acknowledgment now “System Air Pres-
sure Low” and does not require the driver to manually clear the message.
• Transmission Air Supply Low - Moderately Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: Vehicle Stopped, Neutral Mode, Shift Device Not Neutral, and Trans Air Pres-
sure < 90 PSI or Brake Tank Pressure < 106 PSI or Vehicle moving and Trans Air Tank Pressure < 85 PSI or Trans
in Non-Neutral mode and Trans Air Pressure < 85 PSI
- New dash response “System Air Pressure Low Gear Change Not Allowed”
• Transmission Air Supply Low - Most Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: Engine Running, Vehicle Moving, and Trans Air Pressure < 75 PSI.
- New dash response: System Air Pressure Low Transmission Disabled
• Clutch Abuse - Moderately Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: clutch plate temperature estimated > 210 C
- Dash response was: “Clutch Temp High - Function Limited” now “Clutch Temp High”
- Clutch Abuse - Most Severe Level:
- Requirements to set dash response: clutch plate temperature estimated > 235 C
- Dash response was: “Clutch Temp Over Limited Allowed” now “Clutch Overheated Allow Clutch to Cool”

Refer to OEM guidelines regarding the display message reset procedure.

Affected Models/Population:
• Endurant Transmissions

Warranty Information:
• Informational Only

728 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0950 Appendix | TAIB-0876: Transmission Low Air Pressure and/or Clutch Temperature Display Messages Endurant

Item A:
• Endurant Installation Guide, go to Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements.

Section 6: Pneumatic System Requirements

Supply Pressure
WARNING: This is a safety requirement. To maintain transmission functionality, the vehicle system shall have the aire compres-
! sor OFF set no higher than 130psig (9.0bar). Failure to limit transmission air supply pressure below 130psig (9.0bar) has the
potential to increase vehicle stopping distance due to the transmissions inability to disengage the driveline, which may result in
serious injury or death.
WARNING: This is a safety requirement. To prevent transmission damage the vehicle system shall have a pressure relief valve
! in the supply system set no higher than 150psig (10.3bar). Failure to limit transmission air supply pressure below 150psig
(10.3bar) has the potential to increase vehicle stopping distance due to the transmissions inability to disengage the driveline
which may result in serious injury or death.
For optimal performance, the Eaton Endurant Transmission requires a nominal air supply operating range between 99 PSI (6.8
bar) and 130 PSI (9.0 bar). Air supply outside this range can result in degraded or complete loss of transmission shift
capabilities. The following figure summaries the significant thresholds for various air supply pressures.

NOTICE: Actions taken by The Endurant HD Transmission in response to air supply pressures are not symmetrical and vary
depending on if air supply pressure is increasing or decreasing such as transmission functionality allowed above 90 PSI (5.9 bar)
but not degraded until below 80 PSI (5.5 bar).

Pressure Range Description Bar Ref. PSI Response

Transmission Function Permitted 5.9 90 System Low Air Warning turns off. Gear engagement permitted.

Lower Operating Range 6.8 99

Upper Operating Range 9.0 130

Transmission Low Air 5.5 80 (SPN-37 FMI-18): Transmission low pressure warning turns
Notification ON. Transmission remains functional at degraded performance
(e.g. Non-N modes prohibited and upshifts not allowed;
downshifts will continue).

Transmission Low Air Warning 5.2 75 (SPN-37 FMI-1): Transmission low pressure warning continues,
system will then attempt to disengage driveline when or if it
becomes appropriate.

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 729
Wiring Diagrams | Appendix TRTS0960

Wiring Diagrams

Vehicle and Body Harness Connections

Note: Refer to OEM guidelines for wiring details.

PTO 1 87
2 86
5 85
30

7 8

Reverse 87 Neutral (Range) 87

1 86 3 86 SW04
5 85 5 85
30 30 14 SW01
IGN IGN 16
15 SW02
IGN SW03

3 4 5 6 10
1
2
9
23
21 22
11A 11B
9 5
7 J1939 B High C 7 J1939 B High H 8 2
19 1
8 J1939 B Low D 8 J1939 B Low J 17 1
− A
- OR - − A
18
7
2
3
11 3
+ B + B 12 4
11 J1939 A High F 11 J1939 A High C
12 J1939 A Low G 12 J1939 A Low D

19 20
13 14 15 16
17 18
12 10 Starter 87
6 16 14 86
IGN
5 15 4 85
IGN 30

− + − +

1. Transmission Control Module (TCM) 7. Power Take-Off (PTO) Relay Socket 12. 20-Way TCM Vehicle Harness Connector 18. 10-amp Fuse Ignition
2. 20-Way OEM Body Harness Connector 8. Power Take-Off (PTO) Relay 13. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage1 19. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
3. 5-Way Reverse Range Output Relay Socket 9. Power Take-Off (PTO) 1 Dashboard Switch 14. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage1 20. 5-Way Start Enable Relay
4. 5-Way Reverse Range Output Relay 10. Power Take-Off (PTO) 1 Confirm Switch 15. In-line Fuse Holder Battery Voltage2 21. 3-Way Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector
5. 5-Way Neutral Range Output Relay Socket 11A. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link FG) 16. 15-amp Fuse Battery Voltage2 22. Fluid Pressure Sensor
6. 5-Way Neutral Range Output Relay 11B. 9-Way Type 2 Diagnostic Connector (OEM-Specific Primary Data Link CD) 17. In-line Fuse Holder Ignition 23. 9-Way Driver Interface Device Connector

Battery Voltage Switched Battery from TCM Ground Communication Signal

Ignition Voltage Switched 5V from TCM Switched Ground Relay/Solenoid Driver

730 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 2023.05.3
TRTS0960 Appendix | Change Log

Change Log

Date Description (File Name, Fault Code, FMI)

May 2023 Added: FC 215 FMI 10, FC 350 FMI 10, FC 370 FMI 10, FC 375 FMI 10, FC 375 FMI 11, ConfigIO Pack 47,
Config IO Pack 48, FC 970 FMI 14, FC 970 FMI 31, FC 975 FMI 14, FC 975 FMI 31
Removed: FC 370 FMI 11, FC 370 FMI 31

February 2023 Added: Configurable I/O Package 20, Configurable I/O Package 21, FC 990, FC 991
Updated: I/O Calibration Package Index
Removed: FC 370 FMI 18

November 2022 Added: FC 127, FC 136, FC 137, FC 984, Configurable I/O Package 38, Configurable I/O Package 39, Configu-
rable I/O Package 40, Configurable I/O Package 41, Configurable I/O Package 42, Configurable I/O Package 43,
Configurable I/O Package 44, Configurable I/O Package 45, Configurable I/O Package 46
Updated: FC 122, FC 125, FC 126, FC 150, FC 157, FC 170, FC 250, FC 255, FC 320, FC 350, FC 370, FC 375, FC
514, FC 706, FC 900, FC 910, FC 970, FC 975, FC 980, Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Removed: FC 149, FC 390

September 2022 Updated: Required Tools, 100 Series Fault Codes

August 2022 Updated Config IO Index and Packages 3, 12, & 13

June 2022 Created Troubleshooting Guide

2023.05.3 © 2023 Eaton Cummins Automated Transmission Technologies. All rights reserved. 731
Copyright Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies, 2023.
Eaton Cummins Automated
Transmission Technologies hereby
grant their customers,
vendors, or distributors permission
to freely copy, reproduce and/or
distribute this document in printed
format. It may be copied only in
its entirety without any changes or
modifications. THIS INFORMATION
IS NOT INTENDED FOR SALE OR
RESALE, AND THIS NOTICE MUST
REMAIN ON ALL COPIES.

Note: Features and specifications

listed in this document are subject to
change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the
software and products with all options
installed. Although every attempt has
been made to ensure the accuracy of
information contained within, Eaton
makes no representation about the
completeness, correctness or accuracy
and assumes no responsibility for
any errors or omissions. Features and
functionality may vary depending on
selected options.

For spec’ing or service assistance, call

1-800-826-HELP (4357) or visit
www.eaton.com/roadranger.
In Mexico, call 001-800-826-4357.

Roadranger: Eaton and trusted partners

providing the best products and services
in the industry, ensuring more time on
the road.

Eaton Cummins Automated

Transmission Technologies
P.O. Box 4013
Kalamazoo, MI 49003 USA
800-826-HELP (4357)
www.eaton.com/roadranger

Printed in USA